Les cookies nous permettent de vous proposer nos services plus facilement. En utilisant nos services, vous nous donnez expressément votre accord pour exploiter ces cookies.En savoir plus OK

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655 Server Product Guide

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655 Server Product Guide

Le pdf se trouve ci-dessous. Vous pouvez télécharger le pdf en cliquant à droite.

Revenir à l'accueil

 

Voir également :
[PARENTDIR] Parent Directory                             -   
[TXT] Intel-Xeon-Scalable-..> 2020-04-02 22:11  328K  
[TXT] Lenovo-0U-Basic-PDUs..> 2020-04-02 21:42   25K  
[TXT] Lenovo-0U-Switched-M..> 2020-04-02 21:45   51K  
[TXT] Lenovo-Guides.html      2020-04-02 22:37  3.7M  
[TXT] Lenovo-ThinkSystem-S..> 2020-04-02 22:43  4.0M  
[TXT] Lenovo-ThinkSystem-S..> 2020-04-02 22:31  3.5M  
[TXT] Minimum-Matrox-MGA20..> 2020-04-02 22:21  913K  
[TXT] OS-Interoperability-..> 2020-04-02 22:28  3.2M  
[TXT] ThinkAgile-MX1021-Da..> 2020-04-02 22:08   62K  
[TXT] ThinkSystem.html        2020-04-02 22:18  907K 

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655 ServerProduct Guide

Abstract

The Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655 is a 1-socket 2U server that features the new AMD EPYC 7002 "Rome" family of processors. With up to 64 cores per processor and support for the new PCIe 4.0 standard for I/O, the SR655 offers the ultimate in single-socket server performance.

This product guide provides essential pre-sales information to understand the ThinkSystem SR655 server, its key features and specifications, components and options, and configuration guidelines. This guide is intended for technical specialists, sales specialists, sales engineers, IT architects, and other IT professionals who want to learn more about the SR655 and consider its use in IT solutions.

Change History

Changes in the April 1 update:

  • Updated the models table for North America - all models are now standard models

Walkthrough video with David Watts and Russ Resnick

Introduction

The Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655 is a 1-socket 2U server that features the new AMD EPYC 7002 "Rome" family of processors. With up to 64 cores per processor and support for the new PCIe 4.0 standard for I/O, the SR655 offers the ultimate in single-socket server performance. With up to 128 PCIe lanes, the server is ideal for workloads that can take advantage of GPU processing and high-performance NVMe drives.

Suggested uses: AI Inference, VDI, OLTP, Analytics, software-defined storage

Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655
Figure 1. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655

Did you know?

By using a high-performance server with only one processor installed, you can take advantage of lower software costs when the software licensing is using a per-socket model.

The SR655 has been designed to take advantage of the features of the EPYC 7002 "Rome" processors, such as the full performance of 225W 64-core processors, support for 3200 MHz memory and PCIe Gen 4.0 support. Competitive servers that are based on the older EPYC 7001 "Naples" designs may not be able to offer these performance features.

Key features

Combining performance and flexibility, the SR655 server is a great choice for enterprises of all sizes. The server offers a broad selection of drive and slot configurations and offers high performance features that industries such as finance, healthcare and telco need. Outstanding reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) and high-efficiency design can improve your business environment and can help save operational costs.

Scalability and performance

The SR655 offers numerous features to boost performance, improve scalability and reduce costs: 

  • Supports the new AMD EPYC 7002 family of processors
  • Supports processors with up to 64 cores and 128 threads, core speeds of up to 3.2 GHz, and TDP ratings of up to 225W.
  • Support for up to 16 TruDDR4 memory DIMMs, with 8 memory channels and 2 DIMMs per channel. With 1 DIMM installed per channel (8 DIMMs total), memory operates at up to 3200 MHz. With 2 DIMMs per channel (16 DIMMs total), memory operating at up to 2933 MHz.
  • Using 128GB 3DS DIMMs, the server supports up to 2TB of system memory.
  • Supports 3 double-width GPUs up to 300W each, or 6 single-width GPUs up to 75W each. A 6:1 ratio of GPUs to CPUs means substantial processing power is available with just one CPU.
  • Supports up to 32x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, by using combinations of front-accessible (up to 24 bays), mid-accessible (up to 8), and rear-accessible (up to 4) drive bays.
  • Supports 3.5-inch drive bays for lower-cost high-capacity storage. 2.5-inch and 3.5-inch drive bays can be mixed in several combinations.
  • Supports 16x SATA drives using the onboard SATA controller (no additional adapter needed), enabling lower cost, high capacity storage solution for cold storage workloads.
  • Supports up to 28x NVMe drives without oversubscription of PCIe lanes (1:1 connectivity), or up to 32x NVMe drives with a 2:1 oversubscription. The use of NVMe drives maximizes drive I/O performance, in terms of throughput, bandwidth, and latency.
  • Supports high-speed RAID controllers from Broadcom providing 12 Gb SAS connectivity to the drive backplanes. A variety of RAID adapters are available, with cache and support for up to 24 drives on a single controller.
  • Supports M.2 drives for convenient operating system boot functions or data storage. Available M.2 adapters support either one M.2 drive or two M.2 drives in a RAID 1 configuration for performance and reliability.
  • The server has a dedicated industry-standard OCP 3.0 small form factor (SFF) slot, with a PCIe 4.0 x16 interface, supporting a variety of Ethernet network adapters. Simple-swap mechanism with thumbscrews and pull-tab enables tool-less installation and removal of the adapter. Supports shared BMC network sideband connectivity to enable out-of-band systems management.
  • The server offers PCI Express 4.0 I/O expansion capabilities that doubles the theoretical maximum bandwidth of PCIe 3.0 (16GT/s in each direction for PCIe 4.0, compared to 8 GT/s with PCIe 3.0). A PCIe 4.0 x16 slot provides 64 GB/s bandwidth, enough to support a 400GbE network connection.
  • A total of up to 9 PCIe 4.0 slots (8 with rear access, 1 internal for a RAID adapter) plus a slot dedicated to the OCP adapter.

Availability and serviceability

The SR655 provides many features to simplify serviceability and increase system uptime:

  • The server uses ECC memory and supports memory RAS features including Single Device Data Correction (SDDC, also known as Chipkill), Patrol/Demand Scrubbing, DRAM Address Command Parity with Replay, and DRAM Uncorrected ECC Error Retry.
  • The server offers hot-swap drives, supporting RAID redundancy for data protection and greater system uptime.
  • The M.2 SATA RAID Boot Adapter supports RAID-1 which enables two installed M.2 drives to be configured as a redundant pair.
  • The server has up to two hot-swap redundant power supplies and six hot-swap redundant fans to provide availability for business-critical applications.
  • The power-source-independent light path diagnostics uses LEDs to lead the technician to failed (or failing) components, which simplifies servicing, speeds up problem resolution, and helps improve system availability.
  • Solid-state drives (SSDs) offer more reliability than traditional mechanical HDDs for greater uptime.
  • The built-in ASPEED AST2500 baseboard management controller (BMC) continuously monitors system parameters, triggers alerts, and performs recovery actions in case of failures to minimize downtime.
  • Proactive Platform Alerts: Voltage regulators, memory, fans, power supplies, server ambient and subcomponent temperatures. Alerts can be surfaced through the BMC to managers such as Lenovo XClarity Administrator. These proactive alerts let you take appropriate actions in advance of possible failure, thereby increasing server uptime and application availability.
  • Web-based ThinkSystem System Manager (TSM) provides remote access to the BMC for remote management.
  • Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager Lite (LXPM Lite) tool can be used to install an operating system on the server and perform system diagnostics.
  • Three-year or one-year customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty, 9 x 5 next business day. Optional service upgrades are available.

Manageability and security

Systems management features simplify local and remote management of the SR655:

  • Supports Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager Lite (LXPM Lite) for system setup and firmware upgrades.
  • An integrated industry-standard Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) enables improved setup, configuration, and updates, and simplifies error handling.
  • Support for industry standard management protocols, IPMI 2.0, SNMP 3.0, Redfish REST API, serial console via IPMI
  • An integrated hardware Trusted Platform Module (TPM) supporting TPM 2.0 enables advanced cryptographic functionality, such as digital signatures and remote attestation.
  • Administrator and power-on passwords help protect from unauthorized access to the server.
  • Support for Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager, which captures real-time power and temperature data from the server and integrates with Redfish-based applications to provide automated controls to lower energy costs.
  • Supports AMD Secure Root-of-Trust, Secure Run and Secure Move features to minimize potential attacks and protect data as the OS is booted, as applications are run and as applications are migrated from server to server.
  • Supports Secure Boot to ensure only a digitally signed operating system can be used.
  • Industry-standard Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) NI support for faster, stronger encryption.

Energy efficiency

The SR655 offers the following energy-efficiency features to save energy, reduce operational costs, and increase energy availability:

  • Energy-efficient planar components help lower operational costs.
  • High-efficiency power supplies with 80 PLUS Platinum and Titanium certifications
  • Low-voltage 1.2 V DDR4 memory offers energy savings compared to 1.35 V and 1.5 V DDR3 DIMMs.
  • Solid-state drives (SSDs) consume as much as 80% less power than traditional spinning 2.5-inch HDDs.
  • The server uses hexagonal ventilation holes, which can be grouped more densely than round holes, providing more efficient airflow through the system and thus keeping your system cooler.
  • Optional Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager provides power and thermal monitoring to help achieve lower heat output and reduced cooling needs.

Components and connectors

The following figure shows the front of the server.

Front view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655
Figure 2. Front view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655

The following figure shows the components visible from the rear of the server. As shown, there are three different configurations available

Rear view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655
Figure 3. Rear view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655

The following figure shows the locations of key components inside the server.

Internal view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655
Figure 4. Internal view of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655

System architecture

The following figure shows the architectural block diagram of the SR655, showing the major components and their connections.

SR655 system architectural block diagram
Figure 5. SR655 system architectural block diagram

* Riser 1 has a x16 system board connection. For 32 lanes, the riser receives 16 lanes from two x8 onboard slimline connectors via cables
** Riser 3 and Internal slot are connected to onboard connectors; no system board slots

Standard specifications

The following table lists the standard specifications.

Table 1. Standard specifications
Components Specification
Machine types 7Y00 - 1 year warranty
7Z01 - 3 year warranty
Form factor 2U rack.
Processor One AMD EPYC 7002 Series processor (formerly codenamed "Rome"). Supports processors up to 64 cores, core speeds of up to 3.2 GHz, and TDP ratings of up to 225W.
Memory 16 DIMM slots. The processor has 8 memory channels, with 2 DIMMs per channel. Lenovo TruDDR4 RDIMMs are supported. DIMMs are available in two speeds: 3200 MHz and 2933 MHz. With 3200 MHz memory, the server supports a 3200 MHz memory bus speed at 1 DIMM per channel (DPC) and 2933 MHz at 2 DPC. With 2933 MHz memory, the server supports a 2933 MHz memory bus speed at both 1 and 2 DPC.
Memory maximum Up to 2TB with 16x 128GB 3DS RDIMMs
Persistent memory Not supported.
Memory protection ECC, SDDC, Patrol/Demand Scrubbing, DRAM Address Command Parity with Replay, DRAM Uncorrected ECC Error Retry, Post Package Repair
Disk drive bays

Up to 20x 3.5-inch or 32x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays:

  • Front: up to 12x 3.5-inch or 24x 2.5-inch, hot-swap bays
  • Mid (internal): up to 4x 3.5-inch or 8x 2.5-inch, hot-swap bays
  • Rear: up to 4x 3.5-inch or 4x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays

With 2.5-inch drive bays, mid (internal) bays and rear drives are mutually exclusive. See Supported drive bay combinations for details. Mid bays are hot-swap drive bays and are accessible by removing the top cover of the server. 4x 3.5-inch front drive bays can be configured as AnyBay supporting SAS, SATA or NVMe. 2.5-inch drive bays can be configured as NVMe, supporting 28x NVMe drives with direct connections (no oversubscription), or 32x NVMe drives with 2:1 oversubscription.

Maximum internal storage
  • All NVMe: 184.32 TB using 24x 6.4 TB NVMe (front) + 8x 3.84TB NVMe SSDs (mid)
  • All SSDs: 245.76 TB using 32x 7.68TB SSDs (24x front, 8x mid)
  • All HDDs: 280 TB using 20x 14TB 3.5-inch HDDs (12x front, 4x mid, 4x rear)
  • Mix of SSDs/HDDs supported but not in the same array
Storage controller
  • Onboard SATA supporting up to 16 SATA drives (no RAID)
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA RAID adapters:
    • RAID 530i (cacheless) supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50
    • RAID 730-8i with 1GB cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50
    • RAID 730-8i with 2GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
    • RAID 930-8i with 2GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
    • RAID 930-16i and 24i with 4GB or 8GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA non-RAID: 430-8i and 430-16i HBAs
Optical drive bays No internal optical drive.
Tape drive bays No internal backup drive.
Network interfaces Dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slot with PCIe 4.0 x16 host interface. Supports a variety of 2-port and 4-port adapters with 1GbE, 10GbE and 25GbE network connectivity. One port can optionally be shared with the ASPEED management processor for Wake-on-LAN and NC-SI support.
PCI Expansion slots

A total of up to 9 PCIe 4.0 slots (8 with rear access, 1 internal for a RAID adapter) plus a slot dedicated to the OCP adapter. Slot availability is based on riser selection.

Slot length is dependent on the use of a mid-chassis drive cage: If the mid drive cage is present then slots are half-length; if the mid drive cage is not present, then slots are full-length.

  • Riser 1: Slots 1, 2 and 3 - all FHHL or FHFL (16 or 32 lanes)
    • Option 1*: 1=x16, 2=x8, 3=x8
    • Option 2*: 1=x16, 2=x16 (no slot 3)
    • Option 3: 3=x16 (no slot 1 or slot 2)
    • Option 4: 1=x16 (no slot 2 or slot 3)
  • Riser 2: Slots 4, 5, and 6 - slot size varies (32 lanes)
    • Option 1: 4=x16, 5=x8, 6=x8
    • Option 2: 4=x16, 5=x16 (no slot 6)
    • Option 3: 6=x16 (no slot 4 or slot 5)
  • Riser 3: Slots 7 and 8 - both FHHL or FHFL (16 or 32 lanes)
    • Option 1*: 7=x8, 8=x8
    • Option 2*: 7=x16, 8=x16
  • Slot 9: Internal PCIe 4.0 x8 low-profile slot for internal drive controller

* The use of 32 lanes with Riser 1 or the use of Riser 3 imposes restrictions on the use of the onboard SATA controller or the use of the M.2 Module or both. See the I/O expansion section for details.

Ports

Front: Two USB 3.1 G1 (5 Gb/s) ports, optional VGA port.

Rear: USB 3.1 G1 (5 Gb/s) ports, one VGA video port, one DB-9 serial port, and one RJ-45 1GbE systems management port.

Internal: Optional M.2 module supporting up to two M.2 drives (for OS boot and drive storage support; not available in all configurations).

Cooling Five or six N+1 redundant hot swap 60 mm fans,  configuration dependent. One fan integrated in each power supply.
Power supply Up to two hot-swap redundant AC power supplies (all 80 PLUS Platinum certification): 550 W, 750 W, 1100 W and 1600 W AC options, supporting 220 V AC. 550 W, 750 W and 1100 W options also support 110V input supply. In China only, all power supply options support 240 V DC.
Video Onboard graphics with 512 MB memory with 2D hardware accelerator, integrated into the ASPEED AST2500 BMC management processor. Maximum resolution is 1920x1200 at 60Hz, 32bpp
Hot-swap parts Drives, power supplies, and fans.
Systems management ASPEED AST2500 embedded management processor, XClarity Provisioning Manager Lite (LXPM Lite) for system setup and firmware upgrades. XClarity Administrator centralized infrastructure management, and XClarity Energy Manager centralized server power management. Light path diagnostics for local failure detection and reporting.
Security features Power-on password, administrator's password, Trusted Platform Module (TPM), supporting TPM 2.0. In China only, optional Nationz TPM 2.0. Optional lockable front security bezel. Optional chassis intrusion switch.
Operating systems supported Microsoft Windows Server, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server, VMware ESXi. See the Operating system support section for specifics.
Limited warranty Three-year or one-year (model dependent) customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty with 9x5 next business day (NBD).
Service and support Optional service upgrades are available through Lenovo Services: 4-hour or 2-hour response time, 6-hour fix time, 1-year or 2-year warranty extension, software support for Lenovo hardware and some third-party applications.
Dimensions Height: 86 mm (3.4 in.), width: 445 mm (17.5 in.), depth: 765 mm (30.1 in.)
Weight Maximum: 35.4 kg (78.0 lb)

Models

Models of the SR655 are defined based on whether the server has 2.5-inch drive bays at the front (called the 24x 2.5" chassis) or whether it has 3.5-inch drive bays at the front (called the 12x 3.5" chassis). For models, the feature codes for these chassis bases are as listed in the following table.

Table 2. Chassis base feature codes
Feature code Description
B5VK ThinkSystem SR655 12x3.5" Chassis
B5VJ ThinkSystem SR655 24x2.5" Chassis

The following tables list the available models, grouped by region.

Refer to the Specifications section for information about standard features of the server.

Models for Australia and New Zealand

Table 3. Models for Australia and New Zealand
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots* Power
supplies
Power
cords
Front
VGA
Fans Rail
kit
TopSeller models with a 3-year model (machine type 7Z01)
7Z01A02MAU 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Std Fric
7Z01A02XAU 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Std Fric
7Z01A02LAU 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A039AU 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A030AU 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A031AU 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A02UAU 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A02VAU 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency
* Slots are listed as (x, y, z) where x = number of rear-accessible x16 slots, y = number of rear-accessible x8 slots, z = number of internal x8 slots

Models for South East Asian countries (ASEAN)

Table 4. Models for South East Asian countries (ASEAN)
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots* Power
supplies
Power
cords
Front
VGA
Fans Rail
kit
TopSeller models with a 3-year model (machine type 7Z01)
7Z01A036SG 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Std Fric
7Z01A03ASG 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Std Fric
7Z01A02TSG 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A033SG 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A02QSG 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A02YSG 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A034SG 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A03BSG 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency
* Slots are listed as (x, y, z) where x = number of rear-accessible x16 slots, y = number of rear-accessible x8 slots, z = number of internal x8 slots

Models for Brazil

Table 5. Models for Brazil
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots* Power
supplies
Power
cords
Front
VGA
Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year model (machine type 7Z01)
7Z01A03UBR 7262 8C 155W 3.2GHz 1x 16GB 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 2, 6, 0 1x 750W Yes Yes 5x Std Slide+CMA
7Z01A03SBR 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 16GB 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 2, 6, 0 1x 750W Yes Yes 5x Std Slide+CMA
7Z01A03QBR 7402 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 2933 730-8i 1GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 2, 6, 0 1x 1100W Yes Yes 5x Perf Slide+CMA
7Z01A03TBR 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 2, 6, 0 1x 1100W Yes Yes 5x Perf Slide+CMA

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency
* Slots are listed as (x, y, z) where x = number of rear-accessible x16 slots, y = number of rear-accessible x8 slots, z = number of internal x8 slots

Models for EMEA countries

Table 6. Models for EMEA countries
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots* Power
supplies
Power
cords
Front
VGA
Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year model (machine type 7Z01)
7Z01A04AEA 7252P 8C 120W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 1, 2, 1 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 6x Perf Slide
7Z01A04BEA 7252P 8C 120W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 2933 Onboard AHCI 12x 3.5" SAS Open bay Open 1, 2, 1 1x 1100W HS Yes Opt 6x Perf Slide
7Z01A02BEA 7262 8C 155W 3.2GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Onboard AHCI 12x 3.5" SAS Open bay Open Open 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 5x Std Slide
7Z01A02DEA 7262 8C 155W 3.2GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 5x Std Slide
7Z01A049EA 7282 16C 120W 2.4GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay Open 1, 2, 1 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 6x Perf Slide
7Z01A04CEA 7282 16C 120W 2.4GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-16i 12x 3.5" SAS Open bay Open 1, 2, 1 1x 1100W HS Yes Opt 6x Perf Slide
7Z01A02AEA 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Onboard AHCI 12x 3.5" SAS Open bay Open Open 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 5x Std Slide
7Z01A02CEA 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 5x Std Slide
7Z01A029EA 7452 32C 155W 2.35GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Onboard AHCI 12x 3.5" SAS Open bay Open Open 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 5x Std Slide
7Z01A048EA 7452 32C 155W 2.35GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open 1, 2, 1 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 6x Perf Slide
7Z01A02EEA 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option 16x 2.5" NVMe Open bay Open Open 1x 1100W HS Yes Opt 5x Perf Slide
7Z01A02HEA 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 5x Perf Slide
7Z01A04EEA 7542 32C 225W 2.9GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open 1, 2, 1 1x 1100W HS Yes Opt 6x Perf Slide
7Z01A04FEA 7552 48C 200W 2.2GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open 1, 2, 1 1x 750W HS Yes Opt 6x Perf Slide
7Z01A04DEA 7642 48C 225W 2.4GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open 1, 2, 1 1x 1100W HS Yes Opt 6x Perf Slide
7Z01A02FEA 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x 1100W HS Yes Opt 5x Perf Slide
7Z01A02GEA 7742 64C 225W 2.25GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x 1100W HS Yes Opt 5x Perf Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency
* Slots are listed as (x, y, z) where x = number of rear-accessible x16 slots, y = number of rear-accessible x8 slots, z = number of internal x8 slots

Models for Hong Kong, Taiwan, Korea (HTK)

Table 7. Models for Hong Kong, Taiwan, Korea (HTK)
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots* Power
supplies
Power
cords
Front
VGA
Fans Rail
kit
TopSeller models with a 3-year model (machine type 7Z01)
7Z01A035CN 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Std Fric
7Z01A02KCN 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A02SCN 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A02ZCN 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency
* Slots are listed as (x, y, z) where x = number of rear-accessible x16 slots, y = number of rear-accessible x8 slots, z = number of internal x8 slots

Models for India

Table 8. Models for India
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots* Power
supplies
Power
cords
Front
VGA
Fans Rail
kit
TopSeller models with a 3-year model (machine type 7Z01)
7Z01A02PSG 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Std Fric
7Z01A02WSG 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Std Fric
7Z01A032SG 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A038SG 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A02RSG 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A037SG 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A02JSG 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric
7Z01A02NSG 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 2x 750W Yes Yes 6x Perf Fric

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency
* Slots are listed as (x, y, z) where x = number of rear-accessible x16 slots, y = number of rear-accessible x8 slots, z = number of internal x8 slots

Models for Japan

Table 9. Models for Japan
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots* Power
supplies
Power
cords
Front
VGA
Fans Rail
kit
TopSeller models with a 3-year model (machine type 7Z01)
7Z01A03GJP 7262 8C 155W 3.2GHz 1x 16GB 3200 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 1x 750W Opt Opt 6x Std Slide
7Z01A03MJP 7262 8C 155W 3.2GHz 1x 16GB 3200 530-8i 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 1x 750W Opt Opt 6x Std Slide
7Z01A03HJP 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 16GB 3200 530-8i 8x 3.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 1x 750W Opt Opt 6x Std Slide
7Z01A03KJP 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 16GB 3200 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 1x 750W Opt Opt 6x Std Slide
7Z01A03FJP 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 1x 750W Opt Opt 6x Perf Slide
7Z01A03NJP 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 16GB 3200 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 1, 2, 1 1x 750W Opt Opt 6x Perf Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency
* Slots are listed as (x, y, z) where x = number of rear-accessible x16 slots, y = number of rear-accessible x8 slots, z = number of internal x8 slots

Models for Latin American countries (except Brazil)

Table 10. Models with a 3-year warranty for Latin American countries (except Brazil)
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots* Power
supplies
Power
cords
Front
VGA
Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year model (machine type 7Z01)
7Z01A03XLA 7262 8C 155W 3.2GHz 1x 16GB 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 2, 6, 0 1x 750W Yes Yes 5x Std Slide+CMA
7Z01A03YLA 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 16GB 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 2, 6, 0 1x 750W Yes Yes 5x Std Slide+CMA
7Z01A03ZLA 7402 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 2933 730-8i 1GB 8x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 2, 6, 0 1x 1100W Yes Yes 5x Perf Slide+CMA
7Z01A040LA 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 2, 6, 0 1x 1100W Yes Yes 5x Perf Slide+CMA
7Z01A041LA 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 64GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" SAS Open bay 4x1Gb 2, 6, 0 1x 1100W Yes Yes 5x Perf Slide+CMA

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency
* Slots are listed as (x, y, z) where x = number of rear-accessible x16 slots, y = number of rear-accessible x8 slots, z = number of internal x8 slots

Models for USA and Canada

Table 11. Models for USA and Canada
Model AMD EPYC processor† Memory RAID Drive bays OCP Slots* Power
supplies
Power
cords
Front
VGA
Fans Rail
kit
Standard models with a 3-year model (machine type 7Z01)
7Z01A03CNA 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz 1x 16GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Yes 5x Std Slide
7Z01A03ENA 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Yes 5x Perf Slide
7Z01A03JNA 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Yes 5x Perf Slide
7Z01A03LNA 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz 1x 32GB 3200 Option Optional 2.5" Open bay Open Open 1x 750W Yes Yes 5x Perf Slide

† Processor description: AMD EPYC model, number of cores, thermal design power (TDP), core frequency
* Slots are listed as (x, y, z) where x = number of rear-accessible x16 slots, y = number of rear-accessible x8 slots, z = number of internal x8 slots

Processor options

The SR655 supports processors in the second-generation AMD EPYC family of processors. The server supports one processor.

The table below lists the supported AMD processors.

All supported processors have the following characteristics:

  • Second-generation AMD EPYC processors (formerly codenamed "Rome")
  • 7 nm process technology
  • Eight DDR4 memory channels
  • 128 PCIe 4.0 I/O lanes

Part numbers: Processors do not include an option part number because there are no field upgrades supported.

Table 12. Processor options for the SR655
Feature code Description
B766 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7232P 8C 120W 3.1GHz Processor
B6VU ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7252 8C 120W 3.1GHz Processor
B6TS ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7262 8C 155W 3.2GHz Processor
B767 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7272 12C 120W 2.9GHz Processor
B6VZ ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7282 16C 120W 2.8GHz Processor
B6TV ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7302 16C 155W 3.0GHz Processor
B6VV ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7302P 16C 155W 3.0GHz Processor
B6W0 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7352 24C 155W 2.3GHz Processor
B6VW ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7402 24C 180W 2.8GHz Processor
B6TT ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7402P 24C 180W 2.8GHz Processor
B6TU ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7452 32C 155W 2.35 GHz Processor
B5XG ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7502 32C 180W 2.5GHz Processor
B6VX ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7502P 32C 180W 2.5GHz Processor
B6W2 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7542 32C 225W 2.9GHz Processor
B6W1 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7552 48C 200W 2.2GHz Processor
B6W3 ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7642 48C 225W 2.3GHz Processor
B6TR ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7702 64C 200W 2.0GHz Processor
B6VY ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7702P 64C 200W 2.0GHz Processor
B5XF ThinkSystem AMD EPYC 7742 64C 225W 2.25 GHz Processor

Processor features

The following table lists the features of the supported processors.

P suffix: Processor models with a P suffix are designated as single-socket processors. They have identical features to the non-P equivalent processors.

Table 13. Processor specifications
EPYC
model
Cores /
Threads
Base
Frequency
Max Boost
Frequency†
L3 Cache Memory
channels
Memory
bus
TDP
7232P 8 / 16 3.1 GHz 3.2 GHz 32 MB 8 3200 MHz 120 W
7252 8 / 16 3.1 GHz 3.2 GHz 64 MB 8 3200 MHz 120 W
7262 8 / 16 3.2 GHz 3.4 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155W
7272 12 / 24 2.9 GHz 3.2 GHz 64 MB 8 3200 MHz 120 W
7282 16 / 32 2.8 GHz 3.2 GHz 64 MB 8 3200 MHz 120 W
7302 16 / 32 3.0 GHz 3.3 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155 W
7302P 16 / 32 3.0 GHz 3.3 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155 W
7352 24 / 48 2.3 GHz 3.2 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155 W
7402 24 / 48 2.8 GHz 3.35 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 180 W
7402P 24 / 48 2.8 GHz 3.35 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 180 W
7452 32 / 64 2.35 GHz 3.35 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 155 W
7502 32 / 64 2.5 GHz 3.35 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 180 W
7502P 32 / 64 2.5 GHz 3.35 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 180 W
7542 32 / 64 2.9 GHz 3.4 GHz 128 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W
7552 48 / 96 2.2 GHz 3.3 GHz 192 MB 8 3200 MHz 200 W
7642 48 / 96 2.3 GHz 3.3 GHz 256 MH 8 3200 MHz 225 W
7702 64 / 128 2.0 GHz 3.35 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 200 W
7702P 64 / 128 2.0 GHz 3.35 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 200 W
7742 64 / 128 2.25 GHz 3.4 GHz 256 MB 8 3200 MHz 225 W

† The maximum single-core frequency at with the processor is capable of operating

Memory options

The server uses Lenovo TruDDR4 memory operating at up to 3200 MHz. The processors have 8 memory channels and support 2 DIMMs per channel, for a total of 16 DIMMs.

The server supports up to 2TB of memory using 16x 128 GB 3DS RDIMMs.

The server supports these memory DIMMs:

  • 2933 MHz DIMMs, that operate at 2933 MHz both at 1 DIMM per channel and 2 DIMMs per channel
  • 3200 MHz DIMMs, that operate at 3200 MHz at 1 DIMM per channel, and at 2933 MHz at 2 DIMMs per channel

Note that if the processor selected has a memory bus speed of 2666 MHz, then all DIMMs will operate at 2666 MHz, even if the DIMMs are rated for a higher speed MHz.

The following table lists the memory options that are available for the server.

Lenovo TruDDR4 memory uses the highest quality components that are sourced from Tier 1 DRAM suppliers and only memory that meets the strict requirements of Lenovo is selected. It is compatibility tested and tuned to maximize performance and reliability. From a service and support standpoint, Lenovo TruDDR4 memory automatically assumes the system warranty, and Lenovo provides service and support worldwide.

Table 14. Supported memory options
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
Memory
vendor
2933 MHz memory
4ZC7A08739 B7MS ThinkSystem 8GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (1Rx8 1.2V) RDIMM-A 16 Micron
4ZC7A08740 B7MT ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (1Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM-A 16 Hynix
4ZC7A08741 B7MU ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (2Rx8 1.2V) RDIMM-A 16 Hynix
4ZC7A08742 B7MV ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM-A 16 Samsung
4ZC7A08744 B7MW ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM-A 16 Samsung
4ZC7A15113 B587 ThinkSystem 128GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (4Rx4 1.2V) 3DS RDIMM 16 Samsung
3200 MHz memory
4ZC7A15121 B5XD ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR4 3200MHz (2Rx8 1.2V) RDIMM-A 16 Micron
4ZC7A15122 B5XE ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR4 3200MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM-A 16 Samsung
4ZC7A15124 B5XC ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR4 3200MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM-A 16 Hynix

The following rules apply when selecting the memory configuration:

  • The server supports RDIMMs and 3DS RDIMMs
  • Mixing of RDIMMs and 3DS RDIMMs is not supported
  • Mixing of DIMM vendor is supported, but not in the same channel (see the table above)
  • Mixing x4 and x8 DIMMs is supported, but not in the same channel
  • Mixing of DIMM rank counts is supported. Follow the required installation order installing the DIMMs with the higher rank counts first.
  • Mixing of DIMM capacities is supported, however only two different capacities are supported all channels of the processor (eg 32GB and 64GB). Follow the required installation order installing the larger DIMMs first.
  • Mixing of 3200 MHz and 2933 MHz DIMMs is supported, but not in the same channel
  • Memory mirroring and memory rank sparing are not supported.

For best performance, consider the following:

  • Ensure the memory installed is at least the same speed as the memory bus of the selected processor.
  • Populate memory DIMMs in quantities of 8 or 16, so that all memory channels are used.
  • Populate memory channels so they all have the same total memory capacity.

The following memory protection technologies are supported:

  • ECC detection/correction
  • SDDC (for x4-based memory DIMMs; look for "x4" in the DIMM description)
  • Patrol/Demand Scrubbing
  • DRAM Address Command Parity with Replay
  • DRAM Uncorrected ECC Error Retry
  • Post Package Repair

Internal storage

The SR655 supports up to 20x 3.5-inch or 32x 2.5-inch drive bays, depending on the selected chassis and backplane configuration. Drives can be all SAS, all SATA, or all NVMe, or combinations of all three (not in the same RAID array, if configured). The server also supports configurations without any drive bays if desired.

All drives are hot-swap and are accessible from the front, from the rear, or from drive bays that are located in the middle of the server (accessible when you remove the top cover of the server).

The three drive zones are as follows:

  • Front: up to 12x 3.5-inch or 24x 2.5-inch, hot-swap bays
  • Mid (internal): up to 4x 3.5-inch or 8x 2.5-inch, hot-swap bays
  • Rear: up to 4x 3.5-inch or 4x 2.5-inch hot-swap bays

The server also supports one or two M.2 drives, installed in an M.2 adapter.

In this section:

NVMe drive support

PM983 hot-swap support: To support hot-swap of PM983 NVMe drives, the server needs to have UEFI v2.0 (Build ID CFE108O) or later installed.

The SR655 supports NVMe drives to maximize storage performance, as follows:

  • Up to 28 NVMe drives without oversubscription (that is, each x4 drive has a full x4 (4 lanes) connection to the processor)
    • 24 NVMe drives in the front bays
    • 4 NVMe drives in the rear bays
  • Up to 32 NVMe drives with a 2:1 oversubscription (that is, each x4 drive has a x2 connection (2 lanes) to the processor)
    • 24 NVMe drives in the front bays
    • 8 NVMe drives in the mid bays
  • Up to 4x NVMe drives in a 3.5-inch drive configuration
    • All installed in front bays

The specifics of these configurations plus other NVMe-rich configurations are covered in the Supported drive bay combinations and  Adapters selections sections.

15mm NVMe drives: 15mm NVMe SSDs are not supported in the mid or rear drive bays due to thermal requirements. Only 7mm NVMe drives are supported in those zones.

Front drive bays

The front drive bay zone supports the following configurations:

  • 3.5-inch drive bays
    • No drives and no backplane (supports field upgrades)
    • 8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA (no upgrades)
    • 12x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA (no upgrades)
    • 8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA + 4x 3.5-inch AnyBay (AnyBay supports SAS or SATA or NVMe drives) (no upgrades)
  • 2.5-inch drive bays
    • No drives and no backplane (supports field upgrades)
    • 8x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA (supports field upgrades to 16 or 24 drives)
    • 16x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA (supports field upgrades to 24 drives)
    • 24x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA (no upgrades)
    • 8x 2.5-inch NVMe (supports field upgrades to 16 or 24 drives)
    • 16x 2.5-inch NVMe (supports field upgrades to 24 drives)
    • 24x 2.5-inch NVMe (no upgrades)
    • 8x 2.5-inch NVMe + 8x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA (supports upgrade to 16x SAS/SATA)
    • 8x 2.5-inch NVMe + 16x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA (no upgrades)

These configurations are shown in the following figure.

SR655 front drive bay configurations
Figure 6. SR655 front drive bay configurations

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Table 15. Backplanes for front drive bays
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
Front 3.5-inch drive backplanes
See note* AUR6 ThinkSystem 2U 3.5" SATA/SAS 8-Bay Backplane
(8-bay 3.5-inch SAS/SATA backplane)
1
See note* AUR9 ThinkSystem 2U 3.5" SATA/SAS 12-Bay Backplane
(12-bay 3.5-inch SAS/SATA backplane)
1
See note* AUR8 ThinkSystem 2U 3.5" AnyBay 12-Bay Backplane
(12-bay 3.5-inch backplane with 8x SAS/SATA bays + 4x AnyBay bays†)
1
Front 2.5-inch drive backplanes
See note* AURA ThinkSystem 2U/Twr 2.5" SATA/SAS 8-Bay Backplane
(8-bay 2.5-inch SAS/SATA backplane)
3
See note* B4PC ThinkSystem 2U 2.5" NVMe 8-Bay Backplane
(8-bay 2.5-inch NVMe backplane)
3

* Backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades using upgrade kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.
† AnyBay bays support SAS or SATA or NVMe drives

The use of NVMe drives may limit the use of PCIe slots or M.2 drives as described in the I/O expansion section.

Mid drive bays

The SR655 supports hot-swap drives installed in the middle of the server chassis. The drive bays are accessible by removing the top lid of the server and levering the mid drive chassis.

The following configurations are supported:

  • 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap NVMe drive bays

The drive bays in the open position are shown in the following figure.

Note: The figure shows an M.2 Module installed in the 2.5-inch drive bays, however installing the M.2 Module in this location is currently not supported

Mid-chassis drive bays
Figure 7. Mid-chassis drive bays

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Table 16. Backplanes for mid drive bays
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
Mid - 3.5-inch drive backplane
See note* AUW8 ThinkSystem 1U 3.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Backplane 1
Mid - 2.5-inch drive backplanes
See note* B5VP ThinkSystem SR655 2.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Backplane 2‡
See note* B5VN ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 2.5" NVMe 4-Bay Backplane 2‡

* Backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades using upgrade kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.
‡ 2.5-inch drive backplanes for the mid-chassis area must be installed in pairs. NVMe and SAS/SATA cannot be mixed.

The use of drive bays in the mid-chassis area has the following configuration rules:

  • Processors with TDP higher than 155W are not supported
  • Full-length adapter cards are not supported
  • GPUs (including low profile GPUs such as the T4) are not supported
  • If 2.5-inch mid-chassis drive bays are configured then rear drive bays are not supported. See the Supported drive bay combinations section for more information.
  • The use of NVMe drives in the mid bays requires to use of a PCIe retimer or switch

Rear drive bays

The SR655 supports hot-swap drives installed at the rear of the server chassis. Supported configurations are as follows:

  • 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 4x 2.5-inch hot-swap SAS/SATA drive bays
  • 4x 2.5-inch hot-swap NVMe drive bays

The configurations are shown in the following figure.

SR655 rear drive bay configurations
Figure 8. Rear drive bay configurations

The backplanes used to provide these drive bays are listed in the following table.

Table 17. Backplanes for rear drive bays
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
Rear - 3.5-inch drive backplane
See note* AUW8 ThinkSystem 1U 3.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Backplane 1
Rear - 2.5-inch drive backplanes
See note* B5VP ThinkSystem SR655 2.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Backplane 1
See note* B5VN ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 2.5" NVMe 4-Bay Backplane 1

* Backplanes are available as part numbers for field upgrades using upgrade kits, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

The use of rear drive bays has the following configuration rules:

  • Slots 7 and 8 are not available
  • GPUs are not supported
  • If 3.5-inch rear drive bays are configured then only slots 3 and 6 are available, as described in the I/O expansion section
  • The use of NVMe drives in rear bays requires to use of a PCIe retimer or switch

Supported drive bay combinations

This section describes the various combinations of 3.5-inch and 2.5-inch drives that the server supports. The drive bay combinations are grouped based on the drive type at the front of the server, 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch.

3.5-inch drive bay chassis

The following table shows the supported combinations when the server is configured with a 3.5-inch chassis (where the front drive bays are 3.5-inch). In this configuration:

  • When the front bays are 3.5-inch bays, the mid bays are also 3.5-inch bays, however the rear zone can be either 2.5-inch SAS/SATA or 3.5-inch SAS/SATA
  • NVMe is only supported in the front bays, using the AnyBay backplane (which offers 4x NVMe-capable drive bays)

The choice of storage controller for each configuration is listed in the Adapter selections section.

Table 18. Drive bay combinations with 3.5-inch chassis (Blue cells = SAS/SATA, Purple cells = AnyBay)
Config Total
drives
Front bays (3.5") Mid bays (3.5") Rear bays (3.5" or 2.5")
SAS/SATA AnyBay SAS/SATA 3.5" SAS/SATA 2.5" SAS/SATA
3.5-inch chassis - SAS/SATA drives only
A 8 8 0 0 0 0
B 12 12 0 0 0 0
C 16 12 0 0 4 0
D 16 12 0 0 0 4
E 20 12 0 4 4 0
F 20 12 0 4 0 4
3.5-inch chassis - SAS/SATA and AnyBay drives
G 12 8 4 0 0 0
H 16 8 4 0 4 0
I 16 8 4 0 0 4
J 20 8 4 4 4 0
K 20 8 4 4 0 4

2.5-inch drive bay chassis

The server has 36 drive bays in total, however up to 32 drives are supported in a configuration.

The following table shows the supported combinations when the server is configured with a 2.5-inch chassis (where the front drive bays are 2.5-inch). In this configuration:

  • With the 2.5-inch chassis, all drive bays are 2.5-inch bays. No 3.5-inch drives are supported with the 2.5-inch chassis.
  • Mid bays and Rear bays cannot be used concurrently

The choice of storage controller for each configuration is listed in the Adapter selections section.

Table 19. Drive bay combinations with 2.5-inch chassis (Blue cells = SAS/SATA, Red cells = NVMe)
Config Total
drives
Front bays (2.5") Mid bays (2.5") Rear bays (2.5")
SAS/SATA NVMe SAS/SATA NVMe SAS/SATA NVMe
2.5-inch chassis - SAS/SATA drives only
A 8 8 0 0 0 0 0
B 16 16 0 0 0 0 0
C 20 16 0 0 0 4 0
D 24 24 0 0 0 0 0
E 28 24 0 0 0 4 0
F 32 24 0 8 0 0 0
2.5-inch chassis - SAS/SATA and NVMe drives in the front bays
G 16 8 8 0 0 0 0
H 20 8 8 0 0 4 0
I 24 16 8 0 0 0 0
J 28 16 8 0 0 4 0
K 32 16 8 8 0 0 0
2.5-inch chassis - only NVMe drives in the front bays
L 8 0 8 0 0 0 0
M 16 0 16 0 0 0 0
N 20 0 16 0 0 4 0
O 20 0 16 0 0 0 4
P 24 0 24 0 0 0 0
Q 28 0 24 0 0 4 0
R 28 0 24 0 0 0 4
S 32 0 24 8 0 0 0
T 32 0 24 0 8 0 0

Adapter selections

The following tables lists the supported drive bay combinations plus the list of supported controller combinations supported by each of those drive bay combinations. Information about the controllers can be found in the Controllers for internal storage section.

General rules for adapters:

  • The RAID 730-8i 1G cannot be used for connection to the rear drive bays
  • Only the RAID 530-8i or the 430-8i HBA can be selected when a separate controller is needed for the rear drive bays
  • The RAID 730-8i 2G cannot be used in the same server as the RAID 730-8i-1G or RAID 930-8i
  • The M.2 Adapter is not supported in configurations of 16 or more 2.5-inch NVMe drives in the front bays
  • For performance reasons, select the 1610-4P NVMe switch adapter instead of the 810-4P NVMe switch adapter, when available
Table 20. Drive bay combinations with 3.5-inch chassis (S/S = SAS/SATA) (Blue cells = SAS/SATA, Purple cells = AnyBay)
Cfg Total
drives
Front bays (3.5") Mid bays (3.5") Rear (3.5" or 2.5") Supported controller combinations
(choose one)
(OB = Onboard)
SAS/
SATA
Any
Bay
SAS/
SATA
3.5"
S/S
2.5"
S/S
3.5-inch chassis - SAS/SATA drives only
A 8 8 0 0 0 0
  • OB SATA
  • 530-8i
  • 730-8i 1G
  • 730-8i 2G
  • 930-8i
  • 430-8i
B 12 12 0 0 0 0
  • OB SATA
  • 930-16i
  • 430-16i
C 16 12 0 0 4 0
  • OB SATA
  • 930-16i
  • 930-16i + 530-8i
  • 430-16i
  • 430-16i + 430-8i
D 16 12 0 0 0 4
  • OB SATA
  • 930-16i
  • 930-16i + 530-8i
  • 430-16i
  • 430-16i + 430-8i
E 20 12 0 4 4 0
  • 930-24i
  • 930-16i + 530-8i
  • 430-16i + 430-8i
F 20 12 0 4 0 4
  • 930-24i
  • 930-16i + 530-8i
  • 430-16i + 430-8i
3.5-inch chassis - SAS/SATA and AnyBay drives
G 12 8 4 0 0 0
  • OB SATA + OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + OB NVMe
H 16 8 4 0 4 0
  • 930-16i + OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + 530-8i + OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + 430-8i + OB NVMe
I 16 8 4 0 0 4
  • 930-16i + OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + 530-8i + OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + 430-8i + OB NVMe
J 20 8 4 4 4 0
  • 930-24i + OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + 530-8i + OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + 430-8i + OB NVMe
K 20 8 4 4 0 4
  • 930-24i + OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + 530-8i + OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + 430-8i + OB NVMe

 

Table 21. Drive bay combinations with 2.5-inch chassis (S/S = SAS/SATA) (Blue cells = SAS/SATA, Red cells = NVMe)
Cfg Total
drives
Front bays (2.5") Mid bays (2.5") Rear bays (2.5") Supported controller combinations
(choose one)
(OB = Onboard)
SAS/
SATA
NVMe SAS/
SATA
NVMe SAS/
SATA
NVMe
2.5-inch chassis - SAS/SATA drives only
A 8 8 0 0 0 0 0
  • 530-8i
  • 730-8i 1G
  • 730-8i 2G
  • 930-8i
  • 430-8i
B 16 16 0 0 0 0 0
  • OB SATA (no M.2 support)
  • 930-16i
  • 2x 530-8i
  • 2x 730-8i 1G
  • 2x 730-8i 2G
  • 2x 930-8i
  • 430-16i
  • 2x 430-8i
C 20 16 0 0 0 4 0
  • 930-24i
  • 930-16i + 530-8i
  • 3x 530-8i
  • 2x 730-8i 1G + 530-8i
  • 430-16i + 430-8i
  • 3x 430-8i
D 24 24 0 0 0 0 0
  • 930-24i
  • 930-16i + 930-8i
  • 930-16i + 730-8i 2G
  • 930-16i + 530-8i
  • 930-16i + 730-8i 1G
  • 3x 530-8i
  • 3x 730-8i 1G
  • 430-16i + 430-8i
  • 3x 430-8i
E 28 24 0 0 0 4 0
  • 930-24i + 530-8i
  • 4x 530-8i
  • 3x 730-8i + 530-8i
  • 4x 430-8i
F 32 24 0 8 0 0 0
  • 930-24i + 530-8i
  • 4x 530-8i
  • 3x 730-8i + 530-8i
  • 4x 430-8i
2.5-inch chassis - SAS/SATA and NVMe drives in the front bays
G 16 8 8 0 0 0 0
  • OB SATA + 8x OB NVMe
  • 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 730-8i 1G + 8x OB NVMe
  • 730-8i 2G + 8x OB NVMe
  • 930-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 430-8i + 8x OB NVMe
H 20 8 8 0 0 4 0
  • 930-16i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 730-8i 1G + 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 730-8i 2G + 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 930-8i + 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 430-8i + 8x OB NVMe
I 24 16 8 0 0 0 0
  • OB SATA + 8x OB NVMe (No M.2 support)
  • 930-16i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 930-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 730-8i 2G + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 730-8i 1G + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 430-8i + 8x OB NVMe
J 28 16 8 0 0 4 0
  • 930-24i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 3x 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 730-8i 1G + 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + 430-8i + 8x OB NVMe
K 32 16 8 8 0 0 0
  • 930-24i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + 930-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + 730-8i 2G + 8x OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + 730-8i 1G + 8x OB NVMe
  • 930-16i + 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 730-8i 1G + 930-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 730-8i 1G + 730-8i 2G + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 530-8i + 930-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 530-8i + 730-8i 2G + 8x OB NVMe
  • 3x 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 2x 730-8i 1G + 530-8i + 8x OB NVMe
  • 430-16i + 430-8i + 8x OB NVMe
2.5-inch chassis - only NVMe drives in the front bays
L 8 0 8 0 0 0 0
  • 8x OB NVMe
M 16 0 16 0 0 0 0
  • 16x OB NVMe (No M.2 support)
N 20 0 16 0 0 4 0
  • No M.2 support with any config
  • 16x OB NVMe + 530-8i
  • 16x OB NVMe + 430-8i
O 20 0 16 0 0 0 4
  • No M.2 support
  • 16x OB NVMe + 1x 1610-4P
  • 16x OB NVMe + 1x 810-4P*
P 24 0 24 0 0 0 0
  • No M.2 support
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 1610-4P
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 810-4P*
Q 28 0 24 0 0 4 0
  • No M.2 support with any config
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 1610-4P + 530-8i
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 1610-4P + 430-8i
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 810-4P + 530-8i*
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 810-4P + 430-8i*
R 28 0 24 0 0 0 4
  • No M.2 support
  • 16x OB NVMe + 3x 1610-4P
  • 16x OB NVMe + 3x 810-4P*
S 32 0 24 8 0 0 0
  • No M.2 support with any config
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 1610-4P + 930-8i
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 1610-4P + 730-8i 2G
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 1610-4P + 730-8i 1G
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 1610-4P + 530-8i
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 1610-4P + 430-8i
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 810-4P + 930-8i*
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 810-4P + 730-8i 2G*
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 810-4P + 730-8i 1G*
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 810-4P + 530-8i*
  • 16x OB NVMe + 2x 810-4P + 430-8i*
T 32 0 24 0 8 0 0
  • No M.2 support
  • 16x OB NVMe + 4x 810-4P*

* The use of the 810-4P results in PCIe lane oversubscription. For better NVMe drive performance without oversubscription, use a 1610-4P instead (not supported in configuration T)

Field upgrades

The following table lists the option part numbers for the backplane kits that allow you to add additional drive bays as field upgrades. The table also lists what major components are included in each kit.

When adding drive bays, you will also need to add the appropriate storage controller(s). Consult the tables in the Adapter selections section to determine what controller sections are supported and what additional controllers you will need. Controllers are described in the Controllers for internal storage section.

Table 22. Drive backplane field upgrades
Part
number
Description and contents of the upgrade kits Maximum
supported
Front - 3.5-inch drive backplanes (see Front drive bays)
4XH7A09829

ThinkSystem SR655 3.5" SATA/SAS 8-Bay Backplane Kit

  • 1x 8-bay SAS/SATA backplane
  • SATA Cable Kit (power and SATA cables)
  • SAS/SATA Cable Kit (power cable, miniSAS-HD cable)
1
4XH7A09830

ThinkSystem SR655 3.5" SATA/SAS 12-Bay Backplane Kit

  • 1x 12-bay SAS/SATA backplane
  • SATA Cable Kit (power and SATA cables)
  • SAS/SATA Cable Kit (power cable, miniSAS-HD cable)
1
4XH7A09831

ThinkSystem SR655 3.5" 4 Gen3 AnyBay 12-Bay BP Kit
(12-bay 3.5-inch backplane with 8x SAS/SATA bays + 4x AnyBay bays†)

  • 1x 12-bay AnyBay backplane
  • SATA Cable Kit (power and SATA cables)
  • SAS/SATA Cable Kit (power cable, miniSAS-HD cable)
  • NVMe cable (x8-to-two-x4-slimline cable)
1
Front - 2.5-inch drive backplanes (see Front drive bays)
4XH7A09832

ThinkSystem SR655 2.5" SATA/SAS 8-Bay Backplane Kit

  • 1x 8-bay SAS/SATA backplane
  • SATA Cable Kits (power and SATA cables)
  • SAS/SATA Cable Kits (power cables, miniSAS-HD cables)
3
4XH7A09833

ThinkSystem SR655 2.5" NVMe Gen4 8-Bay Backplane Kit

  • 1x 8-bay NVMe backplane
  • NVMe Cable Kits (power and x8 slimline cables)
3
Mid - 3.5-inch drive backplane (see Mid drive bays)
4XH7A09850

ThinkSystem SR655 3.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Middle Drive Kit

  • Mid-chassis 3.5-inch drive cage
  • 4-bay 3.5-inch SAS/SATA backplane
  • 1U Performance Heatsink (replaces existing heatsink)
  • 6x Performance fans (replaces existing fans)
  • Air baffle (replace existing baffle)
  • SAS/SATA Cable Kit (power cable, miniSAS-HD cable)
1
Mid - 2.5-inch drive backplanes (see Mid drive bays)
4XH7A09854

ThinkSystem SR655 2.5" SATA/SAS 8-Bay Middle Drive Kit

  • Mid-chassis 2.5-inch drive cage
  • 2x 4-bay 2.5-inch SAS/SATA backplane
  • 1U Performance Heatsink (replaces existing heatsink)
  • 6x Performance fans (replaces existing fans)
  • Air baffle (replace existing baffle)
  • 2x SAS/SATA Cable Kits (power cable, miniSAS-HD cable)
1
4XH7A09857

ThinkSystem SR655 2.5" NVMe Gen4 8-Bay Middle Drive Kit

  • Mid-chassis 2.5-inch drive cage
  • 2x 4-bay 2.5-inch NVMe backplane
  • 1U Performance Heatsink (replaces existing heatsink)
  • 6x Performance fans (replaces existing fans)
  • Air baffle (replace existing baffle)
  • 2x NVMe Cable Kits (power cable, signal cable)
1
Rear - 3.5-inch drive backplane (see Rear drive bays)
4XH7A09851

ThinkSystem SR655 3.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Rear Drive Kit

  • Rear 3.5-inch drive cage
  • 4-bay 3.5-inch SAS/SATA rear backplane
  • PCIe Riser 1 riser (provides x16 slot 3 only)
  • PCIe Riser 2 riser (provides x16 slot 6 only)
  • 6x Performance fans (replaces existing fans)
  • SATA Cable Kit (power cable, SATA cable)
  • SAS/SATA Cable Kit (power cable, miniSAS-HD cable)
1
Rear - 2.5-inch drive backplanes (see Rear drive bays)
4XH7A09855

ThinkSystem SR655 2.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Rear Drive Kit

  • Rear 2.5-inch drive cage
  • 4-bay 2.5-inch SAS/SATA rear backplane
  • PCIe Riser 2 riser bracket (converts existing 3-slot riser to low profile slots)
  • 6x Performance fans (replaces existing fans)
  • SATA Cable Kit (power cable, SATA cable)
  • SAS/SATA Cable Kit (power cable, miniSAS-HD cable)
1
4XH7A09858

ThinkSystem SR655 2.5" NVMe Gen4 4-Bay Rear Drive Kit

  • Rear 2.5-inch drive cage
  • 4-bay 2.5-inch NVMe rear backplane
  • PCIe Riser 2 riser bracket (converts existing 3-slot riser to low profile slots)
  • 6x Performance fans (replaces existing fans)
  • NVM Cable Kit (power cable, signal cables)
1

† AnyBay bays support SAS or SATA or NVMe drives

If you plan to add one of the RAID adapters that includes a Flash power module (supercap) as a field upgrade, then you will also need to order a Supercap installation kit for the power module. For CTO orders, the components in the installation kit are automatically derived when you select the RAID adapter. The adapters that this applies to are as follows:

  • ThinkSystem RAID 730-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter
  • ThinkSystem RAID 930-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter
  • ThinkSystem RAID 930-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter
  • ThinkSystem RAID 930-24i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter

The power module installation kit list listed in the following table.

Table 23. RAID Flash Power Module installation kit
Part number Feature code Description
4XH7A09847 B72A

ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 Supercap Installation Kit

  • 1x Bracket to hold two supercaps in their holders
  • 3x Supercap holders

The following figure shows the location and use of the components of the option kit.

Supercap Installation Kit
Figure 9. Supercap Installation Kit

If your existing server is configured with drive backplanes that are connected to onboard SATA ports and you wish to upgrade to a RAID adapter or SAS HBA, you will need to order the cable kit listed in the following table along with the adapter(s). The cable kit includes the additional cables you will need to connect the existing backplane to the new adapter. Note that the kit includes the cables needed for all supported combinations of backplanes; this means that some of the cables in the kit will not be used.

Table 24. RAID adapter cable kit for servers with backplanes
Part number Feature code Description
4X97A59750 BCCD

ThinkSystem SR655 SAS Cable Kit, contains four cables:

  • Front BP SAS/SATA Combo Cable A, SC17A59349
  • 800mm MiniSAS-HD to MiniSAS-HD Cable C, SC17A50746
  • 600mm Slimline 4X RA to Slimline4X, SC17A50708
  • 445mm HBA HD to HD Cable A, SC17A50738

The cables in the kit are used with existing backplanes as listed in the following table.

Table 25. Use of SR655 SAS Cable Kit
Existing backplane Needed cables
Front 3.5-inch 8x SAS/SATA Backplane Front BP SAS/SATA Combo Cable A, SC17A59349
Front 3.5-inch 12x SAS/SATA Backplane Front BP SAS/SATA Combo Cable A, SC17A59349
800mm MiniSAS-HD to MiniSAS-HD Cable C, SC17A50746
Front 3.5-inch 8x SAS/SATA+4xAnyBay Backplane Front BP SAS/SATA Combo Cable A, SC17A59349
600mm Slimline 4X RA to Slimline4X, SC17A50708
Front 2.5-inch 8x SAS/SATA Backplane
(order 1 cable kit per 8-drive backplane installed)
Front BP SAS/SATA Combo Cable A, SC17A59349
Rear 3.5-inch 4x SAS/SATA Backplane 445mm HBA HD to HD Cable A, SC17A50738
Rear 2.5-inch 4x SAS/SATA Backplane 445mm HBA HD to HD Cable A, SC17A50738

M.2 drives

The server supports one or two M.2 form-factor SATA drives for use as an operating system boot solution or as additional storage. The M.2 drives install into an M.2 module which is mounted horizontally in the server adjacent to the internal storage controller slot as shown in the Components and connectors section.

The use of M.2 drives in the SR655 requires the use of the performance fans for enhanced cooling. See the Cooling section for ordering information. In CTO orders, the performance fans will be automatically derived in the order.

No M.2 support: An M.2 Adapter is not supported in configurations of 16 or more 2.5-inch NVMe drives in the front bays.

There are two M.2 modules supported, as listed in the following table. The table also includes the cable kit needed for field upgrades.

Field upgrades: When ordering either option part number as a field upgrade, you will also need to order the M.2 Cable Kit which includes the necessary cables to connect the M.2 modules to the server. For CTO orders, the cable kit is not required; the cable and brackets are automatically included in the order. For field upgrades, you will also need to order the performance fans if they are not already installed in your server. See the Cooling section for ordering information.

Table 26. M.2 modules
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
4Y37A09739 B5XH ThinkSystem M.2 SATA 2-Bay RAID Enablement Kit 1
4Y37A09738 B5XJ ThinkSystem M.2 SATA/NVMe 2-Bay Enablement Kit 1
4X97A59730 None

ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 M.2 Cable Kit
(only needed for field upgrade to add 4Y37A09739 or 4Y37A09738)

  • Bracket to mount the M.2 module
  • Bracket for two supercap modules
  • M.2 signal/power cable
1

Supported drives are listed in the Internal drive options section.

The SATA RAID Enablement Kit has the following features:

  • Supports one or two SATA M.2 drives
  • Support 42mm, 60mm and 80mm drive form factors (2242, 2260 and 2280)
  • RAID support via an onboard Marvell 88SE9230 SATA RAID Controller
  • Support JBOD, RAID-0 and RAID-1 (RAID support requires two M.2 drives)
  • PCIe 2.0 x2 host interface; 6Gbps SATA connection to the drives
  • Management and configuration support via UEFI and OS-based tools
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools

The SATA/NVMe Enablement Kit has the following features:

  • Supports one or two M.2 drives, either SATA or NVMe
  • When two drives installed, they must be either both SATA or both NVMe
  • Support 42mm, 60mm and 80mm drive form factors (2242, 2260 and 2280)
  • JBOD support only; no RAID support
  • Either 6Gbps SATA or PCIe 3.0 x4 interface to the drives depending on the drives installed
  • Supports monitoring and reporting of events and temperature through I2C
  • Firmware update via Lenovo firmware update tools

For further details about M.2 components, see the ThinkSystem M.2 Drives and M.2 Adapters product guide:
https://lenovopress.com/lp0769-thinksystem-m2-drives-adapters

Controllers for internal storage

The SR655 offers a variety of controller options for internal drives:

  • Onboard SATA ports for up to 16 SATA drives
  • RAID adapters and HBAs for SAS/SATA drives
  • Onboard NVMe ports (for up to 16 NVMe drives)
  • NVMe adapters for configurations of 20 or more NVMe drives

The following table lists the adapters used for the internal storage of the server.

RAID 530-8i firmware: If you plan to use the RAID 530-8i in the SR655, it must have firmware 50.3.0-1032 or later applied before it can be used in the server. If the adapter you plan to use has older firmware (for example, you are using an adapter you previously purchased), it must first be upgrade by installing it in another server and upgrading the firmware there. For more information, see Support tip HT509177.

Table 27. Internal Storage adapter support
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Power module
(supercap)
Slots
supported
Maximum
supported
SAS/SATA RAID
7Y37A01082 AUNG ThinkSystem RAID 530-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter No 9,1-6 4
7Y37A01083* AUNH* ThinkSystem RAID 730-8i 1GB Cache PCIe 12Gb Adapter No 9,1-6 3
4Y37A09722 B4RQ ThinkSystem RAID 730-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included 9,1-6 3
7Y37A01084 AUNJ ThinkSystem RAID 930-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included 9,1-6 3
7Y37A01085 AUNK ThinkSystem RAID 930-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included 1-6 1
7Y37A01086 AUV1 ThinkSystem RAID 930-24i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter Included 1-5** 1
SAS/SATA HBA
7Y37A01088 AUNL ThinkSystem 430-8i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA No 9,1-6 4
7Y37A01089 AUNM ThinkSystem 430-16i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA No 1-6 2
NVMe
CTO only B22D ThinkSystem 810-4P NVMe Switch Adapter No 1,4,5,6 4
CTO only BA4N ThinkSystem 1610-4P NVMe Switch Adapter No 1,4,5 3

* The RAID 730-8i 1GB Cache adapter is not available in USA and Canada.
** When 4x3.5" rear drive bays are configured, the 930-24i can only be installed in slot 3. When 4x2.5" rear drive bays are configured, the 930-24i can only be installed in slots 1 or 2.

Field upgrades: If you are adding a RAID adapter to the SR655 as a field upgrade, you may need a Supercap Installation Kit as described in the Field upgrades section.

The following two tables compare the functions of the storage adapters.

Table 28. Comparison of internal storage controllers - RAID controllers
Feature RAID 530-8i RAID 730-8i 1GB** RAID 730-8i 2GB RAID 930-8i RAID 930-16i
Adapter type RAID controller RAID controller RAID controller RAID controller RAID controller
Part number 7Y37A01082 7Y37A01083 4Y37A09722 7Y37A01084 7Y37A01085
4Y37A09721
Form factor PCIe HHHL PCIe low profile PCIe low profile PCIe HHHL PCIe HHHL
Controller chip LSI SAS3408 LSI SAS3108 LSI SAS3108 LSI SAS3508 LSI SAS3516
Broadcom equivalent MegaRAID 9440-8i MegaRAID 9361-8i MegaRAID 9361-8i MegaRAID 9460-8i MegaRAID 9460-16i
Host interface PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8
Port interface 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS
Number of ports 8 8 8 8 16
Port connectors 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 4x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643)
Drive interface SAS, SATA SAS, SATA SAS, SATA SAS, SATA SAS, SATA
Drive type HDD, SED, SSD HDD, SSD HDD, SED, SSD HDD, SED, SSD HDD, SED, SSD
Hot-swap drives Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Max devices 8 8 8 8 16
RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
JBOD mode Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cache None 1GB (Standard) 2GB (Standard) 2GB (Standard) 4GB or 8GB
(Standard)
CacheVault cache protection No No Yes (Flash) Yes (Flash) Yes (Flash)
Performance Accelerator (FastPath) Yes No Yes Yes Yes
SSD Caching (CacheCade Pro 2.0) No No No No No
SED support* Yes No Yes Yes Yes

* SAS HBAs support SEDs (self-encrypting drives) by using software on the server and simply passing SED commands through the HBA to the drives. SED support by RAID controllers is provided using the built-in MegaRAID SafeStore functionality of the adapter.
** The RAID 730-8i 1GB Cache adapter is not available in USA and Canada.

Table 29. Comparison of internal storage controllers - HBAs and NVMe switches
Feature 430-8i 430-16i 810-4P NVMe 1610-4P NVMe
Adapter type HBA HBA NVMe switch NVMe switch
Part number 7Y37A01088 7Y37A01089 4Y37A09719 7Y37A01081
Form factor PCIe low profile PCIe low profile PCIe low profile PCIe low profile
Controller chip LSI SAS3408 LSI SAS3416 Broadcom PEX9733 Broadcom PEX9733
Broadcom equivalent HBA 9400-8i HBA 9400-16i P310W-4P P310W-4P
Host interface PCIe 3.0 x8 PCIe 3.0 x8 PCIe 3.0 x8 PCIe 3.0 x16
Port interface 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS PCIe NVMe PCIe NVMe
Number of ports 8 16 4 4
Port connectors 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 4x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 4x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 4x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643)
Drive interface SAS, SATA SAS, SATA NVMe NVMe
Drive type HDD, SSD, SED* HDD, SSD, SED* SSD SSD
Hot-swap drives Yes Yes Yes Yes
Max devices 8 16 4 4
RAID levels No RAID No RAID None None
JBOD mode Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cache No No None None
CacheVault cache protection with Flash No No No No
Performance Accelerator (FastPath) No No No No
SSD Caching (CacheCade Pro 2.0) No No No No
SED support* Yes Yes No No

* SAS HBAs support SEDs (self-encrypting drives) by using software on the server and simply passing SED commands through the HBA to the drives. SED support by RAID controllers is provided using the built-in MegaRAID SafeStore functionality of the adapter.

For more information about the adapters see the product guides in the RAID adapters or HBA sections of the Lenovo Press web site:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/raid
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba

Internal drive options

The following tables list the hard disk drive and solid-state drive options for the internal disk storage of the server.

Tip: The use of M.2 drives requires an additional adapter as described in the M.2 drives subsection.

Table 30. 2.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00024 AULY ThinkSystem 2.5" 300GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 32
7XB7A00025 AULZ ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 32
7XB7A00026 AUM0 ThinkSystem 2.5" 900GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 32
7XB7A00027 AUM1 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.2TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 32
7XB7A00028 AUM2 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.8TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 32
7XB7A00069 B0YS ThinkSystem 2.5" 2.4TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 32
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 15K
7XB7A00021 AULV ThinkSystem 2.5" 300GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 32
7XB7A00022 AULW ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 32
7XB7A00023 AULX ThinkSystem 2.5" 900GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 32
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00034 AUM6 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 32
7XB7A00035 AUM7 ThinkSystem 2.5" 2TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 32
2.5-inch hot-swap SED HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00031 AUM5 ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD SED 32
Table 31. 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SAS/SATA HDDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 6 Gb NL SATA
7XB7A00036 AUUE ThinkSystem 2.5" 1TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 32
7XB7A00037 AUUJ ThinkSystem 2.5" 2TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 32
Table 32. 2.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Performance (10+ DWPD)
4XB7A10219 B4Y4 ThinkSystem 2.5" SS530 400GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10230 B4Y5 ThinkSystem 2.5" SS530 800GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10231 B4Y6 ThinkSystem 2.5" SS530 1.6TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10232 B4Y7 ThinkSystem 2.5" SS530 3.2TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17062 B8HU ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645a 800GB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17063 B8J4 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645a 1.6TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17064 B8JD ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645a 3.2TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Entry / Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A38175 B91A ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 960GB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A38176 B91B ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 1.92TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17054 B91C ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 3.84TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17055 B91D ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 7.68TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
Table 33. 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SAS/SATA SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17087 B8J1 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17088 B8HY ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17089 B8J6 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17090 B8JE ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17091 B8J7 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A13633 B49L ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A13634 B49M ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A13635 B49N ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A13636 B49P ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A13637 B49Q ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10238 B489 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10239 B48A ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A17075 B8HV ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17076 B8JM ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17077 B8HP ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17078 B8J5 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17079 B8JP ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A17080 B8J2 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A38185 B9AC ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD 32
4XB7A38144 B7EW ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD 32
4XB7A38145 B7EX ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD 32
4XB7A38146 B7EY ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD 32
4XB7A10247 B498 ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10248 B499 ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10249 B49A ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A13622 B49B ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A13623 B49C ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10153 B2X2 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10154 B2X3 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10155 B2X4 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10156 B2X5 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10157 B2X6 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 32
Table 34. 2.5-inch U.2 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch SSDs - NVMe - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A13936 B589 ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4610 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A13937 B58A ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4610 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A13938 B58B ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4610 6.4TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A08516 B21W ThinkSystem U.2 Toshiba CM5-V 800GB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A08517 B21X ThinkSystem U.2 Toshiba CM5-V 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A08518 B21Y ThinkSystem U.2 Toshiba CM5-V 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A08519 B2XJ ThinkSystem U.2 Toshiba CM5-V 6.4TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
2.5-inch SSDs - NVMe - Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A10202 B58F ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 1.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A10204 B58G ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 2.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A10205 B58H ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 4.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A08513 B58J ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 8.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 24*
4XB7A10175 B34N ThinkSystem U.2 PM983 1.92TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10176 B34P ThinkSystem U.2 PM983 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 32
4XB7A10177 B4D3 ThinkSystem U.2 PM983 7.68TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 32

* Toshiba CM5-V, Intel P4610 and Intel P4510 drives are 15mm high drives and are only supported in the front drive bays due to thermal requirements

Note: NVMe PCIe SSDs support informed hot removal and hot insertion, provided the operating system supports PCIe SSD hot-swap.

Table 35. 3.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00063 B1JJ ThinkSystem 3.5" 300GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 15K
7XB7A00039 AUU3 ThinkSystem 3.5" 600GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00040 AUUC ThinkSystem 3.5" 900GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00042 AUU5 ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00043 AUU6 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00044 AUU7 ThinkSystem 3.5" 6TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
7XB7A00045 B0YR ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
7XB7A00046 AUUG ThinkSystem 3.5" 10TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
7XB7A00067 B117 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
4XB7A13906 B496 ThinkSystem 3.5" 14TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SED HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00047 AUUH ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD FIPS 20
7XB7A00048 B0YP ThinkSystem 3.5" 6TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD FIPS 20
Table 36. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SAS/SATA HDDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 6 Gb NL SATA
7XB7A00050 AUUD ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00051 AUU8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00052 AUUA ThinkSystem 3.5" 6TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
7XB7A00053 AUU9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
7XB7A00054 AUUB ThinkSystem 3.5" 10TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
7XB7A00068 B118 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
4XB7A13907 B497 ThinkSystem 3.5" 14TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
Table 37. 3.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Performance (10+ DWPD)
4XB7A10234 B4Y8 ThinkSystem 3.5" SS530 800GB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10235 B4Y9 ThinkSystem 3.5" SS530 1.6TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10236 B4YA ThinkSystem 3.5" SS530 3.2TB Performance SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17066 B8HT ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 800GB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17043 B8JN ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 1.6TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17067 B8JK ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 3.2TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Entry / Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A17058 B91E ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1643a 3.84TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
Table 38. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SAS/SATA SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17096 B8JL ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17097 B8JF ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17098 B8J0 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17099 B8HR ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17100 B8HX ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10243 B48E ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10244 B48F ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A17081 B8JB ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17082 B8J9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17083 B8JC ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17084 B8HZ ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17085 B8HQ ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17086 B8J3 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10158 B2X7 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10159 B2X8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10160 B2X9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
Table 39. 3.5-inch NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch SSDs - NVMe - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A13944 B58C ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel P4610 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A13945 B58D ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel P4610 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A13946 B58E ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel P4610 6.4TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A08532 B21Z ThinkSystem 3.5" Toshiba CM5-V 800GB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A08533 B220 ThinkSystem 3.5" Toshiba CM5-V 1.6TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A08534 B221 ThinkSystem 3.5" Toshiba CM5-V 3.2TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A08535 B2XK ThinkSystem 3.5" Toshiba CM5-V 6.4TB Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
3.5-inch SSDs - NVMe - Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A10178 B34Q ThinkSystem 3.5" PM983 1.92TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A10179 B34R ThinkSystem 3.5" PM983 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A10180 B4D4 ThinkSystem 3.5" PM983 7.68TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4

Note: NVMe PCIe SSDs support informed hot removal and hot insertion, provided the operating system supports PCIe SSD hot-swap.

Table 40. M.2 drives
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
M.2 SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Entry (<3 DWPD)
7N47A00129 AUUL ThinkSystem M.2 32GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
7N47A00130 AUUV ThinkSystem M.2 128GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
7SD7A05703 B11V ThinkSystem M.2 5100 480GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
4XB7A14048 B5UP ThinkSystem M.2 5100 960GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
4XB7A17071 B8HS ThinkSystem M.2 5300 240GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
4XB7A17073 B919 ThinkSystem M.2 5300 480GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
4XB7A17074 B8JJ ThinkSystem M.2 5300 960GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2

Internal backup units

The server does not supports any internal backup units, such as tape drives or RDX drives. External backup units are available as described in the External backup units section.

Optical drives

The server does not supports an internal optical drive. An external USB optical drive is available, listed in the following table.

Table 41. External optical drive
Part number Feature code Description
7XA7A05926 AVV8 ThinkSystem External USB DVD RW Optical Disk Drive

I/O expansion

The server supports a total of up to 9 PCIe 4.0 slots (8 with rear access, 1 internal for a RAID adapter or HBA) plus a dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slot for networking. Slot availability is based on riser selection.

Slot length is dependent on the use of a mid-chassis drive cage: If the mid drive cage is present then slots are half-length; if the mid drive cage is not present, then slots are full-length.

The following figure shows the locations of the rear-accessible slots for each configuration selection. The OCP slot in located in the lower-left corner.

SR655 slots
Figure 10. SR655 slots

The slots and riser cards are as follows:

  • Riser 1: Slots 1, 2 and 3 - all FHHL or FHFL (16 or 32 lanes)
    • Option 1*: x16, x8, x8 (all physically x16 slots)
    • Option 2*: x16, x16, NC (slot 3 not connected)
    • Option 3: NC, NC, x16 (1U riser; slot 1 and slot 2 not connected)
    • Option 4: x16, NC, NC (slot 2 and slot 3 not connected)
  • Riser 2: Slots 4, 5, and 6 - slot size varies (32 lanes)
    • Option 1: x16, x8, x8 (all physically x16 slots)
    • Option 2: x16, x16, NC (slot 6 not connected)
    • Option 3: NC, NC, x16 (1U riser; slot 4 and slot 5 not connected)
  • Riser 3: Slots 7 and 8 - both FHHL or FHFL (16 or 32 lanes)
    • Option 1*: x8, x8 (both physically x16 slots)
    • Option 2*: x16, x16
  • Slot 9: Internal PCIe 4.0 x8 low-profile slot for internal drive controller (physically a x16 slot)*

* The use of 32 lanes with Riser 1 or the use of Riser 3 or Slot 9 imposes restrictions on the use of the onboard SATA controller or the use of the M.2 Module or both. See Table 43 below for details.

The riser cards used to provide the above slot combinations are listed in the following table.

Table 42. Riser card selections
Purpose (NC = Not connected) Part number Feature code Description
Riser 1 (slots 1,2,3)
Option 1 - x16,x8,x8 4XH7A09838 B5VX ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x8/x8 PCIe Riser1
Option 2 - x16,x16,NC 4XH7A09837 B5VZ ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser1
Option 3 - NC,NC,x16 4XH7A09835 B5VV ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 x16 PCIe Riser1
Option 4 - x16,NC,NC 4XH7A09834 B69R ThinkSystem SR655 x16 PCIe 2U Riser 1
Riser 2 (slots 4,5,6)
Option 1 - x16,x8,x8 4XH7A09840 B5VU ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x8/x8 PCIe Riser2
Option 2 - x16,x16,NC 4XH7A09839 B5VY ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser2
Option 3 - NC,NC,x16 4XH7A09836 B5W0 ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser2 (BF)
Riser 3 (slots 7,8)
Option 1 - x8,x8 4XH7A09841 B5VT ThinkSystem SR655 x8/x8 PCIe Riser3
Option 2 - x16,x16 4XH7A09842* B5W1 ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser3
Internal (slot 9)
Internal slot - x8 4XH7A09843** B5VW ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 x8 PCIe Internal Riser

* Option part number 4XH7A09842 includes the GPU power cable
** Option part number 4XH7A09843 includes a bracket to hold two RAID adapter flash power modules (supercaps)

As described in this section, the use of some risers results in limitations on the use of NVMe drives, the onboard SATA controller, and M.2 drives. This is due to the dual use of some of the PCIe slimline connectors on the system board - use with riser cards and use with these other functions. The following table summarizes the restrictions.

Tip: The drive bay restrictions in the table refer to the front drive bays.

Table 43. Restrictions on NVMe, onboard SATA and M.2 with riser selection
Purpose
(NC = Not connected)
Description NVMe restrictions
(front bays)
Onboard SATA restrictions
(front bays)
M.2 restrictions
Riser 1 (slots 1,2,3)
Option 1
x16,x8,x8
ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x8/x8 PCIe Riser1, B5VX 3.5-inch bays: No restriction
2.5-inch bays: 8 NVMe drives max
3.5-inch bays: 8 drives max
2.5-inch bays: No support
No restriction
Option 2
x16,x16,NC
ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser1, B5VZ 3.5-inch bays: No restriction
2.5-inch bays: 8 NVMe drives max
3.5-inch bays: 8 drives max
2.5-inch bays: No support
No restriction
Option 3
NC,NC,x16
ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 x16 PCIe Riser1, B5VV No restriction No restriction No restriction
Option 4
x16,NC,NC
ThinkSystem SR655 x16 PCIe 2U Riser 1, B69R No restriction No restriction No restriction
Riser 2 (slots 4,5,6)
Option 1
x16,x8,x8
ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x8/x8 PCIe Riser2, B5VU No restriction No restriction No restriction
Option 2
x16,x16,NC
ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser2, B5VY No restriction No restriction No restriction
Option 3
NC,NC,x16
ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser2 (BF), B5W0 No restriction No restriction No restriction
Riser 3 (slots 7,8)
Option 1
x8,x8
ThinkSystem SR655 x8/x8 PCIe Riser3, B5VT 3.5-inch bays: No NVMe support
2.5-inch bays: No NVMe support
No restriction No restriction
Option 2
x16,x16
ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser3, B5W1 3.5-inch bays: No NVMe support
2.5-inch bays: No NVMe support
3.5-inch bays: 8 drives max
2.5-inch bays: 8 drives max
No M.2 support
Internal (slot 9)
Internal slot
x8
ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 x8 PCIe Internal Riser, B5VW 3.5-inch bays: No restriction
2.5-inch bays: 8 NVMe drives max
No restriction No restriction

The choice of riser also determine which rear drive bays are possible, as listed in the following table.

Table 44. Use of rear drive bays with riser cards
Purpose
(NC = Not connected)
Description Riser can be used with:
Without rear bays 3.5-inch rear bays 2.5-inch rear bays
Riser 1 (slots 1,2,3)
Option 1 - x16,x8,x8 ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x8/x8 PCIe Riser1, B5VX Yes No Yes
Option 2 - x16,x16,NC ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser1, B5VZ Yes No Yes
Option 3 - NC,NC,x16 ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 x16 PCIe Riser1, B5VV No Yes No
Option 4 - x16,NC,NC ThinkSystem SR655 x16 PCIe 2U Riser 1, B69R Yes No Yes
Riser 2 (slots 4,5,6)
Option 1 - x16,x8,x8 ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x8/x8 PCIe Riser2, B5VU Yes No Yes
Option 2 - x16,x16,NC ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser2, B5VY Yes No Yes
Option 3 - NC,NC,x16 ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser2 (BF), B5W0 No Yes No
Riser 3 (slots 7,8)
Option 1 - x8,x8 ThinkSystem SR655 x8/x8 PCIe Riser3, B5VT Yes No No
Option 2 - x16,x16 ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser3, B5W1 Yes No No
Internal (slot 9)
Internal slot - x8 ThinkSystem SR635/SR655 x8 PCIe Internal Riser, B5VW Yes Yes Yes

Network adapters

The server has a dedicated OCP 3.0 SFF slot with PCIe 4.0 x16 host interface. See Figure 3 for the location of the OCP slot.

The following table lists the supported OCP adapters. One port can optionally be shared with the ASPEED management processor for Wake-on-LAN and NC-SI support. Only 1 OCP card can be installed in the server.

Table 45. Supported OCP adapters
Part number Feature code Description
Gigabit
4XC7A08277 B93E ThinkSystem Intel I350 1GbE RJ45 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter
4XC7A08235 B5T1 ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter
10 GbE
4XC7A08310 BB8U ThinkSystem Marvell QL41132 10GBASE-T 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter
25 GbE
4XC7A08237 B5SZ ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter
4XC7A08242 B5SV ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10/25GbE SFP28 4-port OCP Ethernet Adapter
4XC7A08246 B5T2 ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-4 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port OCP Ethernet Adapter
4XC7A08264 B5SW ThinkSystem Marvell QL41232 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port OCP Ethernet Adapter

Some larger configurations of front drive bays limit whether a 10Gb or faster OCP adapter can be installed or whether performance fans must be installed. Details are listed in the following table. See the Cooling section for performance fan ordering information.

Table 46. Support of OCP adapters based on drive bay configurations
Drive bay configuration Fan requirements for each supported OCP adapter
  • Intel I350 1Gb
  • Broadcom 5719 1Gb
  • Broadcom 5714 25Gb
  • Mellanox CX-4 25Gb
  • Marvell QL41232 25Gb
  • Marvell QL41132 10Gb
  • Broadcom 57454 25Gb
3.5-inch front drive bays
8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA 6x Either fan 6x Either fan 6x Either fan
12x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA 6x Either fan 6x Performance fan No support
8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA + 4x 3.5-inch AnyBay 6x Either fan 6x Performance fan No support
2.5-inch front drive bays
8x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA 6x Either fan 6x Either fan 6x Either fan
16x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA 6x Either fan 6x Either fan 6x Either fan
24x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA 6x Either fan 6x Performance fan 6x Performance fan
8x 2.5-inch NVMe 6x Either fan 6x Either fan 6x Either fan
16x 2.5-inch NVMe 6x Either fan 6x Either fan 6x Either fan
24x 2.5-inch NVMe 6x Either fan 6x Performance fan 6x Performance fan
8x 2.5-inch NVMe + 8x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA 6x Either fan 6x Either fan 6x Either fan
8x 2.5-inch NVMe + 16x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA 6x Either fan 6x Performance fan 6x Performance fan

Installation & removal: Before installing or removing an OCP adapter, power off your server and disconnect power cords first. See Support tip HT509768 for details.

For more information, including the transceivers and cables that each adapter supports, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Networking adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ethernet

The following table lists additional supported network adapters that can be installed in the regular PCIe slots.

Table 47. Supported PCIe Network Adapters
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Slots
supported
Maximum
supported
Gigabit Ethernet
7ZT7A00484 AUZV ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 1-8 8
7ZT7A00482 AUZX ThinkSystem Broadcom 5720 1GbE RJ45 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 1-8 8
7ZT7A00533 AUZZ ThinkSystem I350-F1 PCIe 1Gb 1-Port SFP Ethernet Adapter 1-8 8
7ZT7A00534 AUZY ThinkSystem I350-T2 PCIe 1Gb 2-Port RJ45 Ethernet Adapter 1-8 8
7ZT7A00535 AUZW ThinkSystem I350-T4 PCIe 1Gb 4-Port RJ45 Ethernet Adapter 1-8 8
10 GbE
7ZT7A00496 AUKP ThinkSystem Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
00MM860 ATPX Intel X550-T2 Dual Port 10GBase-T Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
7ZT7A00537 AUKX ThinkSystem Intel X710-DA2 PCIe 10Gb 2-Port SFP+ Ethernet Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
25 GbE
4XC7A08241† B5T3 ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10/25GbE SFP28 4-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 2,3,5,8 4
4XC7A08238 B5T0 ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
4XC7A08270 B652 ThinkSystem Marvell QL41232 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
4XC7A08249 B653 ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-4 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
InfiniBand
4C57A14177 B4R9 ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR100 QSFP56 1-port PCIe InfiniBand Adapter 1,2,4,5,7,8 6*
4C57A14178 B4RA ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR100 QSFP56 2-port PCIe InfiniBand Adapter 4,5,7,8 4*
4C57A15326 B4RC ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR QSFP56 1-port PCIe 4 InfiniBand Adapter 1,2,4,5,7,8 3*

† Broadcom 57454 10/25GbE SFP28 4-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter is currently only supported CTO, not supported as a field upgrade option
* For these 100Gb and 200Gb adapters, high performance cooling fans must be installed. See the Cooling section for details.

For more information, including the transceivers and cables that each adapter supports, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Networking adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ethernet

Fibre Channel host bus adapters

The following table lists the Fibre Channel HBAs supported by the SR655.

Table 48. Fibre Channel HBAs
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Slots
supported
Maximum
supported
32 Gb Fibre Channel HBAs
4XC7A08250 B5SX ThinkSystem Emulex LPe35000 32Gb 1-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
4XC7A08251 B5SY ThinkSystem Emulex LPe35002 32Gb 2-port PCIe Fibre Channel Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
7ZT7A00516 AUNS ThinkSystem QLogic QLE2740 PCIe 32Gb 1-Port SFP+ Fibre Channel Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
7ZT7A00518 AUNU ThinkSystem QLogic QLE2742 PCIe 32Gb 2-Port SFP+ Fibre Channel Adapter 1-2, 4-8 7
16 Gb Fibre Channel HBAs
01CV840 ATZV Emulex 16Gb Gen6 FC Dual-port HBA 1-2, 4-8 7
01CV830 ATZU Emulex 16Gb Gen6 FC Single-port HBA 1-2, 4-8 7
01CV760 ATZC QLogic 16Gb Enhanced Gen5 FC Dual-port HBA 1-2, 4-8 7
01CV750 ATZB QLogic 16Gb Enhanced Gen5 FC Single-port HBA 1-2, 4-8 7

For more information, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Host bus adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba

SAS adapters for external storage

The following table lists SAS HBAs and RAID adapters supported by SR655 server for use with external storage.

Table 49. Adapters for external storage
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Slots
supported
Maximum
supported
SAS HBAs
7Y37A01090 AUNR ThinkSystem 430-8e SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA 1-8 8
7Y37A01091 AUNN ThinkSystem 430-16e SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA 1-8 8
External RAID adapters
7Y37A01087 AUNQ ThinkSystem RAID 930-8e 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter 1-8 4*

* See configuration rules below

Configuration rules

The following configuration rules apply to the use of the RAID 930-8e adapter and the flash power module (supercaps) that each adapter requires:

  • If the 3.5-inch mid-chassis drive cage is configured, then the maximum number of flash power modules (and therefore the maximum number of 930-8e adapters) is 2
  • If one or more GPUs are installed, then the maximum number of flash power modules and 930-8e adapters is 3.
  • If any internal RAID adapters with flash power modules are installed, the maximum number of 930-8e adapters supported is further reduced by that number.

For more information, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Host bus adapters and RAID adapters categories:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/raid

The following table compares the specifications of the external SAS HBAs and RAID adapters.

Table 50. Comparison of external storage adapters
Feature 430-8e 430-16e 930-8e
Adapter type HBA HBA External RAID
Part number 7Y37A01090 7Y37A01091 7Y37A01087
Controller chip LSI SAS3408 LSI SAS3416 LSI SAS3516
Broadcom equivalent HBA 9400-8e HBA 9400-16e MegaRAID 9480-8e
Host interface PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8
Port interface 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS
Number of ports 8 16 8
Port connectors 2x Mini-SAS HD SFF8644 4x Mini-SAS HD SFF8644 2x Mini-SAS HD SFF8644
Drive interface SAS/SATA SAS/SATA SAS,SATA
Drive type HDD/SSD/SED* HDD/SSD/SED* HDD,SED,SSD
Hot-swap drives Yes Yes Yes
Maximum devices 1024 1024 216
RAID levels None None 0/1/10/5/50/6/60
JBOD mode Yes Yes Yes
Cache None None 4GB (Standard)
CacheVault cache protection None None Yes (Flash)
Performance Accelerator (FastPath) No No Yes
SSD Caching (CacheCade Pro 2.0) No No No
SED support* Yes Yes Yes

* SAS HBAs support SEDs (self-encrypting drives) by using software on the server and simply passing SED commands through the HBA to the drives. SED support by RAID controllers is provided using the built-in MegaRAID SafeStore functionality of the adapter.

Flash storage adapters

All PCIe Flash Storage adapters supported by the server are withdrawn from marketing.

GPU adapters

The SR655 supports the following graphics processing units (GPUs).

Table 53. Supported GPUs
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Slots
supported
Maximum
supported
4X67A13124 BB2E ThinkSystem NVIDIA Tesla V100S 32GB PCIe Passive GPU 1,4,7 (double width*) 3
4C57A09498 B1JY ThinkSystem NVIDIA Tesla V100 16GB PCIe Passive GPU 1,4,7 (double width*) 3
4X67A12088 B34S ThinkSystem NVIDIA Tesla V100 32GB PCIe Passive GPU 1,4,7 (double width*) 3
4X67A14926 B4YB ThinkSystem NVIDIA Tesla T4 16GB PCIe Passive GPU 1,2,4,5,7,8 (single width) 6

* When installed, the adjacent slot (2, 5, or 8 respectively) will not be usable

For information about these GPUs, see the ThinkSystem GPU Summary, available at:
https://lenovopress.com/lp0768-thinksystem-thinkagile-gpu-summary

The following figure shows the slots where double-wide (top image) and single-wide (bottom) are installed.

SR655 slots used for GPUs
Figure 11. Slots used for GPUs

Configuration rules

The following configuration requirements must be met when installing GPUs:

  • All GPUs installed must be identical
  • Double-wide GPUs are installed in the top slots of each riser (see I/O expansion for the location of the risers and slots).The adjacent slots are not available for use.
  • Rear drive bays and mid-chassis drive bays are not supported.
  • Maximum of 8x 3.5-inch front drive bays supported (12 bays not supported)
  • Maximum of 16x 2.5-inch front drive bays supported (24 bays not supported)
  • Flash storage adapters are not supported.
  • 1600W power supplies (or in some configurations, 1100W power supplies) are required.
  • Processor TDP and ambient temperature limitations are listed in the following table.
Table 54. Processor and thermal requirements for GPUs
GPUs installed Front drive bays Maximum processor TDP Maximum ambient temperature
6x T4 GPUs 8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA 200W 35°C
6x T4 GPUs 8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA 225W 30°C
6x T4 GPUs 8x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA
16x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA
225W 35°C
3x V100 GPUs 8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA
8x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA
16x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA
225W 30°C

When GPUs are installed, the necessary riser cards will be derived. The following table shows the riser cards for double-wide GPUs. In such a configuration, slots 1, 4, 7 are x16 used by the GPUs, slots 2, 5, 8 are inaccessible. The remaining slots 3 and 6 are available for x8 adapters.

Table 55. Riser cards for double-wide GPUs
Riser choice Part number Feature code Description
Riser 1: x16,NC,NC 4XH7A09834 B69R ThinkSystem SR655 x16 PCIe 2U Riser 1
Riser 2: x16,x8,x8 4XH7A09840 B5VU ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x8/x8 PCIe Riser2
Riser 3: x16,x16 4XH7A09842 B5W1 ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser3

The following table shows the riser cards for single-wide GPUs. With 6 GPUs installed, slots 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8 are x16 slots used by the GPUs. The remaining slots 3 and 6 are not connected.

Table 56. Riser cards for single-wide GPUs
Riser choice Part number Feature code Description
Riser 1: x16,x16,NC 4XH7A09837 B5VZ ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser1
Riser 2: x16,x16,NC 4XH7A09839 B5VY ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser2
Riser 3: x16,x16 4XH7A09842 B5W1 ThinkSystem SR655 x16/x16 PCIe Riser3

GPU field upgrades

When ordering GPUs as part of a CTO configuration, the necessary cooling features are automatically selected as part of the order. However when ordering the GPUs as field upgrades, you will need to also order the necessary thermal kit. One part number is needed per server.

  • 4H47A38664 is for NVIDIA T4 upgrades
  • 4H47A38663 is for all other GPU upgrades
Table 57. Field upgrade kits for GPUs
Part number Description Maximum
supported
4H47A38664

ThinkSystem SR655 Option T4 GPU Upgrade and Thermal Kit

  • 1U Performance Heatsink (replaces existing heatsink)
  • 6x Performance fans (replaces existing fans)
  • GPU air baffle
  • 3x additional air baffles for NVIDIA T4 GPUs
1
4H47A38663

ThinkSystem SR655 Option GPU Upgrade and Thermal Kit

  • 1U Performance Heatsink (replaces existing heatsink)
  • 6x Performance fans (replaces existing fans)
  • GPU air baffle
  • 3x additional air baffles (only needed for FHHL adapters)
1

Cooling

The SR655 server has six 60 mm hot-swap fans and either 5 or 6 fans are standard depending on the configuration. The server offers N+1 redundancy, meaning that one fan can fail and the server still operates normally. The server also has one additional fan integrated in each of the two power supplies.

Under all of the following conditions, only 5 fans are required:

  • No M.2 Module
  • No internal riser slot
  • No mid drive bays
  • No GPUs
  • No flash storage adapter
  • No OCP adapter
  • No Ethernet adapter of 10 GbE or higher is installed in slot 7 or 8

For all other configurations, all 6 fans are required.

Table 58. Fan ordering information
Part number Feature code Description Maximum
supported
4F17A14485 B5W4 ThinkSystem SR655 2U Fan Module 6
4F17A14484 B5W3 ThinkSystem SR655 Performance Fan Module 6

Some configurations, such as the use of high-TDP processors or the addition of mid drive bays, rear drive bays, GPUs, flash storage adapters, M.2 drives, or Ethernet adapters of 100 GbE or higher, will require the use of higher-RPM performance fans and an upgraded processor heatsink. For configure-to-order builds, the DCSC configurator will automatically select the required components. For field upgrades, the option part numbers may include the upgraded components when they are needed, or you may need to order the performance fans separately.

See these sections for details:

Power supplies

The server supports up to two redundant hot-swap power supplies.

The power supply choices are listed in the following table. Both power supplies used in server must be identical.

Tip: Use Lenovo Capacity Planner to determine exactly what power your server needs:
https://datacentersupport.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/lnvo-lcp

Table 59. Power supply options
Part number Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
110V AC 220V AC 240V DC
China only
7N67A00882 B6XR ThinkSystem 550W(230V/115V) Platinum Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 Yes Yes Yes
7N67A00883 B6XT ThinkSystem 750W(230/115V) Platinum Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 Yes Yes Yes
7N67A00885 B6XQ ThinkSystem 1100W (230V/115V) Platinum Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 Yes Yes Yes
7N67A00886 AVWG ThinkSystem 1600W (230V) Platinum Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 No Yes Yes

Dual-voltage power supplies are auto-sensing and support both 110V AC (100-127V 50/60 Hz) and 220V AC (200-240V 50/60 Hz) power. For China customers, all power supplies support 240V DC.

Power supply options do not include a line cord.

For server configurations, the inclusion of a power cord is model dependent. Configure-to-order models can be configured without power cords if desired.

Power cords

Line cords and rack power cables can be ordered as listed in the following table.

110V customers: If you plan to use the ThinkSystem 1100W power supply with a 110V power source, select a power cable that is rated above 10A. Power cables that are rated at 10A or below are not supported with 110V power.

Table 60. Power cords
Part number Feature code Description
Rack cables
00Y3043 A4VP 1.0m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08369 6570 2.0m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08366 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08370 6400 2.8m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08371 6583 4.3m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
Line cords
39Y7930 6222 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
81Y2384 6492 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
39Y7924 6211 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to AS/NZS 3112 (Australia/NZ) Line Cord
81Y2383 6574 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to AS/NZS 3112 (Australia/NZ) Line Cord
69Y1988 6532 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
81Y2387 6404 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
39Y7928 6210 2.8m, 10A/220V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
81Y2378 6580 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
39Y7918 6213 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
81Y2382 6575 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
39Y7917 6212 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to CEE 7/7 (Europe) Line Cord
81Y2376 6572 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to CEE 7/7 (Europe) Line Cord
39Y7927 6269 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to IS 6538 (India) Line Cord
81Y2386 6567 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to IS 6538 (India) Line Cord
39Y7920 6218 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
81Y2381 6579 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
39Y7921 6217 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord
81Y2380 6493 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord
4L67A08362 6495 4.3m, 12A/200V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7922 6214 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SABS 164-1 (South Africa) Line Cord
81Y2379 6576 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to SANS 164-1 (South Africa) Line Cord
39Y7926 6335 4.3m, 12A/100V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7925 6219 2.8m, 12A/220V, C13 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
81Y2385 6494 4.3m, 12A/250V, C13 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
39Y7919 6216 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Swiss) Line Cord
81Y2390 6578 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Swiss) Line Cord
23R7158 6386 2.8m, 10A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2375 6317 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2374 6402 2.8m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
4L67A08363 AX8B 4.3m, 10A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2389 6531 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2388 6530 4.3m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
39Y7923 6215 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
81Y2377 6577 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
90Y3016 6313 2.8M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
46M2592 A1RF 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
00WH545 6401 2.8M, 13A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08359 6370 4.3m, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08361 6373 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08360 AX8A 4.3m, 13A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord

Integrated virtualization

The server supports booting from an operating system or hypervisor installed on an M.2 solid-state drive. See the M.2 drives section for details and the list of available options.

You can download supported VMware vSphere hypervisor images from the following web page and load it on the M.2 drive using the instructions provided:
https://vmware.lenovo.com/content/custom_iso/

Systems management

The server contains an integrated service processor which provides advanced control, monitoring, and alerting functions. The service processor is based on the ASPEED AST2500 baseboard management controller (BMC).

Local management

The SR655 offers a front operator panel with key LED status indicators, as shown in the following figure.

Tip: The Network LED only shows network activity of the installed OCP network adapter.

SR655 LED status panel
Figure 12. Front operator panel

The server offers light path diagnostics. If an environmental condition exceeds a threshold or if a system component fails, the ASPEED service processor lights LEDs inside the server to help you diagnose the problem and find the failing part. The SR655 has fault LEDs next to the following components:

  • Each memory DIMM
  • Each drive bay
  • Each system fan
  • Each power supply

The front of the server also houses an information pull-out tab (also known as the network access tag). See Figure 2 for the location. A label on the tab shows the network information (MAC address and other data) to remotely access the service processor.

Remote management

Remote server management is provided through industry-standard interfaces:

  • Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Version 2.0
  • Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Version 3 (traps and gets)
  • Redfish support to the Redfish Schema 2018.1 (DMTF DSP0266 1.5.0 compliant)
  • Web browser - HTML 5-based browser interface (Java and ActiveX not required) using a responsive design (content optimized for the device being used - laptop, tablet, phone) with NLS support

Remote connectivity is provided by a dedicated 1Gb Ethernet management port (see the locations of ports at the rear of the server in the Components and connectors section). Remote management can also be performed via the first port of the installed OCP adapter using the shared management capability of the adapter via NC-SI. NC-SI connectivity is 10/100 Mbps Ethernet.

IPMI via the Ethernet port (IPMI over LAN) is supported, however it is disabled by default. For CTO orders you can specify whether you want to the feature enabled or disabled in the factory, using the feature codes listed in the following table.

Table 61. IPMI-over-LAN settings
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only B7XZ Disable IPMI-over-LAN (default)
CTO only B7Y0 Enable IPMI-over-LAN

A virtual presence (iKVM remote control and virtual media) capability also comes standard in the server for remote server management.

The remote control functions include the following:

  • Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1920x1080 at 60 Hz and 32 bits per pixel, regardless of the system state
  • Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client
  • Full remote administration with seamless access from UEFI POST through to operating system load
  • OS independent - no drivers or OS agents required
  • Support for up to four remote users simultaneously

The remote media functions include:

  • USB 2.0 compliant connectivity
  • Up to four simultaneously mounted diskette, HDD, CD, DVD, USB flash drive, or image files
  • Optional encryption on connections
  • Requires Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2 or later
  • Can be used as a boot device
  • Persistent session across system reset (but not across AC power loss)

Lenovo XClarity Administrator

Lenovo XClarity Administrator is a centralized resource management solution designed to reduce complexity, speed response, and enhance the availability of Lenovo systems and solutions.

Lenovo XClarity Administrator provides agent-free hardware management for ThinkSystem servers, in addition to other Lenovo servers. The administration dashboard is based on HTML 5 and allows fast location of resources so tasks can be run quickly.

Lenovo XClarity Administrator supports only a subset of functions with the SR655:

  • Discovery
  • Inventory
  • Monitoring & alerting
  • Call home

Functions that are not supported are:

  • Centralized user management
  • Cryptography modes, server certificates, and encapsulation
  • Configuration patterns
  • Operating system deployment
  • Firmware updates
  • Control of the Location LED
For more information about Lenovo XClarity Administrator, including ordering part numbers, see the Lenovo XClarity Administrator Product Guide: https://lenovopress.com/tips1200-lenovo-xclarity-administrator

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager Lite

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager Lite (LXPM Lite) v2 is an embedded application for system setup and firmware upgrades. The tool is accessed during system boot by pressing F11 when prompted.

The software tool provides the following functions:

  • Easy-to-use, language-selectable graphical interface
  • Integrated help system
  • Automatic hardware detection
  • Ability to install an operating system and device drivers either in an unattended mode or manually
  • Ability to clone the settings in one server to other similarly configured Lenovo servers
  • Supports RAID setup
  • Diagnostics for memory test, hard disk drive test, and RAID log collection.

The LXPM Lite user interface is shown in the following figure.

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager Lite v2 user interface
Figure 13. Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager Lite user interface (pre-production server)

For more information about LXPM Lite, see the following support page:
https://datacentersupport.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/HT507133

Lenovo XClarity Essentials

Lenovo offers the following XClarity Essentials software tools that can help you set up, use, and maintain the server at no additional cost:

  • Lenovo Essentials OneCLI

    OneCLI is a collection of server management tools that uses a command line interface program to collect full system health information (including health status).

    Note: OneCLI on the SR655 is limited to inventory and log collection functions only. Functions such as configuring system settings, and updating system firmware and drivers are not supported.

  • Lenovo Essentials Bootable Media Creator

    The Bootable Media Creator (BoMC) tool is used to create bootable media for offline firmware update.

Note: UpdateXpress is not supported on the SR655.

For more information and downloads, visit the Lenovo XClarity Essentials web page:
http://support.lenovo.com/us/en/documents/LNVO-center

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager provides a stand-alone, web-based agent-less power management console that provides real time data and enables you to observe, plan and manage power and cooling for Lenovo servers. Using built-in intelligence, it identifies server power consumption trends and ideal power settings and performs cooling analysis so that you can define and optimize power-saving policies.

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager offers the following capabilities:

  • Monitors room, row, rack, and device levels in the data center
  • Reports vital server information, such as power, temperature and resource utilization
  • Monitors inlet temperature to locate hot spots, reducing the risk of data or device damage
  • Provides finely-grained controls to limit platform power in compliance with IT policy
  • Generates alerts when a user-defined threshold is reached

Note: In the SR655, system power capping function is not supported on Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager.

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager is an optional software component that is licensed on a per managed node basis, that is, each managed server requires a license. To manage systems, a node license pack should be purchased. The following table lists the geo-specific Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager software license options.

Table 62. Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager software options
Description Part number
(NA, AP, Japan)*
Part number
(EMEA, LA)**
Quantity
Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager, 1 Node w/ 1 Yr S&S 01DA225 01DA228 1

For more information, refer to the Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager web page:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/lnvo-lxem

Lenovo Capacity Planner is a power consumption evaluation tool that enhances data center planning by enabling IT administrators and pre-sales professionals to understand various power characteristics of racks, servers, and other devices. Capacity Planner can dynamically calculate the power consumption, current, British Thermal Unit (BTU), and volt-ampere (VA) rating at the rack level, improving the planning efficiency for large scale deployments.

For more information, refer to the Capacity Planner web page:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com/us/en/solutions/lnvo-lcp

Security

The SR655 server offers the following security features:

  • Administrator and power-on password
  • Integrated Trusted Platform Module (TPM) supporting TPM 2.0
  • Optional Nationz TPM 2.0, available only in China (CTO only)
  • Optional chassis intrusion switch (CTO only)
  • Optional lockable front security bezel

The optional lockable front security bezel is shown in the following figure and includes a key that enables you to secure the bezel over the drives and system controls thereby reducing the chance of unauthorized or accidental access to the server.

SR655 lockable front security bezel
Figure 14. Lockable front security bezel

The dimensions of the security bezel are:

  • Width: 437 mm (17.2 in.)
  • Height: 87 mm (3.4 in.)
  • Width: 23 mm (0.9 in.)

The following table lists the security options for the SR655.

Table 63. Security features
Part number Feature code Description
None* B22N ThinkSystem Nationz Trusted Platform Module v2.0 (China customers only)
None* B9V3 ThinkSystem Intrusion Switch Cable
7Z17A02580 AURX ThinkSystem 2U Security Bezel

* Not available as a field upgrade. The component is CTO or in pre-configured models only.

Rack installation

The following table lists the rack installation options that are available for the server.

The VGA Upgrade Kit allows you to upgrade your server by adding a VGA video port to the front of the server (if the server does not already come with a front VGA port). When the front VGA is in use, the rear VGA port is automatically disabled.

Table 64. Rack installation options
Option Feature Code Description
Optional front VGA port
7Z17A02578 B6XX ThinkSystem 2U EIA Latch w/ VGA Upgrade Kit
(adds a VGA port to the front of the server)
4-post rail slides
4M17A13564 B42B ThinkSystem Toolless Friction Rail v2
7M27A05702 AXCA ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail
7M27A05700 AXCH ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail Kit with 2U CMA

The following table summarizes the rail kit features and specifications.

Table 65. Rail kit features and specifications summary
Feature ThinkSystem Toolless Slide Rail ThinkSystem Toolless Friction Rail v2
Part number 7M27A05702 (no CMA)
7M27A05700 (with CMA)
4M17A13564
Rail type Full-out slide (ball bearing) Half-out slide (friction)
Toolless installation Yes Yes
Cable Management
Arm (CMA) support
Yes
(7M27A05700 only)
No
In-rack server maintenance Yes No
1U PDU support Yes Yes
0U PDU support Limited* Limited**
Rack type Lenovo and IBM 4-post,
IEC standard-compliant
Lenovo and IBM 4-post,
IEC standard-compliant
Mounting holes Square or round Square or round
Mounting flange thickness 2 mm - 3.3 mm
(0.08 - 0.13 in.)
2 mm - 3.3 mm
(0.08 - 0.13 in.)
Distance between front
and rear mounting flanges
610 mm - 864 mm
(24 - 34 in.)
610 mm - 864 mm
(24 - 34 in.)
Rail length*** 730 mm (28.74 in.) 751 mm (29.6 in.)

* For 0U PDU support, the rack must be at least 1100 mm (43.31 in.) deep without a CMA, or at least 1200 mm (47.24 in.) deep if a CMA is used.
** For 0U PDU support with the friction rail kit, the rack must be at least 1000 mm (39.37 in.) deep.
*** Measured when mounted on the rack, from the front surface of the front mounting flange to the rear most point of the rail.

Rack shipment: The following restrictions apply when shipping the SR655 in a rack:

  • No 2.5-inch rear drive bays
  • No mid drive bays
  • Maximum of 1x double-width GPU installed

Operating system support

The server supports the following operating systems:

  • Microsoft Windows Server 2016
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2019
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.1
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Xen SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Xen SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP1
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP1
  • VMware ESXi 6.5 U3
  • VMware ESXi 6.7 U3

For a complete list of supported, certified and tested operating systems, plus additional details and links to relevant web sites, see the Operating System Interoperability Guide: https://lenovopress.com/osig#servers=sr655-7y00-7z01

For configure-to-order configurations, the server can be preloaded with VMware ESXi installed on M.2 cards. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 66. VMware ESXi preload
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only B6U0 VMware ESXi 6.5 U3 (factory installed)
CTO only B88T VMware ESXi 6.7 U3 (factory installed)

Physical and electrical specifications

Dimensions and weight:

  • Height: 86 mm (3.4 in.)
  • Width: 445 mm (17.5 in.)
  • Depth: 765 mm (30.1 in.)
  • Maximum weight: 35.4 kg (78.0 lb)

Electrical specifications:

  • Electrical - Input voltage
    • 100 - 127 (nominal) V AC, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
    • 200 - 240 (nominal) V AC, 50 Hz or 60 Hz
    • 180 - 300 V DC (China only)
  • Inlet current:
    • 100-127 V:
      • 550W power supply: 6.2 A
      • 750W power supply: 8.4 A
      • 1100W power supply: 12 A
    • 200-240 V:
      • 550W power supply: 3.0 A
      • 750W power supply: 4.1 A
      • 1100W power supply: 6 A
      • 1600W power supply: 8.7 A

Operating environment

The ThinkSystem SR655 server complies with ASHRAE Class A2 specifications, and depending on the hardware configuration, also complies with ASHRAE Class A3 and Class A4 specifications. System performance may be impacted when operating temperature is outside ASHRAE A2 specification.

The restrictions to ASHRAE A2 support are as follows:

  • With 24x NVMe front drive bays + 8x mid-chassis drive bays, ambient temperature cannot exceed 30°C
  • With 8x 3.5-inch front drives + 6x single-wide GPUs, ambient temperature cannot exceed 30°C
  • With 8x 3.5-inch or 8x 2.5-inch front drives + 3x double-wide GPUs, ambient temperature cannot exceed 30°C

See the GPU adapters section for details.

To comply with ASHRAE A3 and A4 specifications, the server models must meet the following hardware configuration requirements:

  • Processor TDP greater than 155W not supported; the only exception is a configuration with 24x 2.5-inch front drive bays, where the processor TDP cannot exceed 120W.
  • No support for 12x 3.5-inch front drive bays (the 8x 3.5-inch bay configuration is supported)
  • No support for NVMe drives
  • No support for rear drive bays or mid drive bays
  • No support for GPUs
  • No support for M.2
  • No support for PCIe flash storage adapters
  • No support for OCP networking adapters
  • No support for Ethernet adapters of 10GbE or higher

The server is supported in the following environment:

  • Air temperature:
    • Operating:
      • ASHRAE Class A2: 10°C to 35°C (50°F to 95°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 300 m (984 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class A3: 5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 175 m (574 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
      • ASHRAE Class A4: 5°C to 45°C (41°F to 113°F); the maximum ambient temperature decreases by 1°C for every 125 m (410 ft) increase in altitude above 900 m (2,953 ft).
    • Server off: 5°C to 45°C (41°F to 113°F)
    • Shipment/storage: -40°C to 60°C (-40°F to 140°F)
  • Maximum altitude: 3,050 m (10,000 ft)
  • Relative Humidity (non-condensing):
    • Operating
      • ASHRAE Class A2: 8% to 80%; maximum dew point: 21°C (70°F)
      • ASHRAE Class A3: 8% to 85%; maximum dew point: 24°C (75°F)
      • ASHRAE Class A4: 8% to 90%; maximum dew point: 24°C (75°F)
    • Shipment/storage: 8% to 90% 

The server generates the following heat and noise:

  • Heat/thermal output:
    • Minimum configuration: 421 BTU/hr, 123 W
    • Maximum configuration: 5606 BTU/hr, 1643 W
  • Noise level (LWAm)
    • Sound power, idling: 5.0 bels (minimum), 6.2 bels (typical), 6.5 bels (maximum)
    • Sound power, operating: 5.0 bels (minimum), 6.2 bels (typical), 6.5 bels (maximum)

The server has the following vibration and shock limits:

  • Vibration:
    • Operating: 0.21 G rms at 5 Hz to 500 Hz for 15 minutes across 3 axes
    • Non-operating: 1.04 G rms at 2 Hz to 200 Hz for 15 minutes across 6 surfaces
  • Shock:
    • Operating: 15 G for 3 milliseconds in each direction (positive and negative X, Y, and Z axes)
    • Non-operating:
      • 23 kg - 31 kg: 35 G for 152 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces (3x GPU config, 2.5” config)
      • 32 kg - 68 kg: 35 G for 136 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces (20x 3.5” HDD config)

Weight information for SR655 measuring in shock & vibration test:

  • 3.5"x 12 HS + 3x DW GPU: 31.74 (kg)
  • 3.5"x 12 HS + Mid 3.5"x4 HS + Rear 3.5"x4 HS: 35.74 (kg)
  • 2.5"x 24 HS + Mid 2.5"x8 HS + Rear 2.5"x4 HS: 29.49 (kg)

Warranty and Support

The SR655 has a 1-year or 3-year warranty based on the machine type of the system:

  • 7Y00: 1 year warranty
  • 7Z01: 3 year warranty

The standard warranty terms are customer-replaceable unit (CRU) and onsite (for field-replaceable units FRUs only) with standard call center support during normal business hours and 9x5 Next Business Day Parts Delivered.

Lenovo’s additional support services provide a sophisticated, unified support structure for your data center, with an experience consistently ranked number one in customer satisfaction worldwide. Available offerings include:

  • Premier Support

    Premier Support provides a Lenovo-owned customer experience and delivers direct access to technicians skilled in hardware, software, and advanced troubleshooting, in addition to the following:

    • Direct technician-to-technician access through a dedicated phone line
    • 24x7x365 remote support
    • Single point of contact service
    • End to end case management
    • Third-party collaborative software support
    • Online case tools and live chat support
    • On-demand remote system analysis
  • Warranty Upgrade (Preconfigured Support)

    Services are available to meet the on-site response time targets that match the criticality of your systems.

    • 3, 4, or 5 years of service coverage
    • 1-year or 2-year post-warranty extensions
    • Foundation Service: 9x5 service coverage with next business day onsite response. YourDrive YourData is an optional extra (see below).
    • Essential Service: 24x7 service coverage with 4-hour onsite response or 24-hour committed repair (available only in select countries). Bundled with YourDrive YourData.
    • Advanced Service: 24x7 service coverage with 2-hour onsite response or 6-hour committed repair (available only in select countries). Bundled with YourDrive YourData.
  • Managed Services

    Lenovo Managed Services provides continuous 24x7 remote monitoring (plus 24x7 call center availability) and proactive management of a your data center using state of the art tools, systems, and practices by a team of highly skilled and experienced Lenovo services professionals.

    Quarterly reviews check error logs, verify firmware & OS device driver levels, and software as needed. We’ll also maintain records of latest patches, critical updates, and firmware levels, to ensure you systems are providing business value through optimized performance.

  • Technical Account Management (TAM)

    A Lenovo Technical Account Manager helps you optimize the operation of your data center based on a deep understanding of your business. You gain direct access to your Lenovo TAM, who serves as your single point of contact to expedite service requests, provide status updates, and furnish reports to track incidents over time. In addition, your TAM will help proactively make service recommendations and manage your service relationship with Lenovo to make certain your needs are met.

  • Enterprise Server Software Support

    Enterprise Software Support is an additional support service providing customers with software support on Microsoft, Red Hat, SUSE, and VMware applications and systems. Around the clock availability for critical problems plus unlimited calls and incidents helps customers address challenges fast, without incremental costs. Support staff can answer troubleshooting and diagnostic questions, address product comparability and interoperability issues, isolate causes of problems, report defects to software vendors, and more.

  • YourDrive YourData

    Lenovo’s YourDrive YourData is a multi-drive retention offering that ensures your data is always under your control, regardless of the number of drives that are installed in your Lenovo server. In the unlikely event of a drive failure, you retain possession of your drive while Lenovo replaces the failed drive part. Your data stays safely on your premises, in your hands. The YourDrive YourData service can be purchased in convenient bundles, and is optional with Foundation Service. It is bundled with Essential Service and Advanced Service.

  • Health Check

    Having a trusted partner who can perform regular and detailed health checks is central to maintaining efficiency and ensuring that your systems and business are always running at their best. Health Check supports Lenovo-branded server, storage, and networking devices, as well as select Lenovo-supported products from other vendors that are sold by Lenovo or a Lenovo-Authorized Reseller.

Examples of region-specific warranty terms are second or longer business day parts delivery or parts-only base warranty.

If warranty terms and conditions include onsite labor for repair or replacement of parts, Lenovo will dispatch a service technician to the customer site to perform the replacement. Onsite labor under base warranty is limited to labor for replacement of parts that have been determined to be field-replaceable units (FRUs). Parts that are determined to be customer-replaceable units (CRUs) do not include onsite labor under base warranty.

If warranty terms include parts-only base warranty, Lenovo is responsible for delivering only replacement parts that are under base warranty (including FRUs) that will be sent to a requested location for self-service. Parts-only service does not include a service technician being dispatched onsite. Parts must be changed at customer’s own cost and labor and defective parts must be returned following the instructions supplied with the spares parts.

Lenovo Service offerings are region-specific. Not all preconfigured support and upgrade options are available in every region. For information about Lenovo service upgrade offerings that are available in your region, refer to the following resources:

For service definitions, region-specific details, and service limitations, please refer to the following documents:

Services

Lenovo Services is a dedicated partner to your success. Our goal is to reduce your capital outlays, mitigate your IT risks, and accelerate your time to productivity.

Here’s a more in-depth look at what we can do for you:

  • Asset Recovery Services

    Asset Recovery Services (ARS) helps customers recover the maximum value from their end-of-life equipment in a cost-effective and secure way. On top of simplifying the transition from old to new equipment, ARS mitigates environmental and data security risks associated with data center equipment disposal. Lenovo ARS is a cash-back solution for equipment based on its remaining market value, yielding maximum value from aging assets and lowering total cost of ownership for your customers. For more information, see the ARS page, https://lenovopress.com/lp1266-reduce-e-waste-and-grow-your-bottom-line-with-lenovo-ars.

  • Assessment Services

    An Assessment helps solve your IT challenges through an onsite, multi-day session with a Lenovo technology expert. We perform a tools based assessment which provides a comprehensive and thorough review of a company's environment and technology systems. In addition to the technology based functional requirements, the consultant also discusses and records the non-functional business requirements, challenges, and constraints. Assessments help organizations like yours, no matter how large or small, get a better return on your IT investment and overcome challenges in the ever-changing technology landscape.

  • Design Services

    Professional Services consultants perform infrastructure design and implementation planning to support your strategy. The high-level architectures provided by the assessment service are turned into low level designs and wiring diagrams, which are reviewed and approved prior to implementation The implementation plan will demonstrate an outcome-based proposal to provide business capabilities through infrastructure with a risk-mitigated project plan.

  • Basic Hardware Installation

    Lenovo experts can seamlessly manage the physical installation of your server, storage, or networking hardware. Working at a time convenient for you (business hours or off shift), the technician will unpack and inspect the systems on your site, install options, mount in a rack cabinet, connect to power and network, check and update firmware to the latest levels, verify operation, and dispose of the packaging, allowing your team to focus on other priorities.

  • Deployment Services

    When investing in new IT infrastructures, you need to ensure your business will see quick time to value with little to no disruption. Lenovo deployments are designed by development and engineering teams who know our Products & Solutions better than anyone else, and our technicians own the process from delivery to completion. Lenovo will conduct remote preparation and planning, configure & integrate systems, validate systems, verify and update appliance firmware, train on administrative tasks, and provide post-deployment documentation. Customer’s IT teams leverage our skills to enable IT staff to transform with higher level roles and tasks.

  • Integration, Migration, and Expansion Services

    Move existing physical & virtual workloads easily, or determine technical requirements to support increased workloads while maximizing performance. Includes tuning, validation, and documenting ongoing run processes. Leverage migration assessment planning documents to perform necessary migrations.

Some service options may not be available in all countries. For more information, go to https://www.lenovo.com/systems/services. For information about Lenovo service upgrade offerings that are available in your region, contact your local Lenovo sales representative or business partner.

Regulatory compliance

The SR655 server conforms to the following standards:

  • Energy Star 3.0
  • FCC: Verified to comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, Class A
  • Canada ICES-003, issue 6, Class A
  • UL/IEC 60950-1
  • CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
  • NOM-019
  • Argentina IEC60950-1
  • Japan VCCI, Class A
  • Australia/New Zealand AS/NZS CISPR 32, Class A; AS/NZS 60950.1
  • IEC 60950-1 (CB Certificate and CB Test Report)
  • China CCC (GB4943.1), GB9254 Class A, GB17625.1
  • Taiwan BSMI CNS13438, Class A; CNS14336-1
  • Korea KN32, Class A; KN35
  • Russia, Belorussia and Kazakhstan, EAC: TP TC 004/2011(for Safety); TP TC 020/2011(for EMC)
  • CE Mark (EN55032 Class A, EN60950-1, EN55024, EN61000-3-2, and EN61000-3-3)
  • CISPR 32, Class A
  • TUV-GS (EN60950-1 /IEC60950-1, EK1-ITB2000)
  • India BIS certification

External drive enclosures

The server supports attachment to external drive enclosures using a RAID controller with external ports or a SAS host bus adapter. Adapters supported by the server are listed in the SAS adapters for external storage section.

Note: Information provided in this section is for ordering reference purposes only. For the operating system and adapter support details, refer to the interoperability matrix for a particular storage enclosure that can be found on the Lenovo Data Center Support web site:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com

Table 67. External drive enclosures
Description Part number
Worldwide Japan PRC
Lenovo Storage D1212 LFF Disk Expansion with Dual SAS IO Modules 4587A11 4587A1J 4587A1C
Lenovo Storage D1224 SFF Disk Expansion with Dual SAS IO Modules 4587A31 4587A3J 4587A3C
Lenovo Storage D3284 4TB x 84 HD Expansion Enclosure 641311F
Lenovo Storage D3284 6TB x 84 HD Expansion Enclosure 641312F
Lenovo Storage D3284 8TB x 84 HD Expansion Enclosure 641313F
Lenovo Storage D3284 10TB x 84 HD Expansion Enclosure 641314F

For details about supported drives, adapters, and cables, see the following Lenovo Press Product Guides:

External storage systems

The following table lists the external storage systems that are currently offered by Lenovo.

Note: Information provided in this section is for ordering reference purposes only. End-to-end storage configuration support must be verified through the interoperability matrix for a particular storage system that can be found on the Lenovo Data Center Support web site:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com

Table 68. External storage systems: DE Series
Description Part number
Worldwide Japan
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE Series Storage (SAS connectivity)
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y70A000WW 7Y701003JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y71A000WW 7Y711003JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (16 GB cache) 7Y77A002WW 7Y771000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y74A000WW 7Y74A000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y75A000WW 7Y75A000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F SAS All Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y76A000WW 7Y76A000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F SAS All Flash Array SFF (64 GB cache) 7Y76A005WW 7Y76A008JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (32 GB cache) 7Y80A000WW 7Y801002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array SFF (32 GB cache) 7Y78A000WW 7Y781002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000F SAS All Flash Array SFF (128 GB cache) 7Y79A000WW 7Y79A000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE Series Storage (iSCSI connectivity)
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H 10GBASE-T Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y70A003WW 7Y701001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H 10GBASE-T Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y71A002WW 7Y711005JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y70A004WW 7Y701000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y71A003WW 7Y711006JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (16 GB cache) 7Y77A000WW 7Y771002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y74A002WW 7Y74A002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y75A001WW 7Y75A001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F iSCSI All Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y76A002WW 7Y76A002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F iSCSI All Flash Array SFF (64 GB cache) 7Y76A007WW 7Y76A00AJP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (32 GB cache) 7Y80A002WW 7Y801000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array SFF (32 GB cache) 7Y78A002WW 7Y781000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000F iSCSI All Flash Array SFF (128 GB cache) 7Y79A002WW 7Y79A002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE Series Storage (FC connectivity)
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H FC Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y70A002WW 7Y701002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H FC Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y71A001WW 7Y711004JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H FC Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (16 GB cache) 7Y77A001WW 7Y771001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H FC Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y74A001WW 7Y74A001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H FC Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y75A002WW 7Y75A002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F FC All Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y76A001WW 7Y76A001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F FC All Flash Array SFF (64 GB cache) 7Y76A006WW 7Y76A009JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H FC Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (32 GB cache) 7Y80A001WW 7Y801001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H FC Hybrid Flash Array SFF (32 GB cache) 7Y78A001WW 7Y781001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000F FC All Flash Array SFF (128 GB cache) 7Y79A001WW 7Y79A001JP
Table 69. External storage systems: DM Series
Description Part number
Lenovo ThinkSystem DM Series Storage (NAS or iSCSI connectivity)
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421003EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y421007EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 96TB (12x 8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421005EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 96TB (12x 8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y421001EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571004EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100LEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 14.4TB (12x 1.2TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100CEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 21.6TB (12x 1.8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100GEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571006EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100NEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 28.8TB (24x 1.2TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100EEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 28.8TB (24x 1.2TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100VEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100JEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y571002EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571008EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100QEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100AEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100REA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411002EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411004EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411006EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411007EA*
Lenovo ThinkSystem DM Series Storage (NAS, iSCSI, or FC connectivity)
ThinkSystem DM3000H Hybrid Storage Array (2U12 LFF, CTO only) 7Y42CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421009NA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421002EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y421006EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 96TB (12x 8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421004EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 96TB (12x 8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y421008EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H Hybrid Storage Array (2U24 SFF, CTO only) 7Y57CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571011NA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571003EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100KEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 14.4TB (12x 1.2TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100BEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 21.6TB (12x 1.8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100FEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571005EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100MEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 28.8TB (24x 1.2TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100DEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571010NA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100HEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100ZEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571007EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H,  46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100PEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571009EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100SEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F Flash Storage Array (2U24 SFF, CTO only) 7Y41CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411001EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411003EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411005EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411000EA*
ThinkSystem DM7000H Hybrid Storage Array (3U, CTO only) 7Y56CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM7000F Flash Storage Array (3U, CTO only) 7Y40CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM7100H Hybrid Storage Array (4U, CTO only) 7D26CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM7100F Flash Storage Array (4U, CTO only) 7D25CTO1WW

* Preconfigured models that are available only in North America (part numbers that have NA at the end) or EMEA (part numbers that have EA at the end) and require Preconfigured support to be purchased with the storage system (See the respective product guide for details).

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Lenovo Storage category:
http://lenovopress.com/storage/san/lenovo#rt=product-guide

External backup units

The server supports both USB-attached RDX backup units and SAS-attached tape drives.

The following table lists the available external SAS tape backup options.

Tip: Verify the end-to-end support of an IBM tape backup solution through the IBM System Storage Interoperation Center (SSIC): http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/storage/ssic

Table 70. External SAS backup options
Part number Description
External SAS tape backup drives
6160S6E IBM TS2260 Tape Drive Model H6S
6160S7E IBM TS2270 Tape Drive Model H7S
6160S8E IBM TS2280 Tape Drive Model H8S
External SAS tape backup autoloaders
6171S6R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO6 HH SAS
6171S7R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO7 HH SAS
6171S8R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO8 HH SAS
External tape backup libraries
6741A1F IBM TS4300 3U Tape Library-Base Unit
SAS backup drives for TS4300 Tape Library
01KP934 LTO 6 HH SAS Drive
01KP937 LTO 7 HH SAS Drive
01KP953 LTO 8 HH SAS Drive

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Backup units category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/backup

The following table lists the external RDX backup options available.

Table 71. External RDX dock and cartridges
Part number Feature code Description
External RDX docks
4T27A10725 B32R ThinkSystem RDX External USB 3.0 Dock (No cartridge included with the drive)
Cartridges
7TP7A01601 AVF8 ThinkSystem RDX 500GB Cartridge
7TP7A01602 AVF1 ThinkSystem RDX 1TB Cartridge
7TP7A01603 AVF0 ThinkSystem RDX 2TB Cartridge
7TP7A04318 AXD1 ThinkSystem RDX 4TB Cartridge

For more information, see the Lenovo RDX USB 3.0 Disk Backup Solution product guide:
https://lenovopress.com/tips0894-rdx-usb-30

Top-of-rack Ethernet switches

The following table lists the Ethernet LAN switches that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 72. Ethernet LAN switches
Part number Description
1 Gb Ethernet Rack switches
7Y810011WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE0152T RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z320O11WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE0152TO RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
7159BAX Lenovo RackSwitch G7028 (Rear to Front)
7159CAX Lenovo RackSwitch G7052 (Rear to Front)
7159G52 Lenovo RackSwitch G8052 (Rear to Front)
7165H1X Juniper EX2300-C PoE Switch
7165H2X Juniper EX2300-24p PoE Switch
1 Gb Ethernet Campus switches
7Z340011WW Lenovo CE0128TB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z360011WW Lenovo CE0128TB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
7Z340012WW Lenovo CE0128PB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z360012WW Lenovo CE0128PB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
7Z350021WW Lenovo CE0152TB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z370021WW Lenovo CE0152TB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
7Z350022WW Lenovo CE0152PB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z370022WW Lenovo CE0152PB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
10 Gb Ethernet switches
7159A1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1032 RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7159B1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1032T RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z330O11WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1064TO RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
7159C1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1072T RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7159CRW Lenovo RackSwitch G8272 (Rear to Front)
7159GR6 Lenovo RackSwitch G8296 (Rear to Front)
25 Gb Ethernet switches
7159E1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2572 RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z210O21WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2572O RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
7Z330O21WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2580O RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
100 Gb Ethernet switches
7159D1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE10032 RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z210O11WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE10032O RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the following switch categories:

Fibre Channel SAN switches

The following table lists the Fibre Channel SAN switches that are offered by Lenovo and can be used with this system.

Table 73. Fibre Channel SAN switches
Description Part number
8 Gb FC
Lenovo B300, E_Port License, 8 ports licensed, 8x 8Gb SWL SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 3873AR6
16 Gb FC
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB610S, 8 ports licensed, 8x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6559F2A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB610S, ENT., 24 ports licensed, 24x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6559F1A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB620S, 24 ports licensed, 24x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6415J1A
Lenovo B6505, 12 ports licensed, 12x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 3873ER1
Lenovo B6510, 24 ports licensed, 24x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 3873IR1
Lenovo B6510, 24 ports licensed, 24x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 3Yr FW 3873BR3
32 Gb FC
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB610S, 8 ports licensed, No SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6559F3A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB620S, 24 ports licensed, No SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6415G3A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB620S, 24 ports licensed, 24x 32Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6415H11
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB620S, ENT., 48 ports licensed, 48x 32Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6415H2A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB630S, 48 ports licensed, No SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 7D1SA001WW
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB630S, 48 ports licensed, 48x 32Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 7D1SA002WW
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB630S, ENT., 96 ports licensed, 96x 32Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 7D1SA003WW
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB400D 32Gb FC Director, ENT., 4 Blade slots, 8U, 1Yr FW 6684D2A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB400D 32Gb FC Director, ENT., 4 Blade slots, 8U, 3Yr FW 6684B2A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB800D 32Gb FC Director, ENT., 8 Blade slots, 14U, 1Yr FW 6682D1A

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Rack SAN Switches category:
http://lenovopress.com/storage/switches/rack#rt=product-guide

Uninterruptible power supply units

The following table lists the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) units that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 74. Uninterruptible power supply units
Part number Description
55941AX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55941KX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55942AX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55942KX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55943AX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55943KX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55945KX RT5kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55946KX RT6kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55948KX RT8kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55949KX RT11kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55948PX RT8kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)
55949PX RT11kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)
55943KT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Standard UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55943LT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Long Backup UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55946KT† ThinkSystem RT6kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)
5594XKT† ThinkSystem RT10kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)

† Only available in China and countries in the Asia Pacific region.

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the UPS category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ups

Power distribution units

The following table lists the power distribution units (PDUs) that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 75. Power distribution units
Part number Description
0U Basic PDUs
00YJ776 0U 36 C13/6 C19 24A/200-240V 1 Phase PDU with NEMA L6-30P line cord
00YJ777 0U 36 C13/6 C19 32A/200-240V 1 Phase PDU with IEC60309 332P6 line cord
00YJ778 0U 21 C13/12 C19 32A/200-240V/346-415V 3 Phase PDU with IEC60309 532P6 line cord
00YJ779 0U 21 C13/12 C19 48A/200-240V 3 Phase PDU with IEC60309 460P9 line cord
Switched and Monitored PDUs
00YJ780 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A/200-240V/1Ph PDU w/ IEC60309 332P6 line cord
00YJ781 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 24A/200-240V/1Ph PDU w/ NEMA L6-30P line cord
00YJ782 0U 18 C13/6 C19 Switched / Monitored 32A/200-240V/346-415V/3Ph PDU w/ IEC60309 532P6 cord
00YJ783 0U 12 C13/12 C19 Switched and Monitored 48A/200-240V/3Ph PDU w/ IEC60309 460P9 line cord
46M4002* 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU (without line cord)
46M4003* 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU with IEC 309 3P+Gnd line cord
46M4004* 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU (without line cord)
46M4005* 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU with IEC 309 3P+Gnd line cord
Ultra Density Enterprise PDUs (9x IEC 320 C13 + 3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
71762NX Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module (without line cord)
71763NU Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph with IEC 309 3P+Gnd line cord
C13 Enterprise PDUs (12x IEC 320 C13 outlets)
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+ (without line cord)
39Y8941 DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU (without line cord)
C19 Enterprise PDUs (6x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y8948 DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU (without line cord)
39Y8923 DPI 60A 3 Phase C19 Enterprise PDU with IEC 309 3P+G (208 V) fixed line cord
Front-end PDUs (3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y8938 DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P line cord
39Y8939 DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P line cord
39Y8934 DPI 32amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd line cord
39Y8940 DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd line cord
39Y8935 DPI 63amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd line cord
NEMA PDUs (6x NEMA 5-15R outlets)
39Y8905 DPI 100-127V PDU with Fixed NEMA L5-15P line cord
Line cords for PDUs that ship without a line cord
40K9611 DPI 32a Line Cord (IEC 309 3P+N+G)
40K9612 DPI 32a Line Cord (IEC 309 P+N+G)
40K9613 DPI 63a Cord (IEC 309 P+N+G)
40K9614 DPI 30a Line Cord (NEMA L6-30P)
40K9615 DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)
40K9617 DPI Australian/NZ 3112 Line Cord
40K9618 DPI  Korean 8305 Line Cord

* Not available in USA and Canada

For more information, see the Lenovo Press documents in the PDU category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/pdu

Rack cabinets

The following table lists the supported rack cabinets.

Table 76. Rack cabinets
Part number Description
93072RX 25U Standard Rack
93072PX 25U Static S2 Standard Rack
93634PX 42U 1100mm Dynamic Rack
93634EX 42U 1100mm Dynamic Expansion Rack
93604PX 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack
93614PX 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
93084EX 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack
93084PX 42U Enterprise Rack
93074RX 42U Standard Rack
Withdrawn rack cabinets
201886X* 11U Office Enablement Kit
93604EX* 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Expansion Rack
93614EX* 42U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack
93074XX* 42U Standard Rack Extension
93624PX* 47U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
93624EX* 47U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack
93634BX* PureFlex System 42U Expansion Rack
93634DX* PureFlex System 42U Expansion Rack
93634AX* PureFlex System 42U Rack
93634CX* PureFlex System 42U Rack

* Withdrawn from marketing

For specifications about these racks, see the Lenovo Rack Cabinet Reference, available from:
https://lenovopress.com/lp1287-lenovo-rack-cabinet-reference

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Rack cabinets category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/racks

KVM console options

The following table lists the supported KVM consoles, keyboards, and KVM switches.

Table 77. Console keyboards
Part number Description
Consoles
17238BX 1U 18.5" Standard Console (without keyboard)
Console keyboards
7ZB7A05469 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Arabic 253 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05468 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Belg/UK 120 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05206 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Czech 489 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05207 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Danish 159 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05208 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Dutch 143 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05210 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Fr/Canada 445 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05209 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - French 189 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05211 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - German 129 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05212 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Greek 219 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05213 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hebrew 212 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05214 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hungarian 208 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05215 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Italian 141 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05216 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Japanese 194 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05217 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Korean 413 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05218 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - LA Span 171 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05219 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Norwegian 155 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05220 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Polish 214 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05221 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Portuguese 163 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05222 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Russian 441 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05223 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovak 245 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05231 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovenian 234 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05224 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Spanish 172 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05225 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swed/Finn 153 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05226 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swiss F/G 150 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05227 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Thai 191 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05467 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Trad Chinese/US 467 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05228 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Turkish 179 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05229 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - UK Eng 166 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05470 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Eng 103P RoHS v2
7ZB7A05230 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Euro 103P RoHS v2
ThinkSystem Digital and Analog KVM Console switches and cables
1754D1T ThinkSystem Digital 2x1x16 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
1754A1T ThinkSystem Analog 1x8 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
4X97A11108 ThinkSystem VGA to DVI Conversion Cable
4X97A11109 ThinkSystem Single-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11107 ThinkSystem Dual-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11106 ThinkSystem USB Conversion Cable for Analog KVM
GCM and LCM Console switches and cables
1754D2X Global 4x2x32 Console Manager (GCM32)
1754D1X Global 2x2x16 Console Manager (GCM16)
1754A2X Local 2x16 Console Manager (LCM16)
1754A1X Local 1x8 Console Manager (LCM8)
43V6147 Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
39M2895 USB Conversion Option (4 Pack UCO)
46M5383 Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
46M5382 Serial Conversion Option (SCO)

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the KVM Switches and Consoles category:
http://lenovopress.com/servers/options/kvm

Lenovo Financial Services

Lenovo Financial Services reinforces Lenovo’s commitment to deliver pioneering products and services that are recognized for their quality, excellence, and trustworthiness. Lenovo Financial Services offers financing solutions and services that complement your technology solution anywhere in the world.

We are dedicated to delivering a positive finance experience for customers like you who want to maximize your purchase power by obtaining the technology you need today, protect against technology obsolescence, and preserve your capital for other uses.

We work with businesses, non-profit organizations, governments and educational institutions to finance their entire technology solution. We focus on making it easy to do business with us. Our highly experienced team of finance professionals operates in a work culture that emphasizes the importance of providing outstanding customer service. Our systems, processes and flexible policies support our goal of providing customers with a positive experience.

We finance your entire solution. Unlike others, we allow you to bundle everything you need from hardware and software to service contracts, installation costs, training fees, and sales tax. If you decide weeks or months later to add to your solution, we can consolidate everything into a single invoice.

Our Premier Client services provide large accounts with special handling services to ensure these complex transactions are serviced properly. As a premier client, you have a dedicated finance specialist who manages your account through its life, from first invoice through asset return or purchase. This specialist develops an in-depth understanding of your invoice and payment requirements. For you, this dedication provides a high-quality, easy, and positive financing experience.

For your region specific offers please ask your Lenovo sales representative or your technology provider about the use of Lenovo Financial Services. For more information, see the following Lenovo website:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/landingpage/lenovo-financial-services/

Related product families

Product families related to this document are the following:

Trademarks

 

Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both. A current list of Lenovo trademarks is available on the Web at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/legal/copytrade/.

The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:
AnyBay®
Bootable Media Creator
Lenovo Services
Lenovo®
RackSwitch
ServerProven®
ThinkSystem
TopSeller
TruDDR4
XClarity®

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

Intel® is a trademark or registered trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.

Linux® is the trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.

ActiveX®, Microsoft®, Windows Server®, and Windows® are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.

 

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.

1051 Matching Documents

  1. Lenovo 0U Basic PDUs
    Product Guide, last updated 2 Apr 2020
  2. Lenovo 0U Switched & Monitored PDUs
    Product Guide, last updated 2 Apr 2020
  3. Intel Xeon Scalable Processor Reference for Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Information, last updated 2 Apr 2020
  4. Lenovo Server Operating System Interoperability Guide
    Reference Information, last updated 2 Apr 2020
  5. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR655 Server
    Product Guide, last updated 1 Apr 2020
  6. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR635 Server
    Product Guide, last updated 1 Apr 2020
  7. ThinkSystem DM Series Hybrid Flash
    Datasheet, last updated 31 Mar 2020
  8. ThinkSystem and ThinkAgile GPU Summary
    Reference Information, last updated 31 Mar 2020
  9. ThinkAgile MX1021
    Datasheet, published 31 Mar 2020
  10. A New Class of Edge Servers from Lenovo, Powered with Azure Stack HCI
    Article, published 31 Mar 2020
  11. World Record Result for SAP BW Edition for SAP HANA Benchmark (31.2B Records) on Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 30 Mar 2020
  12. Reference Architecture: Lenovo Client Virtualization with VMware Horizon on ThinkSystem and ThinkAgile VX Servers
    Reference Architecture, last updated 30 Mar 2020
  13. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST50 Server (E-2200)
    Product Guide, last updated 25 Mar 2020
  14. Lenovo ThinkSystem SE350 Edge Server
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  15. What's New - March 2020
    Article, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  16. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7821 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  17. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3720 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  18. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3721 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  19. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7820 Appliance for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  20. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7821 Certified Node for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  21. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  22. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3320 Appliance for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  23. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3321 Certified Node for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  24. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3521-G Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  25. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX5521 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  26. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3321 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  27. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX5520 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  28. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7520 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  29. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7521 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  30. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7520 Appliance for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  31. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7521 Certified Node for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  32. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3520-G Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  33. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX1321 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  34. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX1320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  35. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX2320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  36. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX2321 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  37. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7820 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  38. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX2320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  39. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX1321 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  40. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX2321 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  41. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7820 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  42. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7821 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  43. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3720 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  44. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3721 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  45. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7820 Appliance for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  46. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7821 Certified Node for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  47. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  48. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3321 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  49. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3520-G Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  50. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3521-G Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  51. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX5520 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  52. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX5521 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  53. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7520 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  54. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7521 Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  55. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3320 Appliance for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  56. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX3321 Certified Node for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  57. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7520 Appliance for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  58. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7521 Certified Node for SAP HANA (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  59. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX1320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Mar 2020
  60. Mellanox ConnectX-4 Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 22 Mar 2020
  61. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX 1U Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2020
  62. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX 1U Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2020
  63. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkSystem DM Unified Flash Storage Array
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 20 Mar 2020
  64. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkSystem DM Unified Hybrid Storage Array
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 20 Mar 2020
  65. How to Harden the Security of your ThinkSystem Server and Management Applications
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 20 Mar 2020
  66. Lenovo ThinkSystem RAID 530 Series Internal RAID Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2020
  67. Lenovo ThinkSystem RAID 730-8i Internal RAID Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2020
  68. Lenovo ThinkSystem RAID 930 Series Internal RAID Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2020
  69. Lenovo ThinkSystem RAID 930-8e External RAID Adapter
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2020
  70. Lenovo ThinkSystem DM7100F Unified All Flash Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  71. Lenovo ThinkSystem DM7100H Unified Hybrid Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  72. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX2320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  73. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX5520 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  74. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX 2U Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  75. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX3720 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  76. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX 2U4N Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  77. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX3320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  78. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX3520-G Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  79. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX7320-N Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  80. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX7520 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  81. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX 2U Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  82. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX3720 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  83. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX 2U4N Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  84. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX3320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  85. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX3520-G Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  86. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX7320-N Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  87. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX7520 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  88. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX2320 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  89. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX5520 Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Mar 2020
  90. ThinkSystem Hidden UEFI Parameters
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 18 Mar 2020
  91. Energy Star Certification Reference
    Reference Information, last updated 18 Mar 2020
  92. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST250 Server (E-2100)
    Product Guide, last updated 18 Mar 2020
  93. Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers Continue to Lead the Industry in Performance and Customer Value
    Article, last updated 17 Mar 2020
  94. Lenovo Open Cloud Automation
    Datasheet, last updated 17 Mar 2020
  95. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR250 Server (E-2200)
    Product Guide, last updated 17 Mar 2020
  96. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR630 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 17 Mar 2020
  97. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 17 Mar 2020
  98. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST250 Server (E-2200)
    Product Guide, last updated 17 Mar 2020
  99. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST550 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 17 Mar 2020
  100. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 16 Mar 2020
  101. Lenovo Scalable Infrastructure (LeSI) Solutions
    Product Guide, last updated 15 Mar 2020
  102. Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops
    Solution Brief, last updated 15 Mar 2020
  103. 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console
    Product Guide, last updated 12 Mar 2020
  104. Lenovo ThinkAgile CP Series Cloud Platform (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  105. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR530 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  106. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR550 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  107. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR570 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  108. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR590 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  109. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR530 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  110. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR550 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  111. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR570 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  112. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR590 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  113. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  114. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR630 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  115. Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H Hybrid Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  116. Lenovo ThinkSystem HDD Summary
    Reference Information, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  117. ThinkSystem PM1643a Entry 12Gb SAS SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  118. Lenovo PM983 Entry NVMe PCIe SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  119. ThinkSystem 5210 Entry 6Gb SATA QLC SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  120. ThinkSystem CM5-R Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 SED SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  121. Lenovo ThinkSystem SSD Portfolio
    Reference Information, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  122. Lenovo ThinkSystem SN550 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  123. Lenovo ThinkSystem SN850 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  124. Lenovo ThinkSystem SN850 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  125. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR850 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  126. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR850 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  127. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR860 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  128. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR860 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  129. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  130. Lenovo ThinkSystem SD530 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  131. Lenovo ThinkSystem SD530 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  132. Lenovo ThinkSystem SN550 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  133. Lenovo ThinkSystem Server Comparison
    Reference Information, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  134. Rack & Power Infrastructure Options
    Reference Information, last updated 10 Mar 2020
  135. Lenovo 1U Switched and Monitored Power Distribution Units
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2020
  136. Lenovo ThinkSystem DM7000F Unified Flash Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2020
  137. Lenovo ThinkSystem DM7000H Unified Hybrid Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2020
  138. Lenovo ThinkSystem DM5000F Unified Flash Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2020
  139. Lenovo ThinkSystem DM5000H Unified Hybrid Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2020
  140. Lenovo ThinkSystem DM3000H Unified Hybrid Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2020
  141. Lenovo ThinkSystem Micro Datacenter 18U and 12U Rack Cabinets
    Product Guide, published 9 Mar 2020
  142. Lenovo Rack Cabinet Reference
    Reference Information, published 9 Mar 2020
  143. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR250 Server (E-2100)
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2020
  144. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR670 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2020
  145. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR670 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2020
  146. Flex System Interoperability Guide
    Reference Information, last updated 8 Mar 2020
  147. Introduction to Scale Computing HC3 Edge
    Positioning Information, last updated 8 Mar 2020
  148. Tuning UEFI Settings for Performance and Energy Efficiency on Lenovo ThinkSystem SR635 and SR655 Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 7 Mar 2020
  149. Emulex OCe14100B VFA5.2 Adapter Family
    Product Guide, last updated 3 Mar 2020
  150. Asset Recovery Services
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Mar 2020
  151. VMware Horizon
    Solution Brief, last updated 2 Mar 2020
  152. Lenovo Technical Account Management
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Mar 2020
  153. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX 1SE Certified Node
    Product Guide, last updated 28 Feb 2020
  154. Lenovo ThinkAgile VX1320 Appliance
    Product Guide, last updated 28 Feb 2020
  155. Lenovo Big Data Validated Design for Cloudera Enterprise on ThinkSystem SR655 and SR635 Servers
    Reference Architecture, last updated 28 Feb 2020
  156. Intel X710 10 GbE Network Adapter Family
    Product Guide, last updated 28 Feb 2020
  157. What's New - February 2020
    Article, published 25 Feb 2020
  158. ThinkSystem M.2 Drives and M.2 Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 25 Feb 2020
  159. Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory
    Product Guide, last updated 25 Feb 2020
  160. Lenovo ThinkSystem DM Series Unified Storage Arrays
    Reference Information, last updated 25 Feb 2020
  161. GPU Options for ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Information, last updated 25 Feb 2020
  162. ThinkSystem Emulex LPe35000/LPe35002 32Gb Fibre Channel Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 25 Feb 2020
  163. ThinkSystem Broadcom 57454 10/25GbE SFP28 Ethernet Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 25 Feb 2020
  164. Networking Options for ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Information, last updated 25 Feb 2020
  165. ThinkSystem SD530 and D2 Enclosure
    Datasheet, last updated 25 Feb 2020
  166. ThinkSystem SR670
    Datasheet, last updated 25 Feb 2020
  167. Flex System Enterprise Chassis
    Product Guide, last updated 22 Feb 2020
  168. Lenovo Distributed Storage Solution for IBM Spectrum Scale (DSS-G)
    Product Guide, last updated 21 Feb 2020
  169. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST50 Server (E-2100)
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Feb 2020
  170. Lenovo ThinkSystem Memory Summary
    Reference Information, last updated 18 Feb 2020
  171. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR850P Server
    Product Guide, last updated 18 Feb 2020
  172. Lenovo Storage D1212 and D1224 Drive Enclosures
    Product Guide, last updated 18 Feb 2020
  173. Lenovo Storage D3284 External High Density Drive Expansion Enclosure
    Product Guide, last updated 18 Feb 2020
  174. Lenovo Flex System Fabric EN4093R 10Gb Scalable Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 12 Feb 2020
  175. Lenovo Health Check Services
    Datasheet, last updated 11 Feb 2020
  176. Lenovo Premier Support Services for the Data Center
    Datasheet, last updated 11 Feb 2020
  177. ThinkSystem DM Series All-Flash Array
    Datasheet, last updated 11 Feb 2020
  178. ThinkSystem SR250
    Datasheet, last updated 11 Feb 2020
  179. ThinkSystem ST250
    Datasheet, last updated 11 Feb 2020
  180. ThinkSystem ST50
    Datasheet, last updated 11 Feb 2020
  181. ThinkSystem Marvell QL41132 and QL41134 10GBASE-T Ethernet Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Feb 2020
  182. Reference Architecture: Lenovo Client Virtualization with Citrix Virtual Apps and Desktops on ThinkSystem and ThinkAgile VX Servers
    Reference Architecture, last updated 6 Feb 2020
  183. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST550 Server (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 31 Jan 2020
  184. Lenovo Intelligent Insights
    Product Guide, published 30 Jan 2020
  185. Microsoft SQL Server 2019 on ThinkAgile MX
    Solution Brief, last updated 30 Jan 2020
  186. Power Management Using Lenovo UPS Power Protector (UPP) and UPS Power Manager (UPM)
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 30 Jan 2020
  187. Cloudera Enterprise
    Solution Brief, last updated 28 Jan 2020
  188. SAP HANA
    Solution Brief, last updated 28 Jan 2020
  189. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2580O RackSwitch
    Product Guide, published 21 Jan 2020
  190. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1064TO RackSwitch
    Product Guide, published 21 Jan 2020
  191. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1064TO RackSwitch
    Datasheet, last updated 21 Jan 2020
  192. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2580O RackSwitch
    Datasheet, last updated 21 Jan 2020
  193. Powering and Protecting Nutanix Appliances with Lenovo UPS Units
    Positioning Information, published 19 Jan 2020
  194. Balanced Memory Configurations with Second-Generation AMD EPYC Processors
    Planning / Implementation, published 17 Jan 2020
  195. Lenovo ThinkSystem DM Series Performance Guide
    Planning / Implementation, published 17 Jan 2020
  196. Oracle Database
    Solution Brief, last updated 16 Jan 2020
  197. Implementing the Lenovo Storage V3700 V2 and V5030 Systems with IBM Spectrum Virtualize V8.1
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 14 Jan 2020
  198. Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000F All Flash Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 14 Jan 2020
  199. Implementing Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory with VMware vSphere
    Planning / Implementation, published 10 Jan 2020
  200. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR850P Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 7 Jan 2020
  201. ThinkSystem 5300 Entry 6Gb SATA SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  202. ThinkSystem 5300 Entry 6Gb SATA SED SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  203. ThinkSystem 5300 Mainstream 6Gb SATA SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  204. ThinkSystem 5300 Mainstream 6Gb SATA SED SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  205. QLogic Enhanced Gen 5 16 Gb Fibre Channel HBAs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  206. ThinkSystem QLogic Single and Dual Port 32Gb Fibre Channel Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  207. ThinkSystem QLogic QL41262 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  208. ThinkSystem Marvell QL41232 10/25GbE SFP28 Ethernet Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  209. Lenovo PM883 Entry 6Gb SATA SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  210. Lenovo PM963 NVMe Enterprise Value PCIe SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  211. ThinkSystem PM1645 Mainstream SAS 12Gb SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  212. ThinkSystem PM1643 Capacity/Entry SAS 12Gb SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  213. ThinkSystem PM1645a Mainstream 12Gb SAS SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  214. Lenovo RDX USB 3.0 Disk Backup Solution
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  215. ThinkSystem Toshiba CM5-V Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  216. Lenovo XClarity Controller (XCC) Support on ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Information, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  217. Intel P4600 Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  218. Intel Optane P4800X Performance NVMe PCIe SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  219. ThinkSystem Intel P4610 Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  220. ThinkSystem Intel P4510 Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  221. Intel P4600 Mainstream NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Flash Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  222. Intel Omni-Path Architecture OPA 100 Series Host Fabric Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  223. Lenovo ThinkSystem 430-8i and 430-16i Internal SAS HBAs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  224. Lenovo ThinkSystem 430-8e and 430-16e External SAS HBAs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  225. Mellanox ConnectX-3 and ConnectX-3 Pro Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  226. ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-5 Ex 25/40GbE 2-port Low-Latency Adapter
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  227. ThinkSystem Mellanox Innova-2 ConnectX-5 FPGA 25GbE 2-port Adapter
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  228. ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR100 InfiniBand Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  229. ThinkSystem Mellanox ConnectX-6 HDR InfiniBand Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  230. ThinkSystem 5200 Entry 6Gb SATA SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  231. ThinkSystem 5200 Mainstream SATA 6Gb SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  232. ThinkSystem 5200 Entry SATA 6Gb SED SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  233. ThinkSystem 5200 Mainstream SATA 6Gb SED SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  234. Broadcom NetXtreme Gigabit Ethernet Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  235. Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  236. ThinkSystem Broadcom 57412/57414 10/25GbE SFP28 Ethernet Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  237. Emulex 16 Gb Gen 6 Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  238. Emulex 8Gb FC Single-port and Dual-port HBAs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  239. ThinkSystem SS530 Performance SAS 12Gb SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  240. ThinkSystem SS530 Performance 12Gb SAS SED SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  241. Lenovo LTO Generation 6 (LTO6) Internal SAS Tape Drive
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  242. Lenovo LTO Generation 7 (LTO7) Internal SAS Tape Drive
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  243. Lenovo LTO Generation 8 (LTO8) Internal SAS Tape Drive
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  244. Intel I350 Gigabit Ethernet Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  245. Intel X550 10 Gb Ethernet 10GBASE-T Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  246. Intel X722 Integrated 10 GbE Controller for Lenovo ThinkSystem
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  247. ThinkSystem Intel XXV710-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  248. ThinkSystem Intel S4510 Entry SATA 6Gb SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  249. ThinkSystem Intel S4610 Mainstream SATA 6Gb SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  250. Intel P4500 Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  251. ThinkSystem SR850P
    Datasheet, last updated 7 Jan 2020
  252. ONTAP Data Management Software
    Datasheet, last updated 6 Jan 2020
  253. ServeRAID M5210 and M5210e SAS/SATA Controllers
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Jan 2020
  254. QLogic 8Gb FC Host Bus Adapters for System x
    Product Guide, last updated 2 Jan 2020
  255. Lenovo Storage Demonstrations
    Video, last updated 26 Dec 2019
  256. Lenovo ThinkAgile MX Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2) for Microsoft Storage Spaces Direct All Flash Storage
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Dec 2019
  257. Lenovo ThinkAgile MX Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1) for Microsoft Storage Spaces Direct All Flash Storage
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Dec 2019
  258. Lenovo ThinkAgile MX Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 2) for Microsoft Storage Spaces Direct Hybrid Storage
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Dec 2019
  259. Lenovo ThinkAgile MX Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1) for Microsoft Storage Spaces Direct Hybrid Storage
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Dec 2019
  260. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2572O RackSwitch
    Product Guide, last updated 18 Dec 2019
  261. VMware Software Solution Product Guide
    Product Guide, published 12 Dec 2019
  262. Reduce E-Waste and Grow Your Bottom Line with Lenovo Asset Recovery Services (ARS)
    Article, published 11 Dec 2019
  263. Storage Options for ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Information, last updated 10 Dec 2019
  264. T1kVA and T1.5kVA Tower Uninterruptible Power Supplies
    Product Guide, last updated 8 Dec 2019
  265. RT5kVA and RT6kVA 3U Rack or Tower Uninterruptible Power Supplies
    Product Guide, last updated 8 Dec 2019
  266. RT8kVA and RT11kVA 6U Rack or Tower Uninterruptible Power Supplies
    Product Guide, last updated 8 Dec 2019
  267. RT1.5kVA, RT2.2kVA and RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower Uninterruptible Power Supplies
    Product Guide, last updated 8 Dec 2019
  268. Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F All Flash Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 4 Dec 2019
  269. ThinkSystem SE350
    Datasheet, last updated 3 Dec 2019
  270. SUSE Software Solution Product Guide
    Product Guide, last updated 2 Dec 2019
  271. Microsoft Storage Spaces Direct (S2D) Deployment Guide
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 23 Nov 2019
  272. Workloads for 4-Socket and 8-Socket Servers
    Article, last updated 22 Nov 2019
  273. IBM TS4300 Tape Library
    Datasheet, last updated 21 Nov 2019
  274. What's New - November 2019
    Article, last updated 19 Nov 2019
  275. Cobalt Iron Compass
    Datasheet, last updated 13 Nov 2019
  276. Analyzing the Performance of Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory in Memory Mode in Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 13 Nov 2019
  277. Reference Architecture for Workloads using Lenovo ThinkAgile HX Series
    Reference Architecture, last updated 12 Nov 2019
  278. Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H Hybrid Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 11 Nov 2019
  279. Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H Hybrid Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 11 Nov 2019
  280. OCP 3.0 Ethernet Adapters from Lenovo
    Video, published 6 Nov 2019
  281. Emulex Gen 7 Fibre Channel Adapters from Lenovo
    Video, published 6 Nov 2019
  282. Lenovo Blockchain Configuration Guide for Hyperledger Fabric on ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, published 5 Nov 2019
  283. ThinkSystem DE Series Performance Tuning Best Practices
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 5 Nov 2019
  284. Lenovo Intelligent Computing Orchestration (LiCO)
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Nov 2019
  285. Lenovo Intelligent Computing Orchestration
    Datasheet, last updated 5 Nov 2019
  286. Lenovo Distributed Storage Solution for IBM Spectrum Scale
    Datasheet, last updated 5 Nov 2019
  287. Lenovo Scalable Infrastructure
    Datasheet, last updated 5 Nov 2019
  288. Measuring the Impact of Memory on RDMA, TCP and UDP Network Performance
    Planning / Implementation, published 30 Oct 2019
  289. Lenovo Certified Configurations for Microsoft Azure Stack HCI (S2D)
    Positioning Information, last updated 29 Oct 2019
  290. What's New - October 2019
    Article, published 29 Oct 2019
  291. ThinkAgile VX Series
    Datasheet, last updated 28 Oct 2019
  292. ThinkAgile HX Certified Nodes
    Datasheet, last updated 23 Oct 2019
  293. ThinkAgile HX Series
    Datasheet, last updated 23 Oct 2019
  294. Networking Guide for Lenovo Converged HX Series Nutanix Appliances (CNOS Switch Firmware)
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 22 Oct 2019
  295. Lenovo Intelligent Insights with SAP Data Hub on ThinkSystem Servers with Red Hat
    Reference Architecture, published 22 Oct 2019
  296. Lenovo Intelligent Insights with SAP Data Hub on ThinkSystem Servers with SUSE
    Reference Architecture, last updated 22 Oct 2019
  297. ThinkAgile HX Solution for SAP HANA
    Datasheet, last updated 22 Oct 2019
  298. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets World Record with SAP SD Two-Tier Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 16 Oct 2019
  299. A Technical Introduction to the Use of Trusted Platform Module 2.0 with VMware vSphere 6.7
    Planning / Implementation, published 15 Oct 2019
  300. Reference Architecture for IBM Cloud Pak for Data with Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers and Storage
    Reference Architecture, published 14 Oct 2019
  301. Processor & Memory Options for ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Information, last updated 9 Oct 2019
  302. ThinkSystem QLogic QML2692 16 Gb Enhanced Gen 5 Fibre Channel Adapter for Flex System
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Oct 2019
  303. Red Hat Software Solution Product Guide
    Product Guide, published 7 Oct 2019
  304. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets Two World Records with New TPCx-IoT Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 3 Oct 2019
  305. ThinkSystem SR655 Server and ThinkSystem DM7000F Storage Set World Record with New 1-Socket VMmark3 Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 1 Oct 2019
  306. TCP/IP ports on the XCC, IMM2 and CMM management processors
    Reference Information, last updated 30 Sep 2019
  307. Using a GPU as a Console Display Adapter on a Lenovo ThinkSystem Server running Linux
    Planning / Implementation, published 27 Sep 2019
  308. Reference Architecture for Workloads using Lenovo ThinkAgile CP Series
    Reference Architecture, published 26 Sep 2019
  309. QLogic 16Gb FC Single-port and Dual-port HBAs for System x
    Product Guide, last updated 25 Sep 2019
  310. Lenovo Storage Interoperability Links
    Reference Information, last updated 24 Sep 2019
  311. Microsoft Software Solution Product Guide
    Product Guide, last updated 23 Sep 2019
  312. Energy Star 3.0 Certifications for ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 20 Sep 2019
  313. DSS-G Declustered RAID Technology and Rebuild Performance
    Planning / Implementation, published 19 Sep 2019
  314. Lenovo ThinkSystem DS6200 Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Sep 2019
  315. Lenovo ThinkSystem DS4200 Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Sep 2019
  316. Lenovo ThinkSystem DS2200 Storage Array
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Sep 2019
  317. SAP HANA and Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 – A Perfect Match
    Article, last updated 10 Sep 2019
  318. Broadcom NetXtreme 10GBase-T Network Adapter Family for System x
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Sep 2019
  319. Intel S4500 Entry SATA 6Gb SSDs
    Product Guide, last updated 10 Sep 2019
  320. ThinkSystem Emulex LPe32000/LPe32002 32Gb Fibre Channel Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 8 Sep 2019
  321. Emulex 16Gb Gen 5 Fibre Channel Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 8 Sep 2019
  322. In-memory Computing with SAP HANA on Lenovo Systems
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 6 Sep 2019
  323. Enabling Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory in a Linux Virtual Machine
    Planning / Implementation, published 4 Sep 2019
  324. IBM TS4300 Tape Library for Lenovo
    Product Guide, last updated 3 Sep 2019
  325. IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader for Lenovo
    Product Guide, last updated 3 Sep 2019
  326. IBM LTO Ultrium Tape Drives for Lenovo
    Product Guide, last updated 3 Sep 2019
  327. Blockchain Technology for Business: A Lenovo Point of View
    Positioning Information, published 28 Aug 2019
  328. Introducing the ThinkSystem SE350
    Article, last updated 28 Aug 2019
  329. What's New - ThinkSystem SE350
    Article, published 27 Aug 2019
  330. ThinkSystem SE350 Video Walkthough
    Video, published 27 Aug 2019
  331. Reference Architecture for Google Cloud’s Anthos with Lenovo ThinkAgile VX
    Reference Architecture, last updated 26 Aug 2019
  332. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX Series Specifications Comparison
    Reference Information, last updated 26 Aug 2019
  333. TBR Customer Satisfaction Study
    Reference Information, last updated 23 Aug 2019
  334. Introducing the Programming Model of Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory
    Planning / Implementation, published 23 Aug 2019
  335. Lenovo XClarity Administrator
    Product Guide, last updated 22 Aug 2019
  336. Enabling Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory on Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 22 Aug 2019
  337. Lenovo B300 FC SAN Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 21 Aug 2019
  338. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SE350
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 21 Aug 2019
  339. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New 30,000 Scale Factor TPCx-BB Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 21 Aug 2019
  340. What's New - New AMD-Based Servers
    Article, last updated 11 Aug 2019
  341. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets Two World Records with New 1-Socket TPC-E Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Aug 2019
  342. ThinkSystem SR635 Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 7 Aug 2019
  343. ThinkSystem SR655 Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 7 Aug 2019
  344. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR655
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 7 Aug 2019
  345. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR635
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 7 Aug 2019
  346. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets World Record with New One-Node 1-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2019
  347. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets World Record with New One-Node SPEC ACCEL OpenACC Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2019
  348. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets World Record with New One-Node SPEC ACCEL OpenCL Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2019
  349. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets World Record with New 1-Socket SPECompG Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2019
  350. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets Six World Records with New 1-Socket SPECjbb Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2019
  351. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets Four World Records with New 1-Socket SPECcpu Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2019
  352. ThinkSystem SR635 Sets World Record with New 1-Socket SPECcpu Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2019
  353. ThinkSystem SR635 Sets World Record with New 1U 1-Socket SPECpower Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2019
  354. ThinkSystem SR655 Sets World Record with New 2U 1-Socket SPECpower Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2019
  355. What's New - July 2019
    Article, last updated 30 Jul 2019
  356. IBM Storwize V7000 for Lenovo
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Jul 2019
  357. Benefits of an End-to-End NVMe over FC Solution with Lenovo ThinkSystem
    Positioning Information, last updated 23 Jul 2019
  358. Lenovo ThinkSystem SD650 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 23 Jul 2019
  359. Lenovo ThinkAgile SX for Microsoft Azure Stack: SXM4400, SXM6400 (Xeon SP Gen 2)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Jul 2019
  360. Lenovo ThinkAgile SX for Microsoft Azure Stack: SXM4400, SXM6400 (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 19 Jul 2019
  361. Implementing Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory on Windows Server 2019
    Planning / Implementation, published 15 Jul 2019
  362. ThinkSystem DB630S FC SAN Switch
    Datasheet, published 9 Jul 2019
  363. Lenovo ThinkSystem DB630S 32Gb FC SAN Switch
    Product Guide, published 2 Jul 2019
  364. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem DB630S 32Gb FC SAN Switch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 2 Jul 2019
  365. Lenovo Big Data Validated Design for Cazena SaaS using Cloudera on ThinkAgile HX
    Reference Architecture, published 28 Jun 2019
  366. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New One-Node 1-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 26 Jun 2019
  367. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New One-Node 2-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 26 Jun 2019
  368. Reference Architecture: Microsoft SQL Server
    Reference Architecture, last updated 13 Jun 2019
  369. What's New - June 2019
    Article, published 11 Jun 2019
  370. Reference Architecture: Lenovo Client Virtualization (LCV) with ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, last updated 10 Jun 2019
  371. Reference Architecture: VMware Software Defined Data Center with ThinkAgile VX
    Reference Architecture, last updated 7 Jun 2019
  372. Reference Architecture: VMware vCloud Suite with ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, last updated 7 Jun 2019
  373. ThinkAgile MX Certified Node
    Datasheet, last updated 7 Jun 2019
  374. Lenovo B6505 and B6510 FC SAN Switches
    Product Guide, last updated 28 May 2019
  375. Lenovo ThinkSystem DB610S 32Gb FC SAN Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 28 May 2019
  376. Lenovo ThinkSystem DB620S 32Gb FC SAN Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 28 May 2019
  377. Lenovo ThinkSystem DB400D and DB800D 32Gb FC SAN Directors
    Product Guide, last updated 28 May 2019
  378. Analyzing and Tuning SPECAccel Performance for GPU Workloads on Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 24 May 2019
  379. Lenovo Networking Best Practices for CNOS: Layer 2 Design and Configuration
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 22 May 2019
  380. ThinkAgile SX for Microsoft Azure Stack
    Datasheet, last updated 16 May 2019
  381. Understanding P-State Control on Intel Xeon Scalable Processors to Maximize Energy Efficiency
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 16 May 2019
  382. Five Highlights of the ThinkSystem SR850
    Article, last updated 15 May 2019
  383. Five Highlights of the ThinkSystem SR950
    Article, last updated 15 May 2019
  384. Lenovo ThinkSystem Analog 1x8 KVM Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 15 May 2019
  385. Lenovo XClarity Administrator
    Datasheet, last updated 14 May 2019
  386. Using HTTP Boot to Install an Operating System on Lenovo ThinkSystem servers
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 14 May 2019
  387. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX1520-R Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 14 May 2019
  388. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX5520-C Appliance (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 14 May 2019
  389. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX1521-R Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 14 May 2019
  390. Lenovo ThinkAgile HX5521-C Certified Node (Xeon SP Gen 1)
    Product Guide, last updated 14 May 2019
  391. ThinkSystem DB610S FC SAN Switch
    Datasheet, last updated 7 May 2019
  392. B6505 and B6510 Fibre Channel Switches
    Datasheet, last updated 7 May 2019
  393. ThinkSystem DB400D and DB800D FC Directors
    Datasheet, last updated 7 May 2019
  394. ThinkSystem DB620S FC SAN Switch
    Datasheet, last updated 6 May 2019
  395. Reference Architecture: Lenovo Open Cloud
    Reference Architecture, published 6 May 2019
  396. Collecting Service Data on Lenovo ThinkSystem and System x servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 5 May 2019
  397. Reference Architecture: Red Hat Hyperconverged Infrastructure for Virtualization
    Reference Architecture, published 3 May 2019
  398. OpenStack Reference Architecture for Service Providers
    Reference Architecture, last updated 2 May 2019
  399. Reference Architecture: Red Hat Ceph Storage
    Reference Architecture, published 2 May 2019
  400. Reference Architecture: Red Hat OpenStack Platform
    Reference Architecture, last updated 2 May 2019
  401. ThinkAgile HX Series for Small and Medium Businesses
    Datasheet, last updated 1 May 2019
  402. ITIC Reliability Study
    Reference Information, published 1 May 2019
  403. Energy Efficiency Features of Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 25 Apr 2019
  404. Lenovo CE Series Campus Switches
    Datasheet, last updated 24 Apr 2019
  405. Reference Architecture: Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform on Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, last updated 22 Apr 2019
  406. Lenovo Networking Best Practices for CNOS: Layer 3 Technology
    Planning / Implementation, published 22 Apr 2019
  407. Analyzing the Performance of Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory in Storage over App Direct Mode
    Planning / Implementation, published 19 Apr 2019
  408. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New Eight-Socket SPECpower Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, last updated 19 Apr 2019
  409. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets Two World Records with New Eight-Socket SPECcpu Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Apr 2019
  410. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New Six-Socket SPECcpu Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Apr 2019
  411. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets Four World Records with New Three-Socket SPECcpu Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Apr 2019
  412. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets Six World Records with Three-Socket SPECjbb Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, last updated 18 Apr 2019
  413. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets Six World Records with New Eight-Socket SPECjbb Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 17 Apr 2019
  414. Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory
    Article, last updated 17 Apr 2019
  415. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets Six World Records with Six-Socket SPECjbb Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 16 Apr 2019
  416. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets Four World Records with New Four-Socket SPECjbb Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 16 Apr 2019
  417. What's New in April - Gen 2 Intel Xeon Scalable Processors, Optane DC Persistent Memory and Server Options
    Article, last updated 16 Apr 2019
  418. Lenovo Flex System Products and Technology
    Reference Information, last updated 16 Apr 2019
  419. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets Five World Records with New Two-Socket SPECjbb Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 15 Apr 2019
  420. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets Four World Records with New One-Socket SPECjbb Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 15 Apr 2019
  421. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR670 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 10 Apr 2019
  422. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New SAP BW Edition for SAP HANA (10.4B Records) Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 4 Apr 2019
  423. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets Three World Records with Four-Socket SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 3 Apr 2019
  424. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets Two World Records with New TPC-E Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 3 Apr 2019
  425. ThinkAgile VX Certified Nodes
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  426. ThinkSystem SR860
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  427. ThinkSystem SR950
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  428. ThinkSystem SR650
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  429. ThinkSystem SN550
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  430. ThinkSystem SN850
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  431. ThinkSystem SD650
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  432. ThinkSystem ST550
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  433. ThinkSystem SR630
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  434. ThinkSystem SR590
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  435. ThinkSystem SR570
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  436. ThinkSystem SR850
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  437. ThinkSystem SR550
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  438. ThinkSystem SR530
    Datasheet, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  439. NVMe-Rich Configurations of the ThinkSystem SR650
    Reference Information, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  440. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SD530 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  441. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR950 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  442. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SN550 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  443. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR530 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  444. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SN850 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  445. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR630 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  446. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR550 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  447. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem ST550 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  448. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR650 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  449. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR570 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  450. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR590 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  451. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR860 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  452. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SD650 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  453. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR850 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, last updated 2 Apr 2019
  454. Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 2 Apr 2019
  455. Balanced Memory Configurations with Second-Generation Intel Xeon Scalable Processors
    Planning / Implementation, published 2 Apr 2019
  456. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New One-Node 3-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  457. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New One-Node 6-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  458. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New One-Node 8-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  459. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New Two-Node SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  460. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New Three-Node SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  461. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New Five-Node SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  462. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New Six-Node SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  463. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New One-Node SPEC ACCEL OpenACC Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  464. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New One-Node SPEC ACCEL OpenCL Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  465. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New One-Node SPEC ACCEL OpenMP Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  466. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New 3-Socket SPECompG Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  467. Analyzing the Performance of Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory in App Direct Mode in Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 2 Apr 2019
  468. ThinkSystem SR950 Delivers Leadership Result with 4-Socket SAP SD Two-Tier Benchmark
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  469. ThinkSystem SR950 Delivers Outstanding Result with 8-Socket SAP SD Two-Tier Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  470. Lenovo Security in the Data Center Powered by ThinkShield
    Article, published 2 Apr 2019
  471. New World Records Set with the STAC-M3 Benchmark on the ThinkSystem SR950 with Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  472. New World Records Set with the STAC-M3 Benchmark on the ThinkSystem SR650 with Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  473. ThinkSystem SR650 Achieves Single-Socket Leadership Performance per Watt with SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Apr 2019
  474. Reference Architecture: Oracle Database Real Application Clusters (RAC)
    Reference Architecture, last updated 29 Mar 2019
  475. Lenovo B300 Fibre Channel Switch
    Datasheet, last updated 27 Mar 2019
  476. ServeRAID M5225-2GB External SAS/SATA Controller
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2019
  477. ServeRAID M1215 SAS/SATA Controller
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2019
  478. N2225 and N2226 12Gb SAS External HBAs
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2019
  479. N2215 12Gb SAS/SATA Internal HBA
    Product Guide, last updated 20 Mar 2019
  480. Cloud Network Operating System
    Datasheet, last updated 15 Mar 2019
  481. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE0152T Gigabit Ethernet Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 15 Mar 2019
  482. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE0152TO Gigabit Ethernet Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 15 Mar 2019
  483. Video Walkthrough of the NVMe-Rich Configurations of the ThinkSystem SR650
    Video, last updated 15 Mar 2019
  484. Lenovo RAID Management Tools and Resources
    Reference Information, last updated 15 Mar 2019
  485. Lenovo CE0128TB Gigabit Ethernet Campus Switch
    Product Guide, published 15 Mar 2019
  486. Lenovo CE0128PB Gigabit Ethernet Campus Switch with Power over Ethernet
    Product Guide, published 15 Mar 2019
  487. Lenovo CE0152TB Gigabit Ethernet Campus Switch
    Product Guide, published 15 Mar 2019
  488. Lenovo CE0152PB Gigabit Ethernet Campus Switch with Power over Ethernet
    Product Guide, published 15 Mar 2019
  489. Lenovo CE Series Gigabit Ethernet Campus Switches
    Reference Information, published 15 Mar 2019
  490. ThinkSystem SR150
    Datasheet, last updated 6 Mar 2019
  491. Lenovo TruScale Infrastructure Services
    Datasheet, last updated 28 Feb 2019
  492. LiCO: Simplifying AI Development
    Positioning Information, published 27 Feb 2019
  493. SQL Server Migration and Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950
    Article, published 27 Feb 2019
  494. 3D Tour: Rear Door Heat Exchanger (RDHX)
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2019
  495. Future-Ready Store Infrastructure
    Datasheet, last updated 21 Feb 2019
  496. Video Security and Surveillance Solutions
    Datasheet, last updated 21 Feb 2019
  497. Edge Infrastructure as a Service - Project Dimension
    Article, published 21 Feb 2019
  498. Enabling Business Blockchain Adoption with a New Lenovo Solution
    Article, published 12 Feb 2019
  499. Reference Architecture for SAP Applications using Lenovo ThinkAgile VX Series
    Reference Architecture, published 12 Feb 2019
  500. ThinkSystem NE0152TO RackSwitch
    Datasheet, last updated 12 Feb 2019
  501. Lenovo ThinkSystem Firmware and Driver Update Best Practices - An Introduction
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 8 Feb 2019
  502. Lenovo Database Reference Architecture for IBM Db2 on IBM Cloud Private
    Reference Architecture, published 8 Feb 2019
  503. Emulex CN4052S and CN4054S 10Gb VFA5.2 Adapters for Flex System
    Product Guide, last updated 8 Feb 2019
  504. Lenovo System x3250 M6 (Intel Xeon E3-1200 v5/v6, Core i3, Pentium/Celeron G Series Processors)
    Product Guide, last updated 6 Feb 2019
  505. Lenovo RackSwitch G8124E
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Feb 2019
  506. Lenovo RackSwitch G8052
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Feb 2019
  507. Lenovo RackSwitch G7052
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Feb 2019
  508. Lenovo RackSwitch G7028
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Feb 2019
  509. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2552E Flex Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Feb 2019
  510. Lenovo RackSwitch G8296
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Feb 2019
  511. Lenovo RackSwitch G8272
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Feb 2019
  512. Lenovo Networking Best Practices: Transceivers, Cables and Media
    Planning / Implementation, published 4 Feb 2019
  513. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE10032 RackSwitch
    Product Guide, last updated 4 Feb 2019
  514. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2572 RackSwitch
    Product Guide, last updated 4 Feb 2019
  515. LCM8 and LCM16 Local Console Managers
    Product Guide, last updated 4 Feb 2019
  516. GCM16 and GCM32 Global Console Managers
    Product Guide, last updated 4 Feb 2019
  517. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1072T RackSwitch
    Product Guide, last updated 1 Feb 2019
  518. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1032T RackSwitch
    Product Guide, last updated 1 Feb 2019
  519. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1032 RackSwitch
    Product Guide, last updated 1 Feb 2019
  520. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 Planning and Implementation Guide
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 31 Jan 2019
  521. Lenovo Networking Best Practices for CNOS: Network Design and Topologies
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 31 Jan 2019
  522. What's New - January 2019
    Article, published 29 Jan 2019
  523. Lenovo 42U 1200mm Deep Racks
    Product Guide, last updated 22 Jan 2019
  524. Lenovo ThinkSystem Digital 2x1x16 KVM Switch
    Product Guide, published 15 Jan 2019
  525. Flex System CN4058S and CN4052 10Gb Virtual Fabric Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 15 Jan 2019
  526. Lenovo SDS Solution with DataCore
    Datasheet, last updated 14 Jan 2019
  527. Lenovo XClarity Demonstrations
    Video, last updated 6 Jan 2019
  528. ThinkAgile Network Orchestrator
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 17 Dec 2018
  529. What's New - December 2018
    Article, published 11 Dec 2018
  530. Solution Guide for DataCore Software Defined Storage with Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 7 Dec 2018
  531. The Advantages of Keeping Mission Critical Workloads On-Premises vs Going to the Cloud
    Article, last updated 29 Nov 2018
  532. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem NE10032O RackSwitch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 27 Nov 2018
  533. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem NE2572O RackSwitch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 27 Nov 2018
  534. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem NE0152T RackSwitch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 27 Nov 2018
  535. What's New - November 2018
    Article, last updated 27 Nov 2018
  536. ThinkSystem NE0152T RackSwitch
    Datasheet, published 27 Nov 2018
  537. ThinkSystem NE2572O RackSwitch
    Datasheet, published 27 Nov 2018
  538. ThinkSystem NE10032O RackSwitch
    Datasheet, published 27 Nov 2018
  539. Mellanox ConnectX-3 2-port FDR InfiniBand Adapters for Flex System
    Product Guide, last updated 26 Nov 2018
  540. Emulex 16Gb Fibre Channel Adapters for Lenovo Flex System
    Product Guide, last updated 26 Nov 2018
  541. Flex System FC3172 2-port 8Gb FC Adapter
    Product Guide, last updated 26 Nov 2018
  542. New World Record SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark Result for 8-Socket ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 16 Nov 2018
  543. New World Record SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark Result for 4-Socket (7-node) ThinkSystem SN850
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 16 Nov 2018
  544. New World Records Set with the STAC-M3 Benchmark Result on the ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 16 Nov 2018
  545. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE10032O RackSwitch
    Product Guide, published 13 Nov 2018
  546. Lenovo Validated Design for AI Infrastructure on ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, last updated 9 Nov 2018
  547. Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H Storage: #1 Price/Performance SPC-1 v3 Benchmark
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2018
  548. ThinkSystem DE Series All-Flash Array
    Datasheet, last updated 7 Nov 2018
  549. ThinkSystem DE Series Hybrid Flash Array
    Datasheet, last updated 7 Nov 2018
  550. ThinkAgile CP Series
    Datasheet, published 6 Nov 2018
  551. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR150 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 5 Nov 2018
  552. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem SR250 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 5 Nov 2018
  553. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem ST50 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 5 Nov 2018
  554. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem ST250 Server
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 5 Nov 2018
  555. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST50 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 5 Nov 2018
  556. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST250 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 5 Nov 2018
  557. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR250 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 5 Nov 2018
  558. Introducing the Lenovo Network Advisor for Splunk Telemetry Application
    Positioning Information, published 5 Nov 2018
  559. Lenovo Big Data Validated Design for Cloudera Enterprise with Local and Decoupled SAS Storage
    Reference Architecture, last updated 24 Oct 2018
  560. What's New - October 2018
    Article, published 23 Oct 2018
  561. New Solution for SAP HANA - Lenovo ThinkAgile HX
    Article, published 18 Oct 2018
  562. SAP Business Process Applications and Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 – A Perfect Match
    Article, last updated 17 Oct 2018
  563. Accelerate Your 4- and 8-Socket Server Refresh Cycle
    Article, last updated 17 Oct 2018
  564. Microsoft and Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 – A Perfect Match
    Article, last updated 17 Oct 2018
  565. Lenovo Servers for Mission Critical Workloads
    Article, last updated 17 Oct 2018
  566. Configuring Lenovo Networking Switches in a Spine-Leaf Topology
    Planning / Implementation, published 16 Oct 2018
  567. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR670 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 11 Oct 2018
  568. ThinkSystem SR950 Performance Leadership Continues
    Article, published 8 Oct 2018
  569. Lenovo RAID Introduction
    Reference Information, last updated 3 Oct 2018
  570. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with Two New 8-Socket SPECcpu Benchmark Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 1 Oct 2018
  571. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with Four New 6-Socket SPECcpu Benchmark Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 1 Oct 2018
  572. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New 4-Socket SPECcpu Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 1 Oct 2018
  573. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with Four New 3-Socket SPECcpu Benchmark Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 1 Oct 2018
  574. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with Two New 1-Socket SPECcpu Benchmark Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 1 Oct 2018
  575. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with Four New 6-Socket SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 28 Sep 2018
  576. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with Two New 4-Socket SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 28 Sep 2018
  577. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with Six New 3-Socket SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 28 Sep 2018
  578. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New 2-Socket SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 28 Sep 2018
  579. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with 1-Socket SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 27 Sep 2018
  580. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New SAP BW Edition for SAP HANA (5.2B Records) Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 27 Sep 2018
  581. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New SAP BW Edition for SAP HANA (1.3B Records) Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 27 Sep 2018
  582. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets Three World Records with Four-Socket SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 27 Sep 2018
  583. World Record SAP SD Benchmark Result on Windows for Lenovo 4-processor Two-Tier ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 26 Sep 2018
  584. World Record SAP SD Benchmark Result on Windows for Lenovo 8-processor Two-Tier ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 26 Sep 2018
  585. What's New - September 2018
    Article, last updated 25 Sep 2018
  586. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New 4-Socket SPECompG Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  587. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New 3-Socket SPECompG Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  588. New World Record SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark Result for 2U4N ThinkSystem SD530
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  589. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New One-Node 8-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  590. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New One-Node 6-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  591. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New One-Node 4-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  592. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New One-Node 3-Socket SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  593. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New Two-Node SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  594. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New One-Node SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  595. ThinkSystem SD650 Sets World Record with New Four-Node SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Sep 2018
  596. 3D Tour: ThinkAgile MX Certified Node
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 25 Sep 2018
  597. 3D Tour: ThinkAgile CP
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 24 Sep 2018
  598. Lenovo Big Data Validated Design for Real-time Streaming Analytics with Cloudera Enterprise on ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, last updated 23 Sep 2018
  599. ThinkSystem SR650 Breaks Two World Records with New TPC-E Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Sep 2018
  600. ThinkServer RAID 520i Adapter
    Product Guide, last updated 13 Sep 2018
  601. ThinkServer RAID 720i Adapter Family
    Product Guide, last updated 13 Sep 2018
  602. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkSystem DE Series All Flash Storage Array
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 13 Sep 2018
  603. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkSystem DE Hybrid Storage Array
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 13 Sep 2018
  604. Lenovo ThinkSystem DE Series Storage Arrays
    Reference Information, published 13 Sep 2018
  605. Lenovo Storage V7000 Storage Array (PRC)
    Product Guide, last updated 11 Sep 2018
  606. Lenovo Storage V5030
    Product Guide, last updated 11 Sep 2018
  607. Lenovo Storage V3700 V2 and V3700 V2 XP
    Product Guide, last updated 11 Sep 2018
  608. Introduction to Lenovo Intelligent Network Controller
    Positioning Information, last updated 10 Sep 2018
  609. ThinkSystem Network Adapters Renamed
    Article, published 6 Sep 2018
  610. Microsoft Azure Cloud Services from Lenovo
    Datasheet, last updated 4 Sep 2018
  611. The Value of Refreshing Your 8-Socket Servers with the ThinkSystem SR950
    Video, published 31 Aug 2018
  612. Workloads for 4-Socket and 8-Socket Servers
    Video, published 31 Aug 2018
  613. Setting up a VMware NSX Gateway using Lenovo RackSwitch Switches
    Planning / Implementation, published 30 Aug 2018
  614. ThinkSystem SR950 Server Configurations
    Video, published 24 Aug 2018
  615. The Value of Refreshing Your 4-Socket Servers with the ThinkSystem SR950
    Video, published 24 Aug 2018
  616. Disaster Recovery Solution for Lenovo ThinkAgile VX with VMware Cloud on AWS
    Planning / Implementation, published 24 Aug 2018
  617. The Benefits of Lenovo Thermal Transfer Module Technology in ThinkSystem SD530 Servers
    Article, published 22 Aug 2018
  618. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 Performance Leadership
    Video, published 16 Aug 2018
  619. SAP HANA and Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950
    Video, published 16 Aug 2018
  620. Five Highlights of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR850
    Video, published 8 Aug 2018
  621. Five Highlights of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950
    Video, published 8 Aug 2018
  622. Reference Architecture: Splunk Enterprise with ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, published 30 Jul 2018
  623. What's New - July 2018
    Article, published 17 Jul 2018
  624. Lenovo ThinkServer TS150 (Intel Xeon E3-1200 v5/v6, Core i3, Pentium/Celeron G Series Processors)
    Product Guide, last updated 17 Jul 2018
  625. Cisco Nexus B22 Fabric Extender for Flex System
    Product Guide, last updated 12 Jul 2018
  626. Reference Architecture for Lenovo Storage V Series Solution for SAP HANA
    Reference Architecture, published 9 Jul 2018
  627. Reference Architecture for Lenovo ThinkSystem DS Series Solution for SAP HANA
    Reference Architecture, last updated 8 Jul 2018
  628. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 and DataCore Software Validation Tests
    Planning / Implementation, published 21 Jun 2018
  629. What's New - June 2018
    Article, published 12 Jun 2018
  630. Implementing NVMe Drives on Lenovo Servers
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 11 Jun 2018
  631. Lenovo Storage V5030F
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Jun 2018
  632. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 Ease of Service
    Video, published 1 Jun 2018
  633. ThinkSystem QLogic QL45212, QL45262 and QL45214 25Gb and 50Gb Flex Ethernet Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 31 May 2018
  634. Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2552E Flex Switch / QLogic Flex Ethernet Adapter Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 30 May 2018
  635. Introduction to Using DevOps Tools for Network Switch Management
    Planning / Implementation, published 30 May 2018
  636. World Record SAP SD Benchmark Result on Windows for Lenovo 8-processor Two-Tier ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 May 2018
  637. Lenovo ThinkSystem DS6200 Storage: #1 Price/Performance SPC-1 v3 Benchmark
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 21 May 2018
  638. Introduction to Lenovo Network Telemetry
    Positioning Information, published 18 May 2018
  639. System x Hidden UEFI Parameters
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 15 May 2018
  640. What's New - April & May 2018
    Article, last updated 8 May 2018
  641. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2552E Flex Switch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 7 May 2018
  642. Lenovo Flex System Fabric CN4093 10Gb Converged Scalable Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 7 May 2018
  643. Lenovo Flex System Fabric SI4093 System Interconnect Module
    Product Guide, last updated 7 May 2018
  644. Lenovo Flex System SI4091 10Gb System Interconnect Module
    Product Guide, last updated 7 May 2018
  645. ThinkSystem NE2552E Flex Switch
    Datasheet, published 7 May 2018
  646. Lenovo Data Center: Making a Difference in the World
    Video, published 30 Apr 2018
  647. ThinkSystem NE2572 RackSwitch
    Datasheet, last updated 19 Apr 2018
  648. ThinkSystem NE1072T RackSwitch
    Datasheet, last updated 19 Apr 2018
  649. ThinkSystem NE10032 RackSwitch
    Datasheet, last updated 19 Apr 2018
  650. ThinkSystem NE1032T RackSwitch
    Datasheet, last updated 19 Apr 2018
  651. ThinkSystem NE1032 RackSwitch
    Datasheet, last updated 19 Apr 2018
  652. Lenovo Big Data Validated Design for IBM Data Science Experience Local
    Reference Architecture, published 16 Apr 2018
  653. Introducing the Microsoft Azure Stack Development Kit on Lenovo Servers
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 16 Apr 2018
  654. Comparing the Effect of PCIe Host Connections on NVMe Drive Performance
    Planning / Implementation, published 13 Apr 2018
  655. Lenovo Big Data Validated Design for MapR Converged Data Platform
    Reference Architecture, last updated 29 Mar 2018
  656. Installing SLES on a ThinkSystem Server using kISO and PXE Boot
    Planning / Implementation, published 27 Mar 2018
  657. Lenovo Emulex Single and Dual Port 32Gb Fibre Channel Adapters
    Video, published 26 Mar 2018
  658. Lenovo Broadcom NX-E 10GBASE-T Adapters
    Video, published 26 Mar 2018
  659. Lenovo Mellanox ConnectX-4 Lx Adapters
    Video, published 26 Mar 2018
  660. Lenovo Broadcom NX-E PCIe 25Gb SFP28 Ethernet Adapter
    Video, published 26 Mar 2018
  661. Lenovo ThinkSystem QLogic QL41262 PCIe 25Gb 2-Port SFP28 Ethernet Adapter
    Video, published 26 Mar 2018
  662. Lenovo Big Data Validated Design for IBM Db2 Warehouse on ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, published 16 Mar 2018
  663. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR590 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 14 Mar 2018
  664. ThinkSystem SR950 New Options - March 2018
    Article, published 13 Mar 2018
  665. Analyzing and Tuning SPECmpi Performance on Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 13 Mar 2018
  666. IBM TS2280 Tape Drive
    Datasheet, published 13 Mar 2018
  667. Lenovo ThinkServer TS460 (Intel Xeon E3-1200 v5/v6, Core i3, Pentium/Celeron G Series Processors)
    Product Guide, last updated 9 Mar 2018
  668. What's New - 6 March 2018
    Article, published 6 Mar 2018
  669. 3D Tour: Lenovo Distributed Storage Solution for IBM Spectrum Scale (DSS-G)
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 6 Mar 2018
  670. Using Cpufreq on Linux Servers to Manage Power Consumption
    Planning / Implementation, published 27 Feb 2018
  671. Lenovo ThinkSystem SD650 Direct Water Cooled Server Walkthrough
    Video, published 21 Feb 2018
  672. ThinkSystem DS4200
    Datasheet, last updated 8 Feb 2018
  673. ThinkSystem DS6200
    Datasheet, last updated 6 Feb 2018
  674. 60,000 Mailbox Resiliency Solution for Microsoft Exchange 2016 using All Flash Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7520 Appliances and AHV
    Planning / Implementation, published 29 Jan 2018
  675. Introducing the Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) on Lenovo Servers
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 28 Jan 2018
  676. Lenovo Big Data Validated Design for IBM SQL Analytics on ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, published 23 Jan 2018
  677. 30,000 Mailbox Resiliency Solution for Microsoft Exchange 2016 using Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7520 Appliances and AHV
    Planning / Implementation, published 17 Jan 2018
  678. IBM Storwize V3700 for Lenovo
    Product Guide, last updated 14 Jan 2018
  679. Implementing RDMA on Linux
    Planning / Implementation, published 11 Jan 2018
  680. Enterprise Data Protection with Hyperconverged Infrastructure and Object Storage
    Planning / Implementation, published 9 Jan 2018
  681. ThinkSystem SR950 Server Configurations
    Article, last updated 3 Jan 2018
  682. ThinkSystem SR950 Performance Leadership
    Article, published 3 Jan 2018
  683. Lenovo Big Data Validated Design for Hortonworks Data Platform Using ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, published 14 Dec 2017
  684. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR860 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 12 Dec 2017
  685. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 New Options and Features for December 2017
    Article, published 12 Dec 2017
  686. What's New - November & December 2017
    Article, last updated 12 Dec 2017
  687. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR570 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 6 Dec 2017
  688. 30,000 Mailbox Resiliency Solution for Microsoft Exchange 2013 using Lenovo ThinkAgile HX7520 Appliances and AHV
    Planning / Implementation, published 4 Dec 2017
  689. Lenovo CE0152T Switch (Gigabit Ethernet)
    Product Guide, last updated 22 Nov 2017
  690. Lenovo CE0128T Switch (Gigabit Ethernet)
    Product Guide, last updated 22 Nov 2017
  691. Intel Xeon Scalable Family Balanced Memory Configurations
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 20 Nov 2017
  692. Configuring PVRDMA in VMware vSphere 6.5
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 17 Nov 2017
  693. Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers: 88 Performance World Records
    Article, published 8 Nov 2017
  694. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 Breaks Two World Records with New TPC-E Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  695. New World Records Set with the STAC-M3 Benchmark Result on the ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  696. ThinkSystem SR650 Sets World Record with New Two-Node SPECmpiM Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  697. Six New World Record SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results for 1-Socket ThinkSystem SR650
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  698. Five World Record SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results for 4-Socket ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  699. Four World Record SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results for 8-Socket ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  700. World Record SAP SD Benchmark Result on Windows for Lenovo 4-processor Two-Tier ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  701. World Record Result for SAP BW Edition for SAP HANA Benchmark (1.3B Records) for Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  702. World Record Result for SAP BW Edition for SAP HANA Benchmark (2.6B Records) for Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  703. ThinkSystem SR950 Sets World Record with New SPECompG Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  704. ThinkSystem SR650 Achieves Single-Socket Leadership Performance per Watt for SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  705. ThinkSystem SR850 Achieves Four-Socket Leadership Performance per Watt for SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  706. New World Record SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark Result for 2-Socket (14-node) ThinkSystem SN550
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  707. Lenovo Posts Three World Record SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Results with ThinkSystem SR650
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  708. Lenovo Posts Two World Record Four-Socket SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Results with ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  709. Lenovo Posts Three World Record Eight-Socket SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Results with ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  710. World Record SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for 1-Processor ThinkSystem SR650
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  711. World Record SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  712. Two World Record SPEC CPU2017 Benchmark Results for 1-Processor ThinkSystem SR630
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  713. World Record SPEC CPU2017 Benchmark Result for 1-Processor ThinkSystem SR650
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  714. World Record SPEC CPU2017 Benchmark Result for 2-Processor ThinkSystem SR630
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  715. Two World Record SPEC CPU2017 Benchmark Results for 4-Processor ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  716. Three World Record SPEC CPU2017 Benchmark Results for 8-Processor ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  717. Four World Record SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results for 2-Socket ThinkSystem SR650
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2017
  718. Introduction to Spine-Leaf Networking Designs
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 7 Nov 2017
  719. Lenovo Storage D1224 Drive Enclosure for SAP HANA
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Nov 2017
  720. Lenovo ThinkServer Advanced 8 Gb and 16 Gb (Gen 5) Fibre Channel HBAs by Emulex
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Nov 2017
  721. ThinkSystem DS2200
    Datasheet, published 3 Nov 2017
  722. Demonstrating the Memory RAS Features of Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 31 Oct 2017
  723. RAS Features of the Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 and SR850
    Article, published 25 Oct 2017
  724. Memory Population Requirements for Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 23 Oct 2017
  725. The Value of Refreshing Your 8-Socket Servers with the ThinkSystem SR950
    Article, published 19 Oct 2017
  726. Lenovo ThinkServer RS160 (Intel Xeon E3-1200 v5/v6, Core i3, Pentium/Celeron G Series Processors)
    Product Guide, last updated 17 Oct 2017
  727. Lenovo CE0128P Switch (Gigabit Ethernet) with Power over Ethernet
    Product Guide, published 10 Oct 2017
  728. Lenovo FCoE Converged Networking Architecture Best Practices
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 6 Oct 2017
  729. Maximizing System x and ThinkServer Performance with a Balanced Memory Configuration
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 4 Oct 2017
  730. ThinkSystem SR950 Memory Decisions
    Article, published 27 Sep 2017
  731. The Value of Refreshing Your 4-Socket Servers with the ThinkSystem SR950
    Article, published 22 Sep 2017
  732. Recommendations for using IBM Real-time Compression with IBM Storwize V7000 for Lenovo
    Planning / Implementation, published 19 Sep 2017
  733. What's New - September 12, 2017
    Article, published 13 Sep 2017
  734. Using Lenovo Features on Demand
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 13 Sep 2017
  735. Lenovo ThinkServer TS450
    Product Guide, last updated 12 Sep 2017
  736. Lenovo ThinkServer TS460 (Intel Xeon E3-1200 v5, Core i3, Pentium G Series Processors)
    Product Guide, last updated 12 Sep 2017
  737. Lenovo ThinkServer RS160 (Intel Xeon E3-1200 v5, Core i3, Pentium G Series Processors)
    Product Guide, last updated 12 Sep 2017
  738. Lenovo HX Series Demonstrations
    Video, published 9 Sep 2017
  739. A Technical Introduction to the Use of Trusted Platform Module 2.0 with Linux
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 8 Sep 2017
  740. Lenovo ThinkServer TS150 (Intel Xeon E3-1200 v5, Core i3, Pentium/Celeron G Series Processors)
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Sep 2017
  741. Using Read Intensive SSDs with Lenovo Storage V Series and IBM Storwize for Lenovo
    Planning / Implementation, published 1 Sep 2017
  742. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR630 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  743. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR650 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  744. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR850 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  745. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  746. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST550 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  747. Lenovo ThinkSystem SD530 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  748. Lenovo ThinkSystem SN550 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  749. Lenovo ThinkSystem SN850 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  750. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR530 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  751. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR550 Server Video Walkthrough
    Video, last updated 31 Aug 2017
  752. Combining IBM Storwize V7000 for Lenovo IP Replication and Oracle Data Guard
    Planning / Implementation, published 30 Aug 2017
  753. Usability in the Design of the ThinkSystem SR950
    Article, published 16 Aug 2017
  754. Choosing between Lenovo ThinkSystem SR850 and SR950
    Article, last updated 16 Aug 2017
  755. The Importance of UEFI Settings and Hardware C-States
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 13 Aug 2017
  756. Reference Architecture: Microsoft SQL Server and VMware vSAN with ThinkSystem Servers
    Reference Architecture, published 7 Aug 2017
  757. New World Record SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark Result for 2U4N ThinkSystem SD530
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2017
  758. Lenovo ThinkSystem DS Series Storage: #1 Price/Performance SPC-1 v3 Benchmark
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 26 Jul 2017
  759. World Record SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, last updated 13 Jul 2017
  760. What's New - July 11, 2017
    Article, published 11 Jul 2017
  761. Lenovo ThinkSystem SD530 Performance Considerations with 12 DIMMs and 16 DIMMs
    Planning / Implementation, published 11 Jul 2017
  762. Optimizing Memory Performance of Lenovo ThinkSystem Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 11 Jul 2017
  763. ThinkSystem SR650 breaks two world records with new TPC-E result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  764. New World Records Set with the STAC-M3 Benchmark Result on the ThinkSystem SR650
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  765. New World Records Set with the STAC-M3 Benchmark Result on the ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  766. ThinkSystem SR650 sets world record with new SPECmpiM result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  767. ThinkSystem SR650 achieves leadership performance for SPECvirt_sc2013
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  768. New World Record SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Result for 1-Socket ThinkSystem SR650
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  769. Two World Record SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results for 2-Socket ThinkSystem SR650
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  770. Two World Record SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results for 4-Socket ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  771. Four World Record SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Results for 8-Socket ThinkSystem SR950
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  772. Lenovo ThinkSystem SR950 Achieves World Record Non-Clustered TPC-H@10,000GB Benchmark Result
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jul 2017
  773. ThinkSystem Servers: 42 World Record Benchmark Results
    Article, published 11 Jul 2017
  774. Future-Defined Data Center - June 20 Announcement
    Article, last updated 27 Jun 2017
  775. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem DS2200 Storage Array
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  776. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem DS4200 Storage Array
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  777. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem DS6200 Storage Array
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  778. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem DB610S 32Gb FC SAN Switch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  779. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem DB620S 32Gb FC SAN Switch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  780. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem DB400D 32Gb FC SAN Director
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  781. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem DB800D 32Gb FC SAN Director
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  782. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem NE10032 RackSwitch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  783. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem NE1032 RackSwitch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  784. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem NE1032T RackSwitch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  785. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem NE1072T RackSwitch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  786. 3D Tour: ThinkSystem NE2572 RackSwitch
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  787. 3D Tour: ThinkAgile SX for Microsoft Azure Stack
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 20 Jun 2017
  788. What's New - June 13, 2017
    Article, published 13 Jun 2017
  789. What's New - May 23, 2017
    Article, published 23 May 2017
  790. Introduction to Windows Server 2016 Hyper-V Discrete Device Assignment
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 18 Apr 2017
  791. IBM Storwize V5000 for Lenovo
    Product Guide, last updated 4 Apr 2017
  792. Flex System Storage Expansion Node
    Product Guide, last updated 23 Mar 2017
  793. SPECcpu Benchmark Result for System x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 23 Feb 2017
  794. SPECcpu Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 23 Feb 2017
  795. SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 17 Feb 2017
  796. 3D Tour: GCM16 and GCM32 Global Console Managers
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 7 Feb 2017
  797. World Record SAP SD Benchmark Result for Lenovo x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Feb 2017
  798. World Record SAP BW Edition for SAP HANA Benchmark Result for Lenovo x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Feb 2017
  799. Understanding the Performance Benefits of MegaRAID FastPath with Lenovo Servers
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 3 Feb 2017
  800. High Performance Solution for Oracle Database 12c with Lenovo x3650 M5 Server and SanDisk Fusion ioMemory SX350 Storage
    Positioning Information, last updated 3 Feb 2017
  801. Why Consolidate Databases on Lenovo X6?
    Article, published 1 Feb 2017
  802. What's New - January 17, 2017
    Article, published 17 Jan 2017
  803. Lenovo ThinkServer RQ750 (China only)
    Product Guide, last updated 17 Jan 2017
  804. Lenovo ClearLink Diagnostics Demo using Emulex FC Adapters and Brocade FC Switches
    Video, published 13 Jan 2017
  805. Networking Guide for Lenovo Converged HX Series Nutanix Appliances (ENOS Switch Firmware)
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 9 Jan 2017
  806. Power Management with Lenovo Efficiency Mode
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 7 Dec 2016
  807. Introduction to Windows Server 2016 Shielded VMs
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 7 Dec 2016
  808. IMM and IMM2 Support on Lenovo Servers
    Reference Information, last updated 4 Dec 2016
  809. Lenovo Flex System EN6131 40Gb Ethernet Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 30 Nov 2016
  810. SD Media Adapter for Lenovo System x and Flex System Servers
    Video, last updated 30 Nov 2016
  811. 3D Tour: Lenovo Storage D3284 External High Density Drive Expansion Enclosure
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 30 Nov 2016
  812. Supporting Mission Critical Workloads with X6
    Article, published 16 Nov 2016
  813. SAP Business Suite on Lenovo X6 Systems
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 11 Nov 2016
  814. The Benefits of Emulex 16 Gb (Gen 6) FC HBAs in Lenovo Solutions
    Positioning Information, last updated 10 Nov 2016
  815. Leadership SPECvirt Benchmark Result for System x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2016
  816. Leadership SPECvirt Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Nov 2016
  817. Implementing StorMagic SvSAN on Lenovo Servers
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 1 Nov 2016
  818. Emulex ExpressLane QoS demo using Emulex FC adapters and Brocade FC switches
    Video, published 27 Oct 2016
  819. Building Networks with the Lenovo/Juniper Virtual Data Center Pod Architecture
    Planning / Implementation, published 7 Oct 2016
  820. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer TS150
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 25 Sep 2016
  821. 3D Tour: Lenovo Storage D1224 Drive Enclosure
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 25 Sep 2016
  822. 3D Tour: Lenovo Storage D1212 Drive Enclosure
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 25 Sep 2016
  823. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer RS160
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 25 Sep 2016
  824. Now available: New Web Interface for the OSIG
    Article, last updated 23 Sep 2016
  825. Introduction to the new OSIG Web Interface
    Video, published 23 Sep 2016
  826. Juniper EX2300 Switches for Lenovo with Power over Ethernet
    Product Guide, published 19 Sep 2016
  827. World Record 8-Socket SAP SD Benchmark Result for Lenovo x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 15 Sep 2016
  828. Matching Workloads with Lenovo X6 Servers
    Article, published 15 Sep 2016
  829. What's New - September 13 announcements
    Article, published 13 Sep 2016
  830. Technical Overview of the Lenovo X6 Servers
    Positioning Information, last updated 3 Sep 2016
  831. Lenovo X6 Server RAS Features
    Article, published 23 Aug 2016
  832. 10 Advantages of Lenovo X6 Servers
    Article, published 8 Aug 2016
  833. TPC-H 10TB Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, last updated 27 Jul 2016
  834. Lenovo PDU Quick Reference Guide – International
    Reference Information, last updated 18 Jul 2016
  835. Lenovo PDU Quick Reference Guide - North America
    Reference Information, last updated 18 Jul 2016
  836. What's New in June - X6 and sd350 servers, HX Series Nutanix Appliances, Lenovo Storage, and more!
    Article, last updated 21 Jun 2016
  837. Analyzing Internal Storage Performance: Simple File Copy vs. Industry Standard Tools
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 14 Jun 2016
  838. Emulex 16Gb Fibre Channel HBAs Walkthrough Video
    Video, published 14 Jun 2016
  839. QLogic Enhanced Gen 5 16Gb Fibre Channel HBAs Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 14 Jun 2016
  840. STAC-M3 Benchmark Results for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, last updated 9 Jun 2016
  841. Lenovo System x3850 X6 video walk-through
    Video, published 7 Jun 2016
  842. Lenovo System x3950 X6 video walk-through
    Video, published 7 Jun 2016
  843. Enterprise Value io3 PCIe Flash Adapters
    Product Guide, last updated 7 Jun 2016
  844. TPC-E Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Jun 2016
  845. SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Jun 2016
  846. SAP SD Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Jun 2016
  847. Lenovo Flex System FC5022 16Gb SAN Scalable Switches
    Product Guide, last updated 24 May 2016
  848. Lenovo Cloud Configuration Guide for Microsoft Hyper-V on Flex System
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 23 May 2016
  849. The Benefits of Converged Networking with QLogic and Lenovo Flex System
    Video, published 18 May 2016
  850. Lenovo Flex System EN2092 1Gb Ethernet Scalable Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 11 May 2016
  851. 3D Tour: Lenovo System x3250 M6
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 10 May 2016
  852. Lenovo System x3250 M6 Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 10 May 2016
  853. SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, last updated 9 May 2016
  854. TPC-H 30TB Benchmark Result for System x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 May 2016
  855. Oracle and Lenovo X6 Validated Configuration Guide
    Positioning Information, last updated 21 Apr 2016
  856. What's New - Intel Xeon E5-2600 v4 "Broadwell" launch
    Article, last updated 7 Apr 2016
  857. SimpliVity OmniStack Solution with Lenovo System x3650 M5
    Positioning Information, last updated 7 Apr 2016
  858. Optimizing Memory Performance of Lenovo Servers Based on Intel Xeon E7 v3 Processors
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 4 Apr 2016
  859. Lenovo ThinkServer RD450 Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 31 Mar 2016
  860. TPC-E Benchmark Result for System x3650 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 31 Mar 2016
  861. SAP SD Benchmark Result for System x3650 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 31 Mar 2016
  862. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 31 Mar 2016
  863. SPECjbb2015 Benchmark Result for System x3550 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 31 Mar 2016
  864. What's New - 15 March 2016
    Article, published 15 Mar 2016
  865. Lenovo Flex System Interconnect Fabric
    Product Guide, last updated 12 Mar 2016
  866. TPC-H 3TB Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 10 Mar 2016
  867. Introduction to Windows Server 2016 Nano Server
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 23 Feb 2016
  868. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System CN4093
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  869. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System EN2092
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  870. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System EN4093R
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  871. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System SI4091
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  872. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System SI4093
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  873. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System x240 M5
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  874. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System x440
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  875. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System x480 X6
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  876. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System x880 X6
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  877. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System Carrier-Grade Chassis
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  878. 3D Tour: Lenovo Flex System Enterprise Chassis
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  879. 3D Tour: Lenovo Converged HX Series
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  880. 3D Tour: Lenovo NeXtScale System M5
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  881. 3D Tour: Lenovo RackSwitch G7028
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  882. 3D Tour: Lenovo RackSwitch G7052
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  883. 3D Tour: Lenovo RackSwitch G8052
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  884. 3D Tour: Lenovo RackSwitch G8124E
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  885. 3D Tour: Lenovo RackSwitch G8264
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  886. 3D Tour: Lenovo RackSwitch G8264CS
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  887. 3D Tour: Lenovo RackSwitch G8272
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  888. 3D Tour: Lenovo RackSwitch G8296
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  889. 3D Tour: Lenovo RackSwitch G8332
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  890. 3D Tour: Lenovo Storage E1012
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  891. 3D Tour: Lenovo Storage E1024
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  892. 3D Tour: Lenovo Storage S2200
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  893. 3D Tour: Lenovo Storage S3200
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  894. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer RD350
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  895. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer RD450
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  896. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer RD550
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  897. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer RD650
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  898. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer RS140
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  899. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer TD350
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  900. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer TS140
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  901. 3D Tour: Lenovo ThinkServer TS440
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  902. 3D Tour: Lenovo System x3250 M5
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  903. 3D Tour: Lenovo System x3500 M5
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  904. 3D Tour: Lenovo System x3550 M5
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  905. 3D Tour: Lenovo System x3650 M5
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  906. 3D Tour: Lenovo System x3750 M4
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  907. 3D Tour: Lenovo System x3850 X6
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  908. 3D Tour: Lenovo System x3950 X6
    Interactive 3D Tour, published 22 Feb 2016
  909. Lenovo XClarity Administrator Planning and Implementation Guide
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 12 Feb 2016
  910. Quantifying the Power Savings by Upgrading to DDR4 Memory on Lenovo Servers
    Positioning Information, last updated 10 Feb 2016
  911. Introduction to Windows Server 2016 Nested Virtualization
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 5 Feb 2016
  912. TPC-E Benchmark Result for System x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Dec 2015
  913. What's New - 24 November 2015
    Article, published 24 Nov 2015
  914. Red Hat CloudForms for Lenovo
    Product Guide, last updated 24 Nov 2015
  915. Emulex VFA5.2 Adapters for Lenovo System x Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 24 Nov 2015
  916. Lenovo Flex System CN4052S and CN4054S 10Gb VFA5.2 Adapters Video Walkthrough
    Video, published 24 Nov 2015
  917. Transitioning to Gen 5 16Gb Fibre Channel with Lenovo, Emulex and Brocade
    Video, published 11 Nov 2015
  918. Did you know? 2D barcodes on System x servers
    Article, published 9 Nov 2015
  919. ServeRAID Adapter Quick Reference
    Reference Information, last updated 4 Nov 2015
  920. Lenovo Server Monitoring and Proactive Workload Migration
    Video, published 23 Oct 2015
  921. Improved Server Uptime with Lenovo Light Path Diagnostics
    Video, published 23 Oct 2015
  922. Lenovo Flex System CN4058S and CN4052 10 GbE Adapters Walk-through
    Video, last updated 15 Oct 2015
  923. Lenovo Flex System FC5054 and FC5052 16 Gb Fibre Channel Adapters Walk-through
    Video, last updated 15 Oct 2015
  924. Emulex VFA5 Adapters for Lenovo System x
    Video, last updated 15 Oct 2015
  925. Emulex 16Gb (Gen 5) and 8Gb Fibre Channel Adapters for Lenovo System x
    Video, last updated 15 Oct 2015
  926. How to Scale the Lenovo Flex System X6 Compute Nodes
    Video, last updated 15 Oct 2015
  927. SAP SD Benchmark Result for System x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Oct 2015
  928. Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft SharePoint Server 2013
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 30 Sep 2015
  929. 5 Things You Didn’t Know About IBM Storwize for Lenovo
    Article, published 17 Sep 2015
  930. Welcome to Lenovo Press!
    Video, last updated 8 Sep 2015
  931. New GPU Support for Lenovo System x Servers
    Video, last updated 6 Sep 2015
  932. Introduction to FlashSoft Caching Software by SanDisk
    Video, last updated 6 Sep 2015
  933. Lenovo and SanDisk Facilitate your SQL Server 2014 Modernization
    Video, last updated 6 Sep 2015
  934. QLogic Adapters and Lenovo Rack-Optimized Servers
    Video, last updated 6 Sep 2015
  935. TruDDR4 Memory for Lenovo System x
    Video, last updated 6 Sep 2015
  936. Introduction to Converged Offerings with Lenovo Flex System
    Video, last updated 5 Sep 2015
  937. Introduction to Lenovo Flex System
    Video, last updated 5 Sep 2015
  938. Lenovo Storage S3200 and S2200 Key Software Features
    Video, last updated 5 Sep 2015
  939. Lenovo Storage S3200 and S2200 Video Walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  940. Lenovo System x3950 X6 video walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  941. Lenovo System x3850 X6 video walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  942. Lenovo System x3750 M4 video walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  943. Lenovo System x3650 M5 Video Walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  944. Lenovo System x3650 M4 BD Video Walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  945. Lenovo System x3550 M5 Video Walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  946. Lenovo Flex System x240 M5 Video Walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  947. Lenovo Flex System Carrier-Grade Chassis Video Walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  948. Lenovo System x3500 M5 Video Walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  949. Emulex OCe14000 Networking & Converged Networking Adapters for ThinkServer
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  950. Emulex Fibre Channel Host Bus Adapters for ThinkServer
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  951. Lenovo Flex System x440 Walk-through
    Video, last updated 4 Sep 2015
  952. An Introduction to NIC Teaming with Lenovo Networking Switches
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 31 Aug 2015
  953. Lenovo UPS Quick Reference Guide
    Reference Information, last updated 28 Aug 2015
  954. Energy Efficiency Features of Lenovo System x Servers
    Positioning Information, published 24 Aug 2015
  955. Lenovo NeXtScale System Planning and Implementation Guide
    Planning / Implementation, published 17 Aug 2015
  956. NeXtScale System Water Cool Technology Planning and Implementation Guide
    Planning / Implementation, published 17 Aug 2015
  957. Lenovo Networking Best Practices for Configuration and Installation
    Planning / Implementation, published 14 Aug 2015
  958. Troubleshooting Port Failures on a Lenovo Network Switch
    Planning / Implementation, published 30 Jul 2015
  959. Choosing the Right UPS for your Lenovo ThinkServer System
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 26 Jun 2015
  960. Demonstrated Performance of the Lenovo System x3850 X6 as a Highly Scalable SAP HANA Appliance
    Positioning Information, last updated 10 Jun 2015
  961. Configuring FCoE Services on Lenovo Networking Switches
    Planning / Implementation, published 9 Jun 2015
  962. Optimizing Memory Performance of Intel Xeon E7 v2-based Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 4 Jun 2015
  963. Lenovo Flex System EN4091 10Gb Ethernet Pass-thru
    Product Guide, last updated 1 Jun 2015
  964. SAP BW-EML Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 12 May 2015
  965. TPC-H 3TB Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 5 May 2015
  966. TPC-E Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 5 May 2015
  967. SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 5 May 2015
  968. SAP SD Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 5 May 2015
  969. SAP BW-EML Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 5 May 2015
  970. Lenovo Flex System Higher Voltage DC Solutions
    Planning / Implementation, published 14 Apr 2015
  971. Deploying Flex System in a BladeCenter Environment
    Planning / Implementation, published 13 Apr 2015
  972. TPC-H 10TB Benchmark Result for System x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 9 Apr 2015
  973. SAP BW-EML Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Mar 2015
  974. Centrally Managing Access to Self-Encrypting Drives in Lenovo System x Servers
    Planning / Implementation, published 16 Mar 2015
  975. Lenovo Flex System X6 Compute Node (7903) Planning and Implementation Guide
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 6 Mar 2015
  976. Solution Guide: Lenovo Flex System Solution for Oracle RAC
    Positioning Information, last updated 14 Jan 2015
  977. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3500 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Jan 2015
  978. Flex System IB6131 InfiniBand Switch
    Product Guide, last updated 5 Jan 2015
  979. SAP SD Benchmark Result for Flex System x240 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 3 Dec 2014
  980. TPC-E Benchmark Result for System x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Dec 2014
  981. NIC Virtualization in Flex System Fabric Solutions
    Planning / Implementation, published 30 Sep 2014
  982. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Sep 2014
  983. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3550 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Sep 2014
  984. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for NeXtScale nx360 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Sep 2014
  985. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for NeXtScale nx360 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Sep 2014
  986. SAP SD Benchmark Result for System x3650 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Sep 2014
  987. Advanced Format HDD Technology Overview
    Positioning Information, published 20 Aug 2014
  988. Lenovo Flex System Interconnect Fabric Technical Overview and Planning Considerations
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 21 Jul 2014
  989. Storage and Network Convergence Using FCoE and iSCSI
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 18 Jul 2014
  990. IBM Flex System Manager
    Product Guide, last updated 26 Jun 2014
  991. SAP SD Benchmark Result for System x3950 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 17 Jun 2014
  992. SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Result for Flex System x480 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 11 Jun 2014
  993. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3100 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 13 May 2014
  994. Implementing Systems Management of IBM PureFlex System
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 22 Apr 2014
  995. Implementing VMware Horizon View on IBM Flex System
    Planning / Implementation, published 11 Apr 2014
  996. Drive and Interface Technologies for System x Servers
    Positioning Information, published 21 Feb 2014
  997. Workload Optimization with IBM X6 Servers
    Positioning Information, published 18 Feb 2014
  998. TPC-E Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Feb 2014
  999. SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Feb 2014
  1000. SAP SD Benchmark Result for System x3850 X6
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Feb 2014
  1001. BladeCenter Product Publications Quick Reference
    Reference Information, last updated 26 Dec 2013
  1002. IBM ServeRAID Quick Reference - Archive
    Reference Information, last updated 26 Dec 2013
  1003. Migrating from BladeCenter to Flex System
    Planning / Implementation, published 18 Dec 2013
  1004. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3250 M5
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Dec 2013
  1005. The Benefits of 16 Gb Fibre Channel in IBM Flex System Solutions
    Positioning Information, published 14 Dec 2013
  1006. IBM Flex System and PureFlex System Network Implementation
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 13 Nov 2013
  1007. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 8 Oct 2013
  1008. STAC-M3 Benchmark Result for System x3750 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 2 Oct 2013
  1009. STAC-M3 Benchmarks on the IBM System x3750 M4
    Positioning Information, published 26 Sep 2013
  1010. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 23 Sep 2013
  1011. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3550 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 23 Sep 2013
  1012. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3550 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 18 Sep 2013
  1013. TPC-E Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 10 Sep 2013
  1014. SPECvirt_sc2013 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 10 Sep 2013
  1015. SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 10 Sep 2013
  1016. SPECjbb2005 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 10 Sep 2013
  1017. SPECjbb2005 Benchmark Result for System x3550 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 10 Sep 2013
  1018. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 10 Sep 2013
  1019. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3550 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 10 Sep 2013
  1020. SAP SD Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 10 Sep 2013
  1021. IBM Flex System Networking in an Enterprise Data Center, 2nd Edition
    Planning / Implementation, published 31 Aug 2013
  1022. IBM Flex System and PureFlex System Network Implementation with Cisco Systems
    Planning / Implementation, published 22 Aug 2013
  1023. IBM Flex System and PureFlex System Network Implementation with Juniper Networks
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 1 Aug 2013
  1024. IBM System x3750 M4: Consolidation Platform for Dual-Socket Server Workloads
    Positioning Information, published 11 Jul 2013
  1025. STAC-M3 Benchmark Result for System x3750 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 21 Jun 2013
  1026. Deploying IBM Flex System into a Cisco Network
    Planning / Implementation, published 28 Feb 2013
  1027. TPC-C Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 25 Feb 2013
  1028. Planning for Converged Fabrics: The Next Step in Data Center Evolution
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 30 Nov 2012
  1029. Positioning IBM System x3750 M4 for High Performance Computing Workloads
    Positioning Information, published 28 Nov 2012
  1030. LINPACK Benchmark Result for System x3750 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 29 Sep 2012
  1031. SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 21 Aug 2012
  1032. SPECpower_ssj2008 Benchmark Result for System x3550 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 21 Aug 2012
  1033. Implementing a VM-Aware Network Using VMready
    Planning / Implementation, published 19 Aug 2012
  1034. SPECjbb2005 Benchmark Result for Flex System x440
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2012
  1035. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for Flex System x440
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2012
  1036. SAP SD Benchmark Result for Flex System x440
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 7 Aug 2012
  1037. SPECjbb2005 Benchmark Result for System x3750 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 9 Jul 2012
  1038. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3750 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 9 Jul 2012
  1039. TPC-E Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Mar 2012
  1040. SPECvirt_sc2010 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Mar 2012
  1041. SPECjbb2005 Benchmark Result for BladeCenter HS23
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Mar 2012
  1042. SPECjbb2005 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Mar 2012
  1043. SPECjbb2005 Benchmark Result for System x3550 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Mar 2012
  1044. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for BladeCenter HS23
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Mar 2012
  1045. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Mar 2012
  1046. SPEC CPU2006 Benchmark Result for System x3550 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Mar 2012
  1047. SAP SD Benchmark Result for System x3650 M4
    Performance Benchmark Result, published 6 Mar 2012
  1048. Implementing IBM Systems Director 6.1
    Planning / Implementation, published 6 May 2009
  1049. Linux Performance and Tuning Guidelines
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 25 Apr 2008
  1050. IBM eServer xSeries and BladeCenter Server Management
    Planning / Implementation, last updated 19 Jul 2006
  1051. How to Reset the BladeCenter Management Module
    Planning / Implementation, published 20 Jan 2005

Lenovo ThinkSystem ST550 Server (Xeon SP Gen 2)Product Guide

Abstract

The Lenovo ThinkSystem ST550 2-socket 4U rack-mountable tower server provides outstanding performance and industry-leading reliability. Now available with second-generation Intel Xeon Scalable processors, the ST550 is ideal for small-to-medium businesses, distributed enterprises, retail, educational institutions and branch offices.

This product guide provides essential presales information to understand the ThinkSystem ST550 server, its key features and specifications, components and options, and configuration guidelines. This guide is intended for technical specialists, sales specialists, sales engineers, IT architects, and other IT professionals who want to learn more about the ST550 and consider its use in IT solutions.

Note: There are two Product Guides for the ThinkSystem ST550, as follows:

Change History

Changes in the March 17 update:

  • New models for customers in the Australia & New Zealand market
    • 7X10A0D0AU
    • 7X10A0D2AU
  • New models for customers in the EMEA market
    • 7X10A0D1EA
    • 7X10A0D3EA
    • 7X10A0D4EA
  • Added links to service videos on YouTube and Youku - Related publications and links section
  • Images are now clickable to show larger versions

Introduction

The Lenovo ThinkSystem ST550 2-socket 4U rack-mountable tower server provides outstanding performance and industry-leading reliability. It is ideal for small-to-medium businesses, distributed enterprises, retail, educational institutions, and remote/branch offices.

The ST550 server now supports second-gernation Intel Xeon Processor Scalable Family processors with up to 768 GB of TruDDR4 system memory.

Suggested uses: business workloads such as e-mail, workgroup applications, file & print, system management, web serving, and point-of-sale applications

Figure 1 shows the Lenovo ThinkSystem ST550.

Lenovo ThinkSystem ST550
Figure 1. Lenovo ThinkSystem ST550

Did you know?

The ThinkSystem ST550 is an enterprise-grade server with support for hot-swap power supplies, fans, and drives. It also offers full support of Lenovo XClarity Administrator for comprehensive systems management and includes the next generation UEFI-based Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager for system setup and diagnosis, and the Lenovo XClarity Controller management processor for ongoing systems management and alerting. These tools make the ST550 easy to deploy, integrate, service, and manage.

Key features

The ThinkSystem ST550 is a high-performance dual-socket tower server based on the second-generation Intel Xeon Scalable processors, supporting a wide range of processors to suit a wide range of budgets and application requirements.

Scalability and performance

The ST550 offers the following features to boost performance, improve scalability, and reduce costs:

  • Improves productivity by offering superior system performance with up to two processors, each with up to 22 cores, and core speeds up to 3.8 GHz.
  • Hyper-Threading Technology to maximize the concurrent execution of multithreaded applications, available with most processors.
  • Intelligent and adaptive system performance with energy-efficient Intel Turbo Boost Technology, available with most processors, allows CPU cores to run at maximum speeds during peak workloads by temporarily going beyond processor thermal design power (TDP).
  • Intel Virtualization Technology integrates hardware-level virtualization hooks that allow operating system vendors to better use the hardware for virtualization workloads.
  • Intel Speed Select Technology provides improvements in server utilization and guaranteed per-core performance service levels with more granular control over processor performance.
  • Intel Deep Learning Boost (Vector Neural Network Instruction set or VNNI) is designed to deliver significant, more efficient Deep Learning (Inference) acceleration for high-performance Artificial Intelligence (AI) workloads.
  • Intel Advanced Vector Extensions 512 (AVX-512) enable acceleration of enterprise-class workloads, including databases and enterprise resource planning (ERP).
  • Each processor has six memory channels with memory speeds of up to 2933 MHz to help maximize system performance
  • Up to 768 GB of memory capacity using 12x 64GB DIMMs
  • The 12 Gbps SAS internal storage connectivity doubles the data transfer rate compared to 6 Gb SAS solutions to maximize performance of storage I/O-intensive applications.
  • Flexible storage configurations support either 2.5-inch or 3.5-inch hot-swap drive bays or a combination of the two (hybrid configuration). Configurations with 3-5-inch simple-swap drive bays are also available. 
    • Up to 16x 2.5-inch drive bays with two 5.25-inch media drive bays available
    • Up to 20x 2.5-inch drive bays with the media bays converted to 4x 2.5-inch drive bays
    • Up to 8x 3.5-inch drive bays with two 5.25-inch media drive bays available
    • Up to 8x 3.5-inch + 4x 2.5-inch drive bays with the media bay conversion
    • Up to 8x 3.5-inch simple-swap drive bays
  • 3.5-inch drive bays support SAS and SATA HDDs and SSDs. 2.5-inch drive bays support SAS and SATA HDDs and SSDs, as well as NVMe drives.
  • Support for up to four NVMe PCIe SSDs in a 2.5-inch form factor maximizes drive I/O performance, in terms of throughput, bandwidth, and latency.
  • The use of solid-state drives (SSDs) instead of, or along with, traditional hard disk drives (HDDs) can significantly improve I/O performance. An SSD can support up to 100 times more I/O operations per second (IOPS) than a typical HDD.
  • New high-speed RAID controllers from Broadcom provide 12 Gb SAS connectivity to the drive backplanes. A variety of RAID adapters are available, with cache up to 4 GB and support for 20 drives on a single controller.
  • Supports a new Lenovo patented-design M.2 adapter for convenient operating system boot functions. Available M.2 adapters support either one M.2 drive or two M.2 drives in a RAID 1 configuration for greater boot drive performance and reliability.
  • The server has two integrated Gigabit Ethernet ports.
  • The server offers PCI Express 3.0 I/O expansion capabilities that improve the theoretical maximum bandwidth by almost 100% (8 GT/ps per link using 128b/130b encoding) compared to the previous generation of PCI Express 2.0 (5 GT/s per link using 8b/10b encoding).
  • The server offers up to six PCIe 3.0 I/O expansion slots plus one slot reserved for the M.2 adapter
  • Support for up to two NVIDIA graphics processing units (GPUs) to maximize computing power.

Availability and serviceability

The ST550 provides the following features to simplify serviceability and increase system uptime:

  • The server offers Single Device Data Correction (SDDC, also known as Chipkill), Adaptive Double- Device Data Correction (ADDDC, also known as Redundant Bit Steering or RBS), memory mirroring, and memory rank sparing for redundancy in the event of a non-correctable memory failure.
  • The server offers hot-swap (HS) SSDs and HDDs, and supports RAID redundancy for data protection and greater system uptime.
  • Much like HS drives, simple-swap drives are mounted on an easy-to-remove tray and work with the same RAID options. Simple-swap require a system power-down before adding or replacing, however simple-swap drives are less expensive than hot-swap drives.
  • The Dual M.2 Boot Adapter supports RAID-1 which enables two installed M.2 drives to be configured as a redundant pair.
  • The server supports hot-swap power supplies; with two installed, they form a redundant pair to provide availability for business-critical applications. The server also offers an optional 4th fan which offers redundancy in most server configurations.
  • Toolless cover removal provides easy access to upgrades and serviceable parts, such as CPU, memory, and adapter cards.
  • Proactive Platform Alerts (including PFA and SMART alerts) for: processors, voltage regulators, memory, internal storage (SAS/SATA HDDs and SSDs), fans, power supplies, RAID controllers, and server ambient and sub-component temperatures. Alerts can be surfaced through the XClarity Controller management processor to managers such as Lenovo XClarity Administrator, VMware vCenter, and Microsoft System Center. These proactive alerts let you take appropriate actions in advance of possible failure, thereby increasing server uptime and application availability.
  • SSDs, with no moving parts, offer significantly better reliability than mechanical HDDs, for greater uptime.
  • The built-in XClarity Controller continuously monitors system parameters, triggers alerts, and performs recovery actions in case of failures to minimize downtime.
  • Built-in diagnostics in UEFI, using Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager, speed up troubleshooting tasks to reduce service time.
  • Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager supports diagnostics and can save service data to a USB key drive or remote CIFS share folder for troubleshooting and reduce service time.
  • Auto restart in the event of a momentary loss of AC power (based on power policy setting in the XClarity Controller service processor)
  • Support for the XClarity Administrator Mobile app running on a supported smartphone and connected to the server through the service-enabled USB port, enables additional local systems management functions.
  • Three-year or one-year customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty, 9 x 5 next business day. Optional service upgrades are available.

Manageability and security

The following powerful systems management features simplify local and remote management of the ST550:

  • The server includes an XClarity Controller (XCC) to monitor server availability. Optional upgrade to XCC Advanced to provide remote control (keyboard video mouse) functions. Optional upgrade to XCC Enterprise enables the additional support for the mounting of remote media files (ISO and IMG image files), boot capture, and power capping.
  • Lenovo XClarity Administrator offers comprehensive hardware management tools that help to increase uptime, reduce costs and improve productivity through advanced server management capabilities.
  • New UEFI-based Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager, accessible from F1 during boot, provides system inventory information, graphical UEFI Setup, platform update function, RAID Setup wizard, operating system installation function, and diagnostic functions.
  • Support for Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager which captures real-time power and temperature data from the server and provides automated controls to lower energy costs.
  • Integrated Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 2.0 support enables advanced cryptographic functionality, such as digital signatures and remote attestation.
  • Supports Secure Boot to ensure that only a digitally signed operating system can be used. Supported with HDDs and SSDs as well as M.2 drives in the M.2 Adapter.
  • Industry-standard Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) NI support for faster, stronger encryption.
  • Intel Execute Disable Bit functionality can prevent certain classes of malicious buffer overflow attacks when combined with a supported operating system.
  • Intel Trusted Execution Technology provides enhanced security through hardware-based resistance to malicious software attacks, allowing an application to run in its own isolated space, protected from all other software running on a system.
  • Physical security measures to prevent unauthorized access: Lockable side cover to prevent access to internal components, a slot at the rear of the server for a Kensington Cable. Optional additional physical security features are a lockable front security door and a chassis intrusion switch (included in some models).

Energy efficiency

The ST550 offers the following energy-efficiency features to save energy, reduce operational costs, increase energy availability, and contribute to the green environment:

  • Energy-efficient planar components help lower operational costs.
  • High-efficiency power supplies with 80 PLUS Platinum and Titanium certifications. Energy Star 2.1 certified.
  • Intel Intelligent Power Capability powers individual processor elements on and off as needed to reduce power draw.
  • Low-voltage 1.2 V DDR4 memory DIMMs use up to 20% less energy compared to 1.35 V DDR3 DIMMs.
  • SSDs use as much as 80% less power than traditional spinning 2.5-inch HDDs.
  • The server uses hexagonal ventilation holes, which can be grouped more densely than round holes, providing more efficient airflow through the system.
  • Optional Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager provides advanced data center power notification, analysis, and policy-based management to help achieve lower heat output and reduced cooling needs.

Components and connectors

The following figure shows the front of the server.

Front view of the ThinkSystem ST550 server
Figure 2. Front view of the ThinkSystem ST550 server

The following figure shows the rear of the server.

Rear view of the ThinkSystem ST550 server
Figure 3. Rear view of the ThinkSystem ST550 server

The following figure shows the locations of key components inside the server.

Internal view of the ThinkSystem ST550 server
Figure 4. Internal view of the ThinkSystem ST550 server

System architecture

The following figure shows the architectural block diagram of the ST550, showing the major components and their connections.

ST550 system architectural block diagram
Figure 5. ST550 system architectural block diagram

Standard specifications

The following table lists the standard specifications.

Table 1. Standard specifications
Components Specification
Machine type 7X09 - 1 year warranty
7X10 - 3 year warranty
Form factor Tower or 4U Rack.
Processor One or two second-generation Intel Xeon Processor Scalable Family of processors, either Bronze, Silver, Gold or Platinum-level processors (formerly codename "Cascade Lake"). Supports processors up to 22 cores, core speeds up to 3.8 GHz, and TDP ratings up to 125W. Two Intel Ultra Path Interconnect (UPI) links at 10.4 GT/s each.
Chipset Intel C624 "Lewisburg" chipset
Memory Up to 12 DIMM sockets (6 DIMMs per processor) supporting Lenovo TruDDR4 DIMMs at up to 2933 MHz. RDIMMs and LRDIMMs (Load Reduced DIMMs) are supported, but memory types cannot be intermixed.
Memory maximums Up to 768 GB with 12x 64 GB RDIMMs and two processors
Memory protection ECC, SDDC (for x4-based memory DIMMs), ADDDC (for x4-based memory DIMMs, requires Intel Xeon Gold or Platinum processors), memory mirroring, and memory sparing.
Disk drive bays

Available configurations:

  • 8, 16, or 20x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA hot-swap (optional support for NVMe drives)
  • 4 or 8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA hot-swap
  • Both 8x 3.5-inch + 4x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA hot-swap
  • 4 or 8x 3.5-inch SATA simple-swap
Additional drive bays (except for 20-bay and hybrid configurations):
  • Two 5.25-inch drive bays for optical drives
Maximum internal storage
  • 153.6 TB with 20x 7.68TB 2.5-inch SAS hot-swap SSDs
  • 142.7 TB with 8x 14TB 3.5-inch HDDs + 4x 7.68TB 2.5-inch SSDs
  • 112 TB with 8x 14TB 3.5-inch NL SAS or NL SATA hot-swap HDDs
  • 80 TB with 8x 10TB 3.5-inch NL SAS or NL SATA simple-swap HDDs
  • Intermix of SAS and SATA is supported.
Storage controller
  • Onboard 6 Gb SATA for simple-swap drive configurations, using embedded Intel RSTe software RAID, supporting RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA RAID for hot-swap drive configurations:
    • RAID 530i (cacheless) supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50
    • RAID 730-8i with 1GB cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50
    • RAID 730-8i with 2GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
    • RAID 930-8i with 2GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
    • RAID 930-16i and 24i with 4GB flash-backed cache supports RAID 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
  • 12 Gb SAS/SATA non-RAID: 430-8i and 430-16i HBAs
Optical drive bays Two half-height 5.25-inch bays for optical or tape drives. Supports DVD-ROM or Multiburner. Hot-swap bays can be converted to 4x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays. (Not available with simple-swap drive configurations.)
Tape drive bays Two half-height 5.25-inch bays for optical or tape drives. Support for one RDX drive or LTO tape drive.
Network interfaces Two integrated Gigabit Ethernet 1000BASE-T ports (RJ-45) based on Intel X722 embedded controller (No 10/100 Mbps support)
PCI Expansion slots Up to 7 PCIe slots: 6 general purpose PCIe 3.0 slots plus one slot reserved for the M.2 adapter. General purpose slots are as follows:
  • Slot 1: PCIe 3.0 x8 (25W) FHHL
  • Slot 2: PCIe 3.0 x16 (75W); FHHL
  • Slot 3: PCIe 3.0 x16 (75W); FHFL
  • Slot 4: PCIe 3.0 x16 (x8 wired) (25W); FHFL (requires second processor)
  • Slot 5: PCIe 3.0 x16 (75W); FHFL (requires second processor)
  • Slot 6: PCIe 3.0 x8 (x4 wired) (25W); FHFL

Slots 3 and 5 support double-wide GPUs

Ports
  • Front: Two USB ports (one USB 3.0, one USB 2.0 port
  • Rear: Six USB ports (four USB 2.0, two USB 3.0), one VGA video, one RJ-45 systems management, two RJ-45 GbE network ports, optional serial port.
  • Internal: One internal USB 3.0 port for RDX drive
Cooling Supports ASHRAE A2 environments as well as A3/A4 with some limitations. Up to four simple-swap fans: two fans shipped standard on single processor models and three fans shipped on dual processor models or models where there are drive bays in lieu of the optical drive bays. The fourth rear-mounted fan is N+1 redundant, except for certain configurations.
Power supply Up to two redundant hot-swap 550 W, 750 W or 1100 W High Efficiency Platinum AC power supplies, or 750 W High Efficiency Titanium AC power supplies. Also available is a 450 W fixed (non-hot-swap) power supply. In China only, all hot-swap power supplies also support 240V DC.
Hot-swap parts Hard drives, power supplies, and fans
Systems management Operator panel with status LEDs. XClarity Controller embedded management, XClarity Administrator centralized infrastructure delivery, XClarity Integrator plugins, and XClarity Energy Manager centralized server power management. Optional XClarity Controller Advanced to enable remote control functions.
Security features Power-on password, administrator's password, Trusted Platform Module (TPM), supporting TPM 1.2 or TPM 2.0. In China only, optional Trusted Cryptographic Module (TCM). Kensington cable slot. Lockable side cover. Optional lockable front security door and chassis intrusion switch (included with some models).
Video G200 graphics with 16 MB memory with 2D hardware accelerator, integrated into the XClarity Controller. Maximum resolution is 1920x1200 32bpp at 60Hz.
Operating systems supported Microsoft Windows Server, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server, VMware ESXi. See the Operating system support section for specifics.
Limited warranty Three-year or one-year (model dependent) customer-replaceable unit and onsite limited warranty with 9x5 next business day (NBD).
Service and support Optional service upgrades are available through Lenovo Services: 4-hour or 2-hour response time, 6-hour fix time, 1-year or 2-year warranty extension, software support for Lenovo hardware and some third-party applications.
Dimensions Tower: width, without foot stands: 176 mm (6.9 in), width, with foot stands: 272 mm (10.7 in), depth: 670 mm (26.4 in), height: 438 mm (17.2 in). With rack conversion kit: Width: 482 mm (18.97 inches), depth: 670 mm (26.4 in), height: 176 mm (6.9 in)
Weight Fully configured: 36 kg (79.36 lb)

Models

The following tables list the available models, grouped by region.

Refer to the Specifications section for information about standard features of the server.

Common to all models:

  • All models indicated as having the 750W power supply are using the Platinum power supply.

Models for Australia and New Zealand

Table 2. Models for Australia and New Zealand
Model Intel Xeon
processors†
Memory RAID Drive bays
Drives
Optical Slots Power supplies
Power
cords
XCC
Level
Physical
security‡
Standard models
7X10A0AHAU 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0AJAU 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09WAU 1x Silver 4209T 8C 70W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0A6AU 1x Silver 4209T 8C 70W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09XAU 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0AGAU 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0ABAU 1x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0AEAU 1x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0ADAU 1x Silver 4214Y 12/10/8C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0AFAU 1x Silver 4214Y 12/10/8C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0A1AU 1x Silver 4215 8C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0A4AU 1x Silver 4215 8C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0ACAU 1x Silver 4215 8C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0AMAU 1x Silver 4215 8C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0A3AU 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0A8AU 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0ANAU 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09ZAU 1x Gold 5217 8C 115W 3.0GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0A0AU 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
TopSeller models
7X10A09YAU 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0A7AU 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0A9AU 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0AAAU 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0D0AU 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0A2AU 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0A5AU 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0AKAU 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 32GB 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0ALAU 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 32GB 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No
7X10A0D2AU 1x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Ent No

† Processor detail: Quantity, model, core count, TDP, core frequency
** 20 drive bays includes 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
* Additionally supports 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
‡ Physical security includes both security door & intrusion switch

Models for South East Asian countries (ASEAN)

Table 3. Models for South East Asian countries (ASEAN)
Model Intel Xeon
processors†
Memory RAID Drive bays
Drives
Optical Slots Power supplies
Power
cords
XCC
Level
Physical
security‡
Standard models
7X10A080SG 1x Gold 5215 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09MSG 1x Gold 5215 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08CSG 1x Gold 5215L 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09HSG 1x Gold 5215L 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A07KSG 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08KSG 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A07NSG 1x Gold 5220 18C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A086SG 1x Gold 5220 18C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A07QSG 1x Gold 5222 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A082SG 1x Gold 5222 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A07JSG 1x Gold 6230 20C 125W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A090SG 1x Gold 6230 20C 125W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08HSG 1x Gold 6238T 22C 125W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08LSG 1x Gold 6238T 22C 125W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08DSG 1x Platinum 8253 16C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09RSG 1x Platinum 8253 16C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09LSG 1x Platinum 8256 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09TSG 1x Platinum 8256 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No

† Processor detail: Quantity, model, core count, TDP, core frequency
** 20 drive bays includes 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
* Additionally supports 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
‡ Physical security includes both security door & intrusion switch

Models for Brazil

Table 4. Models for Brazil
Model Intel Xeon
processors†
Memory RAID Drive bays
Drives
Optical Slots Power supplies
Power
cords
XCC
Level
Physical
security‡
TopSeller models
7X10A0BMBR 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2933 730-8i 1GB 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Std No
7X10A0BLBR 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2933 730-8i 1GB 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Std No
7X10A0BNBR 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2933 530-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Std No
SAP Business One models with SLES for SAP Applications 2 Socket Priority Subscription with 1-Year Lenovo Support
7X10A0C5BR 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 8GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 4x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0C6BR 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 4x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0C7BR 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 32GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 5x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0C8BR 2x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 64GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 6x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No

† Processor detail: Quantity, model, core count, TDP, core frequency
** 20 drive bays includes 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
* Additionally supports 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
‡ Physical security includes both security door & intrusion switch

Models for EMEA countries

Table 5. Models for EMEA countries
Model Intel Xeon
processors†
Memory RAID Drive bays
Drives
Optical Slots Power supplies
Power
cords
XCC
Level
Physical
security‡
Standard models
7X10A0CREA 1x Bronze 3206R 8C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Std No
7X10A07AEA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS No Std No
7X10A07SEA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 1100W HS No Ent No
7X10A07TEA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 1100W HS No Ent No
7X10A0B5EA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS No Ent No
7X10A0CMEA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0CTEA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Std No
7X10A0CWEA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0CXEA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Std No
7X10A07GEA 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS No Std No
7X10A092EA 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09PEA 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** 2x 600GB 10K Open 8 / 11 2x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09VEA 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** 2x 480GB PM883 Open 8 / 11 2x 550W HS No Std No
7X10A0CLEA 1x Silver 4210R 10C 100W 2.4GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0CQEA 1x Silver 4210R 10C 100W 2.4GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** 2x 480GB PM883 Open 8 / 11 2x 550W HS Yes Std No
7X10A0CSEA 1x Silver 4210R 10C 100W 2.4GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Std No
7X10A0CVEA 1x Silver 4210R 10C 100W 2.4GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Std No
7X10A0D1EA 1x Silver 4210R 10C 100W 2.4GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0D3EA 1x Silver 4210R 10C 100W 2.4GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Std No
7X10A0D4EA 1x Silver 4210R 10C 100W 2.4GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Std No
7X10A07FEA 1x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS No Std No
7X10A0CYEA 1x Silver 4214R 12C 100W 2.4GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A09SEA 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 550W HS No Std No
7X10A0CPEA 1x Gold 5218R 20C 125W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No

† Processor detail: Quantity, model, core count, TDP, core frequency
** 20 drive bays includes 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
* Additionally supports 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
‡ Physical security includes both security door & intrusion switch

Models for Hong Kong, Taiwan, Korea (HTK)

Table 6. Models for Hong Kong, Taiwan, Korea (HTK)
Model Intel Xeon
processors†
Memory RAID Drive bays
Drives
Optical Slots Power supplies
Power
cords
XCC
Level
Physical
security‡
Standard models
7X10A07ZCN 1x Gold 5215 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A097CN 1x Gold 5215 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A091CN 1x Gold 5215L 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09NCN 1x Gold 5215L 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08NCN 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08XCN 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A078CN 1x Gold 5220 18C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A07XCN 1x Gold 5220 18C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08WCN 1x Gold 5222 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A094CN 1x Gold 5222 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A07ECN 1x Gold 6230 20C 125W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A07WCN 1x Gold 6230 20C 125W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A079CN 1x Gold 6238T 22C 125W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09CCN 1x Gold 6238T 22C 125W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09ACN 1x Platinum 8253 16C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09KCN 1x Platinum 8253 16C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08MCN 1x Platinum 8256 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A093CN 1x Platinum 8256 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
TopSeller models
7X10A0CACN 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0CGCN 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0CBCN 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0CKCN 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0CCCN 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0CJCN 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0CDCN 1x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0CHCN 1x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0CECN 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A0CFCN 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No

† Processor detail: Quantity, model, core count, TDP, core frequency
** 20 drive bays includes 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
* Additionally supports 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
‡ Physical security includes both security door & intrusion switch

Models for India

Table 7. Models for India
Model Intel Xeon
processors†
Memory RAID Drive bays
Drives
Optical Slots Power supplies
Power
cords
XCC
Level
Physical
security‡
Standard models
7X10A085SG 1x Gold 5215 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09BSG 1x Gold 5215 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08PSG 1x Gold 5215L 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08ZSG 1x Gold 5215L 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08VSG 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A09GSG 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08BSG 1x Gold 5220 18C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A098SG 1x Gold 5220 18C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A081SG 1x Gold 5222 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A096SG 1x Gold 5222 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A084SG 1x Gold 6230 20C 125W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08ASG 1x Gold 6230 20C 125W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A07CSG 1x Gold 6238T 22C 125W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08FSG 1x Gold 6238T 22C 125W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08RSG 1x Platinum 8253 16C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A099SG 1x Platinum 8253 16C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A07YSG 1x Platinum 8256 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No
7X10A08YSG 1x Platinum 8256 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS No Std No

† Processor detail: Quantity, model, core count, TDP, core frequency
** 20 drive bays includes 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
* Additionally supports 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
‡ Physical security includes both security door & intrusion switch

Models for Japan

Table 8. Models for Japan
Model Intel Xeon
processors†
Memory RAID Drive bays
Drives
Optical Slots Power supplies
Power
cords
XCC
Level
Physical
security‡
Topseller Models
7X10A08JJP 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A09FJP 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 4x 3.5" HS / 8 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A08QJP 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A09DJP 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A09EJP 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 4x 3.5" HS / 8 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A07DJP 1x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A08UJP 1x Silver 4215 8C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 550W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A07MJP 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 4x 3.5" HS / 8 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A08EJP 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A07RJP 1x Gold 5215 10C 85W 2.5GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A07VJP 1x Gold 5217 8C 115W 3.0GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A087JP 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A089JP 1x Gold 5220 18C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Adv Yes
7X10A07LJP 1x Gold 5222 4C 105W 3.8GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 730-8i 2GB 8x 2.5" HS / 16 Open bay 1x DVD-ROM 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Adv Yes

† Processor detail: Quantity, model, core count, TDP, core frequency
** 20 drive bays includes 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
* Additionally supports 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
‡ Physical security includes both security door & intrusion switch

Models for Latin American countries (except Brazil)

Table 9. Models for Latin American countries (except Brazil)
Model Intel Xeon
processors†
Memory RAID Drive bays
Drives
Optical Slots Power supplies
Power
cords
XCC
Level
Physical
security‡
TopSeller models
7X10A0BGLA 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2933 730-8i 1GB 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Std No
7X10A0BJLA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2933 730-8i 1GB 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Std No
SAP Business One models with SLES for SAP Applications 2 Socket Priority Subscription with 1-Year Lenovo Support
7X10A0BTLA 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 8GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 4x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0BULA 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 4x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0BVLA 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 32GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 5x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0BXLA 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 8GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 4x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0BYLA 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 4x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0BZLA 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 32GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 5x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0C1LA 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 8GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 4x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0C2LA 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 16GB 2Rx8 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 4x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0C3LA 2x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 32GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 5x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0BWLA 2x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 64GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 6x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0C0LA 2x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 64GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 6x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0C4LA 2x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 12x 64GB 2933 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16 6x S4610 960GB 1x DVD-RW 8 / 11 2x 750W HS Yes Ent No

† Processor detail: Quantity, model, core count, TDP, core frequency
** 20 drive bays includes 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
* Additionally supports 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
‡ Physical security includes both security door & intrusion switch

Models for USA and Canada

Table 10. Models for USA and Canada
Model Intel Xeon
processors†
Memory RAID Drive bays
Drives
Optical Slots Power supplies
Power
cords
XCC
Level
Physical
security‡
Standard models
7X10A0ARNA 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0ASNA 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0ATNA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0AZNA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0B2NA 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0B0NA 1x Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0AWNA 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0AVNA 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0AYNA 1x Gold 5220 18C 125W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
TopSeller models
7X10A0APNA 1x Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 4x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0BHNA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0BKNA 1x Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0AQNA 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 530-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0B3NA 1x Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0AUNA 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 32GB 2666 930-8i 8x 3.5" HS / 8* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0B1NA 1x Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz 1x 16GB 1Rx4 2666 930-8i 8x 2.5" HS / 20** Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No
7X10A0AXNA 1x Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz 1x 32GB 2666 930-16i 16x 2.5" HS / 16* Open bay Open 8 / 11 1x 750W HS Yes Ent No

† Processor detail: Quantity, model, core count, TDP, core frequency
** 20 drive bays includes 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
* Additionally supports 4x 2.5" HS drive bays with media bay conversion
‡ Physical security includes both security door & intrusion switch

Processor options

The ST550 supports the Bronze, Silver, Gold, and Platinum level processors in the family of second-generation Intel Xeon Scalable processors. The server supports the processor options that are listed in the following table. The server supports up to two processors.

First generation processors: The ST550 also supports first-generation Xeon Scalable processors. For details, see https://lenovopress.com/lp0648.

All processors listed above have the following characteristics:

  • Second-generation Intel Xeon Scalable processors (formerly codenamed "Cascade Lake")
  • 14 nm process technology
  • Six DDR4 memory channels
  • 48 PCIe 3.0 I/O lanes
  • 1 MB L2 cache
  • 1.375 MB or more L3 cache per core
  • Intel Hyper-Threading Technology (except Bronze processors)
  • Intel Turbo Boost Technology 2.0 (except Bronze processors)
  • Intel Advanced Vector Extensions 512 (AVX-512)
  • Two Intel Ultra Path Interconnect (UPI) links at up to 10.4 GT/s

Some processors include a suffix letter in the processor model number:

  • L: Large memory tier (supports total memory up to 4.5TB)
  • M: Medium memory tier (supports total memory up to 2TB)
  • N: NFV optimized
  • S: Search optimized
  • T: High Tcase
  • U: Single socket
  • V: VM Density optimized
  • Y: Speed Select

Tip: B is not an official suffix, but instead used by Intel to distinguish between the Xeon Gold 5218 and the Xeon Gold 5218B processors. These two processor models have the same core counts, frequencies, and features, however they are based on different die configurations. You should not install 5218 and 5218B processors in the same server.

Tip: The option part numbers listed in the table below includes the processor heatsink and an additional system fan.

Table 11. Second-generation Intel Xeon Scalable processor selections
Part number* Feature code Description Maximum
supported
4XG7A14813 B4HU Intel Xeon Bronze 3204 6C 85W 1.9GHz Processor 2
4XG7A37997 B7N3 Intel Xeon Bronze 3206R 8C 85W 1.9GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14812 B4HT Intel Xeon Silver 4208 8C 85W 2.1GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14881 B4P4 Intel Xeon Silver 4209T 8C 70W 2.2GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14811 B4HS Intel Xeon Silver 4210 10C 85W 2.2GHz Processor 2
4XG7A37995 B7N5 Intel Xeon Silver 4210R 10C 100W 2.4GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14810 B4HR Intel Xeon Silver 4214 12C 85W 2.2GHz Processor 2
4XG7A37994 B7N6 Intel Xeon Silver 4214R 12C 100W 2.4GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14840 B4NW Intel Xeon Silver 4214Y 12/10/8C 85W 2.2GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14809 B4HQ Intel Xeon Silver 4215 8C 85W 2.5GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14808 B4HP Intel Xeon Silver 4216 16C 100W 2.1GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14807 B4HN Intel Xeon Gold 5215 10C 85W 2.5GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15698 B4P9 Intel Xeon Gold 5215L 10C 85W 2.5GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14860 B4P1 Intel Xeon Gold 5215M 10C 85W 2.5GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14806 B4HM Intel Xeon Gold 5217 8C 115W 3.0GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14805 B4HL Intel Xeon Gold 5218 16C 125W 2.3GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15786 B6BS Intel Xeon Gold 5218B 16C 125W 2.3GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15730 B5S0 Intel Xeon Gold 5218N 16C 105W 2.3GHz Processor 2
4XG7A63302 BAZS Intel Xeon Gold 5218R 20C 125W 2.1GHz Processor 2
4XG7A37972 B4P3 Intel Xeon Gold 5218T 16C 105W 2.1GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14804 B4HK Intel Xeon Gold 5220 18C 125W 2.2GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15860 B6CW Intel Xeon Gold 5220S 18C 125W 2.7GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15858 B6CQ Intel Xeon Gold 5220T 18C 105W 1.9GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15754 B5S1 Intel Xeon Gold 5222 4C 105W 3.8GHz Processor 2
None** B6CX Intel Xeon Gold 6209U 20C 125W 2.1GHz Processor 1**
4XG7A15859 B6CV Intel Xeon Gold 6222V 20C 115W 1.8GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15856 B6CL Intel Xeon Gold 6226 12C 125W 2.7GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14803 B4HJ Intel Xeon Gold 6230 20C 125W 2.1GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15857 B6CP Intel Xeon Gold 6230T 20C 125W 2.1GHz Processor 2
4XG7A14867 B4P2 Intel Xeon Gold 6238T 22C 125W 1.9GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15746 B5RZ Intel Xeon Platinum 8253 16C 125W 2.2GHz Processor 2
4XG7A15739 B5S2 Intel Xeon Platinum 8256 4C 105W 3.8GHz Processor 2

* Option part numbers include the processor heatsink and an additional system fan.
** The 6209U processor is only supported one processor per server; as a result, there is no option part number for a second processor.

Memory capacity of processors

Second-generation Xeon Scalable processors are limited to the amount of memory they can address, as follows:

  • Processors with an L suffix (eg 8280L): Up to 4.5 TB per processor
  • Processors with an M suffix (eg 8280M): Up to 2 TB per processor
  • All other processors: Up to 1 TB per processor

The calculation is based on each processor individually, not the total memory installed in the server. For example, a configuration using 12x 64GB DIMMs per server is 6x 64 GB per processor, which is 384 GB per processor. This means that neither an M nor an L processor is required

Tip: There are no memory configurations of the ST550 that require an L-suffix or an M-suffix processor.

Processor features

The following table compares the features of the supported second-generation Intel Xeon processors.

Abbreviations used in the table:

  • UPI: Ultra Path Interconnect
  • TDP: Thermal Design Power
  • FMA: Number of Intel AVX-512 Fused-Multiply Add (FMA) units
  • HT: Hyper-Threading
  • TB: Turbo Boost 2.0
  • VT: Virtualization Technology (includes VT-x and VT-d)
  • SST-PP: Speed Select Technology - Performance Profile
  • DCPMM: DC Persistent Memory Module support
  • RAS: Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability: Std = Standard, Adv = Advanced

The processors that support SST-PP offer three distinct operating points that are defined by a core count with a base speed associated with that core count. The operating point is selected during the boot process and cannot be changed at runtime.

Table 12. Processor specifications
CPU
model
Cores /
threads
Core speed
(Base / TB max)
L3 cache* Max
memory
speed
Max
memory
per CPU
UPI links
& speed
FMA
units
TDP
HT
TB
VT
SST-PP
DCPMM
RAS
Intel Xeon 3200 (Bronze) processors
3204 6 / 6 1.9 / None 8.25 MB 2133 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 85 W N N Y N N Std
3206R 8 / 8 1.9 GHz / None 11 MB 2133 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 85 W N N Y N N Std
Intel Xeon 4200 (Silver) processors
4208 8 / 16 2.1 / 3.2 GHz 11 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 85 W Y Y Y N N Std
4209T 8 / 16 2.2 / 3.2 GHz 11 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 70 W Y Y Y N N Std
4210 10 / 20 2.2 / 3.2 GHz 13.75 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 85 W Y Y Y N N Std
4210R 10 / 20 2.4 / 3.2 GHz 13.75 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 100 W Y Y Y N N Std
4214 12 / 24 2.2 / 3.2 GHz 16.5 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 85 W Y Y Y N N Std
4214R 12 / 24 2.4 / 3.5 GHz 16.5 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 100 W Y Y Y N N Std
4214Y 12 / 24 2.2 / 3.2 GHz 16.5 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 85 W Y Y Y Y N Std
10 / 20 2.3 / 3.2 GHz
8 / 16 2.4 / 3.2 GHz
4215 8 / 16 2.5 / 3.5 GHz 11 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 85 W Y Y Y N Y Std
4215R 8 / 16 3.2 / 4.0 GHz 11 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 130 W Y Y Y N Y Std
4216 16 / 32 2.1 / 3.2 GHz 22 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 2, 9.6 GT/s 1 100 W Y Y Y N N Std
Intel Xeon 5200 (Gold) processors
5215 10 / 20 2.5 / 3.4 GHz 13.75 MB 2666 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 85 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5215M 10 / 20 2.5 / 3.4 GHz 13.75 MB 2666 MHz 2 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 85 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5215L 10 / 20 2.5 / 3.4 GHz 13.75 MB 2666 MHz 4.5 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 85 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5217 8 / 16 3.0 / 3.7 GHz 11 MB 2666 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 115 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5218** 16 / 32 2.3 / 3.9 GHz 22 MB 2666 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5218B** 16 / 32 2.3 / 3.9 GHz 22 MB 2666 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5218R 20 / 40 2.1 / 4.0 GHz 27.5 MB 2666 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5218T 16 / 32 2.1 / 3.9 GHz 22 MB 2666 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 105 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5220 18 / 36 2.2 / 3.9 GHz 24.75 MB 2666 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5220S 18 / 36 2.7 / 3.9 GHz 24.75 MB 2666 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5220T 18 / 36 1.9 / 3.9 GHz 24.75 MB 2666 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 1 105 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
5222 4 / 8 3.8 / 3.9 GHz 16.5 MB* 2933 MHz 1 TB 2, 10.4 GT/s 2 105 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
Intel Xeon 6200 (Gold) processors
6209U 20 / 40 2.1 / 3.9 GHz 27.5 MB 2933 MHz 1 TB None 2 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
6222V 20 / 40 1.8 / 3.6 GHz 27.5 MB 2400 MHz 1 TB 3, 10.4 GT/s 2 115 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
6226 12 / 24 2.7 / 3.7 GHz 19.25 MB* 2933 MHz 1 TB 3, 10.4 GT/s 2 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
6230 20 / 40 2.1 / 3.9 GHz 27.5 MB 2933 MHz 1 TB 3, 10.4 GT/s 2 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
6230T 20 / 40 2.1 / 3.9 GHz 27.5 MB 2933 MHz 1 TB 3, 10.4 GT/s 2 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
6238T 22 / 44 1.9 / 3.7 GHz 30.25 MB 2933 MHz 1 TB 3, 10.4 GT/s 2 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
Intel Xeon 8200 (Platinum) processors
8253 16 / 32 2.2 / 3.0 GHz 22 MB 2933 MHz 1 TB 3, 10.4 GT/s 2 125 W Y Y Y N Y Adv
8256 4 / 8 3.8 / 3.9 GHz 16.5 MB* 2933 MHz 1 TB 3, 10.4 GT/s 2 105 W Y Y Y N Y Adv

* L3 cache is 1.375 MB per core or larger. Processors with a larger L3 cache per core are marked with an *
** The Intel Xeon Gold 5218 and 5218B processors have similar specifications; however, they use different silicon designs and cannot be mixed in the same system.

Memory options

The ST550 server supports Lenovo TruDDR4 memory. TruDDR4 memory uses the highest-quality components sourced from Tier 1 DRAM suppliers and only memory that meets strict requirements is selected. It is compatibility-tested and tuned to maximize performance and reliability.

TruDDR4 memory has a unique signature programmed into the DIMM, which enables ThinkSystem servers to verify whether the memory installed is qualified and supported. From a service and support standpoint, TruDDR4 memory automatically assumes the system's warranty, and service and support provided worldwide.

The ST550 supports up to 6 DIMMs per processor, for a total of 12 DIMMs when two processors are installed. Each processor has six memory channels, and supports one DIMM per channel.

With second-generation Intel Xeon Scalable processors, the ST550 supports 2666 MHz or 2933 MHz memory. It is supported to have a mix of 2933 MHz and 2666 MHz memory, however all memory will operate at the lower speed. In addition, if the processor selected has a lower memory bus speed (eg 2400 MHz or 2133 MHz - see the Processor options section), then all DIMMs will operate at that lower speed.

The following table lists the memory options that are available for the ST550 server with second-generation Intel Xeon Scalable processors.

Persistent Memory: Intel Optane DC Persistent Memory (DCPMM) is not supported in the ST550.

Table 13. Memory options
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
2933 MHz RDIMMs
4ZC7A08706 B4H1 ThinkSystem 8GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (1Rx8 1.2V) RDIMM 12 (6 per processor)
4ZC7A08707 B4LY ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR4 2933 MHz (1Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM 12 (6 per processor)
4ZC7A08708 B4H2 ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (2Rx8 1.2V) RDIMM 12 (6 per processor)
4ZC7A08709 B4H3 ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM 12 (6 per processor)
4ZC7A08710 B4H4 ThinkSystem 64GB TruDDR4 2933MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM 12 (6 per processor)
2666 MHz RDIMMs
7X77A01302 AUNB ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR4 2666 MHz (1Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM 12 (6 per processor)
7X77A01303 AUNC ThinkSystem 16GB TruDDR4 2666 MHz (2Rx8 1.2V) RDIMM 12 (6 per processor)
7X77A01304 AUND ThinkSystem 32GB TruDDR4 2666 MHz (2Rx4 1.2V) RDIMM 12 (6 per processor)

The following rules apply when selecting the memory configuration:

  • The server supports RDIMMs and LRDIMMs.
  • Mixing RDIMMs and LRDIMMs is not supported. Use either RDIMMs or LDRIMMs but not both.
  • Mixing 2666 MHz and 2933 MHz DIMMs is supported. All memory will operate at the lower speed.
  • Mixing x4 and x8 DIMMs is supported.
  • For best performance, populate memory DIMMs in quantities of 6 per processor, so that all memory channels are used.

The following memory protection technologies are supported:

  • ECC
  • SDDC (for x4-based memory DIMMs; look for "x4" in the DIMM description)
  • ADDDC (for x4-based memory DIMMs; Gold and Platinum processors only)
  • Memory channel mirroring
  • Memory rank sparing

If memory channel mirroring is used, then DIMMs must be installed in pairs (minimum of one pair per processor), and both DIMMs in a pair must be identical in type and size. 50% of the installed capacity is available to the operating system.

If memory rank sparing is used, then a minimum of one quad-rank DIMM or two single-rank or dual-rank DIMMs must be installed per populated channel (the DIMMs do not need to be identical). In rank sparing mode, one rank of a DIMM in each populated channel is reserved as spare memory. The largest rank in the channel will be automatically selected as the spare rank. The amount of memory available to the operating system depends on the number, capacity and rank counts of the DIMMs installed.

Internal storage

The ST550 supports 2.5-inch hot-swap, 3.5-inch hot-swap, and 3.5-inch simple-swap drives in a variety of drive bay configurations.

In this section:

Drive bays and backplanes

The server supports up to 20 drive bays: It can support up to 16x 2.5-inch drives or 8x 3.5-inch drives, plus an additional 4x 2.5-inch drive bays installed in the space occupied by the two 5.25-inch media bays. Hot-swap (HS) drive configurations support SAS & SATA drives, and with an AnyBay backplane, can support up to four NVMe drives. Simple-swap (SS) drive configurations support SATA drives only. The server also supports one or two M.2 drives, installed in an M.2 adapter. The dual-M.2 adapter provides RAID 0 and 1 support.

The different drive bay configurations supported are shown in the following figure.

Internal drive bay configurations
Figure 6. Internal drive bay configurations

The following table lists all available drive configurations.

Table 14. Drive configurations
Configuration Backplane 5.25-inch media bays
2.5-inch hot-swap drive bay configurations
8x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA One 8x2.5-inch SAS/SATA Available
8x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA,
4 bays supporting NVMe
One 8x2.5-inch AnyBay Available
16x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA Two 8x2.5-inch SAS/SATA Available
16x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA,
4 bays supporting NVMe
One 8x2.5-inch SAS/SATA +
One 8x2.5-inch AnyBay
Available
20x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA Two 8x2.5-inch SAS/SATA +
4x2.5-inch Media Bay conversion
Converted to
2.5-inch drive bays
20x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA,
4 bays supporting NVMe
One 8x2.5-inch SAS/SATA +
One 8x2.5-inch AnyBay +
4x2.5-inch Media Bay conversion
Converted to
2.5-inch drive bays
3.5-inch and 3.5+2.5-inch hot-swap drive bay hybrid configurations
4x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA One 4x3.5-inch SAS/SATA Available
8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA One 8x3.5-inch SAS/SATA Available
8x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA +
4x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA
One 8x3.5-inch SAS/SATA +
4x2.5-inch Media Bay conversion
Converted to
2.5-inch drive bays
3.5-inch simple-swap drive bay configurations
4x 3.5-inch SATA One Simple-swap bracket plate Available
8x 3.5-inch SATA Two Simple-swap bracket plates Available

The drive backplanes used with these configurations are listed in the following table.

Table 15. Drive backplanes
Part number Feature Description Purpose
None* AVRN ThinkSystem ST550 2.5" SATA/SAS 8-Bay Backplane 2.5-inch SAS/SATA
None* AUR5 ThinkSystem 2U/Twr 2.5" AnyBay 8-Bay Backplane 2.5-inch AnyBay
None* AVRQ ThinkSystem ST550 4x3.5" Backplane 3.5-inch SAS/SATA
None* AVRM ThinkSystem ST550 2.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Backplane Media bay conversion
None* AVRY ThinkSystem ST550 3.5" SATA 4-Bay Simple Swap Backplate Simple-swap drives

* Backplanes are configure-to-order only, however upgrade kits are available that include backplanes, as described in the Field upgrades section below.

Adapters and cabling

This section describes the adapter and cabling requirements for each drive bay configuration.

Notes:

  • For configurations with 16x 2.5-inch drive bays (i.e., two backplanes), you can select either one 16-port SAS/SATA adapter or two 8-port SAS/SATA adapters
  • For configurations with 20x 2.5-inch drive bays, a single 24-port SAS/SATA adapter is used.
  • For the use of AnyBay drive bays, a NVMe Switch adapter is used to provide the NVMe ports. The adapter is installed in slot 2 (which connects to processor 1).

The drive bay configurations are shown in the the subsections below. Where there are different adapter and cabling options, they are shown by the letters A, B, C, D. These configuration numbers are also referenced later in the Field upgrades section.

  1. 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA
  2. 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, where 4 of the bays are AnyBay
  3. 16x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA
  4. 16x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, where 4 of the bays are AnyBay
  5. 20x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA
  6. 20x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, where 4 of the bays are AnyBay
  7. 4x 3.5-inch drive bays, all SAS/SATA
  8. 8x 3.5-inch hot-swap hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA
  9. 8x 3.5-inch + 4x 2.5-in hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA
  10. 4x 3.5-inch simple-swap drive bays, SATA only
  11. 8x 3.5-inch simple-swap drive bays, SATA only

Tip: The adapters are described in detail in the Controllers for internal storage section.

1. 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA

In this drive bay configuration, all eight 2.5-inch hot-swap drives are connected to one 8-port SAS/SATA RAID adapter or HBA using two backplane cables, as shown in the following figure.

Adapter and cabling for 8x 2.5-inch drive bays, all SAS/SATA
Figure 7. Adapter and cabling for 8x 2.5-inch drive bays, all SAS/SATA

2. 8x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, where four of the bays are AnyBay

In 8x 2.5-inch drive-bay configurations where four of those bays are AnyBay drive bays, an 8-port SAS/SATA RAID adapter or HBA is needed plus an NVMe Switch Adapter to provide the four needed NVMe ports.

In this configuration you can have either up to eight SAS or SATA drives, or you can have up to four NVMe drives in the four AnyBay drive bays along with four SAS or SATA drives in the other bays.

Adapter and cabling for 8x 2.5-in drive bays, where 4 of the bays are AnyBay
Figure 8. Adapter and cabling for 8x 2.5-inch drive bays, where 4 of the bays are AnyBay

3. 16x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA

In 16-bay configurations where all 16 2.5-inch drive bays are SAS/SATA drives, you can use either two 8-port SAS/SATA RAID adapters or HBAs or one 16-port SAS/SATA RAID adapter or HBA. These choices are shown in the following figure.

16x 2.5-in drive bays, all SAS/SATA
Figure 9. Adapter and cabling for 16 drive bays, all SAS/SATA

4. 16x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, where four of the bays are AnyBay

In 16-drive configurations where four of the 2.5-inch bays are AnyBay drive bays, a 16-port SAS/SATA RAID adapter or HBA is needed plus an NVMe Switch Adapter to provide the four needed NVMe ports. The configurations are shown in the following figure.

Adapter and cabling for 16 drive bays, where 4 of the bays are AnyBay
Figure 10. Adapter and cabling for 16 drive bays, where 4 of the bays are AnyBay

5. 20x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA

In a 20-drive configuration, where all drives are SAS or SATA, all connectivity is provided by a single 24-port SAS/SATA RAID adapter. The top four drive bays are in place of the two 5.25" media bays. Connectivity is shown in the following figure.

20x 2.5-in drive bays, all SAS/SATA
Figure 11. Adapter and cabling for 20 drive bays, all SAS/SATA

6. 20x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, where four of the bays are AnyBay

In this 20-drive configuration, all drives can be SAS or SATA drives, or four can be NVMe drives. SAS/SATA connectivity is provided by a single 24-port SAS/SATA RAID adapter. NVMe connectivity is provided by the NVMe Switch Adapter. The top four drive bays are in place of the two 5.25" media bays. Connectivity is shown in the following figure.

Adapter and cabling for 20 drive bays, where 4 of the bays are AnyBay
Figure 12. Adapter and cabling for 20 drive bays, where 4 of the bays are AnyBay

7. 4x 3.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA

In this drive bay configuration, four 3.5-inch hot-swap drives are connected to one 8-port SAS/SATA RAID adapter or HBA using a single backplane cable, as shown in the following figure.

Adapter and cabling for 4x 3.5-inch drive bays, all SAS/SATA
Figure 13. Adapter and cabling for 4x 3.5-inch drive bays, all SAS/SATA

8. 8x 3.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA

In this drive bay configuration, eight 3.5-inch hot-swap drives are connected to one 8-port SAS/SATA RAID adapter or HBA using two backplane cables, as shown in the following figure.

Adapter and cabling for 8x 3.5-inch drive bays, all SAS/SATA
Figure 14. Adapter and cabling for 8x 3.5-inch drive bays, all SAS/SATA

9. 8x 3.5-inch + 4x 2.5-inch hot-swap drive bays, all SAS/SATA

In this combination drive configuration, eight 3.5-in drives and four 2.5-inch drives are supported. The top four drive bays are in place of the two 5.25" media bays. All connectivity can be provided by a single 16-port adapter or two 8-port adapters. Connectivity options are shown in the following figure.

Adapter and cabling for 8x 3.5-in + 4x 2.5-in drive bays, all SAS/SATA
Figure 15. Adapter and cabling for 8x 3.5-inch + 4x 2.5-inch drive bays, all SAS/SATA

10. 4x 3.5-inch simple-swap drive bays, SATA only

In this configuration, the server supports four 3.5-inch simple-swap (SS) drive bays, which support only SATA HDDs and SSDs. The drives connect to a single simple-swap bracket plate, which in turn plugs into a mini-SAS HD connector on the system board.

Adapter and cabling for 4x 3.5-in simple-swap drive bays, SATA only
Figure 16. Adapter and cabling for 4x 3.5-inch simple-swap drive bays; SATA only

11. 8x 3.5-inch simple-swap drive bays, SATA only

In this configuration, the server supports eight 3.5-inch simple-swap drives bays, which support only SATA HDDs and SSDs. The drives connect to two simple-swap bracket plates, which in turn each plug into a mini-SAS HD connector on the system board.

8x 3.5-in simple-swap drive bays, SATA only
Figure 17. Adapter and cabling for 8x 3.5-inch simple-swap drive bays; SATA only

Field upgrades

The following table shows the backplane kits you can use after the initial purchase to upgrade the server to add additional drive bays.

Table 16. Drive backplane upgrades
Part number Feature Description Purpose
7XH7A05906 AVRN ThinkSystem ST550 2.5" SATA/SAS 8-Bay Backplane Add 8x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA
7XH7A05907 AUR5 ThinkSystem ST550 2.5" Anybay 8-Bay Backplane Kit Add 8x 2.5-inch AnyBay
7XH7A05908* AVRM ThinkSystem ST550 2.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Backplane
(media bay conversion kit)
Add 4x 2.5-inch to media bay
(replace existing 5.25" bays)
7XH7A05905 AVRQ ThinkSystem ST550 3.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Backplane Add 4x 3.5-inch HS SAS/SATA
7XH7A05904 AVRY ThinkSystem ST550 3.5" SATA 4-Bay Simple Swap Backplate Add 4x 3.5-inch simple-swap

* The media bay conversion kit also requires an additional system fan if the server has only one processor. See the Fans and cooling section for details.

Each kit contains the backplane and the necessary cables (including PCIe cables for the AnyBay backplane). The 2.5" SATA/SAS 4-Bay Backplane Kit also includes the necessary 4x 2.5-inch drive-bay cage.

In addition to the backplane kits, you will need a RAID adapter or HBA, and if you are adding an AnyBay backplane, you'll also need an NVMe Switch adapter. The adapters are described in the Controllers for internal storage section.

M.2 drives

The server supports one or two M.2 form-factor SATA drives for use as an operating system boot solution. With two M.2 drives configured, the drives are configured by default as a RAID-1 mirrored pair for redundancy.

The M.2 drives install into an M.2 adapter which in turn is installed in a dedicated slot on the system board. See the internal view of the server in the Components and connectors section for the location of the M.2 slot.

There are two M.2 adapters supported, as listed in the following table.

Table 17. M.2 components
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
7Y37A01092 AUMU ThinkSystem M.2 Enablement Kit
(contains the Single M.2 Boot Adapter; supports 1 drive)
1
7Y37A01093 AUMV ThinkSystem M.2 with Mirroring Enablement Kit
(contains the Dual M.2 Boot Adapter, supports 1 or 2 drives)
1

Supported drives are listed in the Internal drive options section.

For details about M.2 components, see the ThinkSystem M.2 Drives and M.2 Adapters product guide:
https://lenovopress.com/lp0769-thinksystem-m2-drives-adapters

SED encryption key management with ISKLM

The server supports FIPS 140-2 self-encrypting drives (SEDs) as listed in the Internal drive options section. To effectively manage a large deployment of these drives in Lenovo servers, IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager (SKLM) offers a centralized key management solution. A Lenovo Feature on Demand (FoD) upgrade is used to enable this SKLM support in the management processor of the server.

The following table lists the part numbers and feature codes for the upgrades.

Table 18. FoD upgrades for SKLM support
Part number Feature code Description
Security Key Lifecycle Manager - FoD (United States, Canada, Asia Pacific, and Japan)
00D9998 A5U1 SKLM for System x/ThinkSystem w/SEDs - FoD per Install with 1 year S&S
00D9999 AS6C SKLM for System x/ThinkSystem w/SEDs - FoD per Install with 3 year S&S
Security Key Lifecycle Manager - FoD (Latin America, Europe, Middle East, and Africa)
00FP648 A5U1 SKLM for System x/ThinkSystem w/SEDs - FoD per Install with 1 year S&S
00FP649 AS6C SKLM for System x/ThinkSystem w/SEDs - FoD per Install with 3 year S&S

Controllers for internal storage

The ST550 with hot-swap drives supports internal SAS and SATA drives with the addition of a RAID adapter or HBA. For NVMe support, the server supports the use of an NVMe Switch Adapter installed in a PCIe slot.

For simple-swap drive support, the ST550 uses two onboard 6Gb SATA ports to connect the four or eight simple-swap drives. These ports enable Intel RSTe for RAID functionality.

Virtualization support: The SATA ports can be used with virtualization hypervisors, including VMware ESXi, Linux KVM, Xen, and Microsoft Hyper-V, however support is limited to AHCI (non-RAID) mode. RSTe mode is not supported with virtualization hypervisors.

The following table lists the adapters used for the internal disk storage of the ST550 server.

Table 19. Controllers for internal storage - hot-swap drive support
Part number Feature code Description Number
of ports
Maximum
supported
SAS/SATA HBA
7Y37A01088 AUNL ThinkSystem 430-8i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA 8 2
7Y37A01089 AUNM ThinkSystem 430-16i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA 16 1
RAID adapters
7Y37A01082 AUNG ThinkSystem RAID 530-8i PCIe 12Gb Adapter 8 2
7Y37A01083* AUNH* ThinkSystem RAID 730-8i 1GB Cache PCIe 12Gb Adapter 8 2
4Y37A09722 B4RQ ThinkSystem RAID 730-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter 8 2
7Y37A01084 AUNJ ThinkSystem RAID 930-8i 2GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter 8 2
7Y37A01085 AUNK ThinkSystem RAID 930-16i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter 16 1
4Y37A09721 B31E ThinkSystem RAID 930-16i 8GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter 16 1
7Y37A01086 AUV1 ThinkSystem RAID 930-24i 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter 24 1
NVMe adapter
7Y37A01081 AUV2 ThinkSystem 1610-4P NVMe Switch Adapter 4 1

* Country availability: The RAID 730-8i 1GB Cache adapter is not available in USA and Canada.

The following two tables compare the functions of the storage adapters and the onboard SATA.

Table 20. Comparison of internal storage controllers - RAID controllers
Feature RAID 530-8i RAID 730-8i 1GB* RAID 730-8i 2GB RAID 930-8i RAID 930-16i RAID 930-24i
Adapter type RAID controller RAID controller RAID controller RAID controller RAID controller RAID controller
Part number 7Y37A01082 7Y37A01083 4Y37A09722 7Y37A01084 7Y37A01085
4Y37A09721
7Y37A01086
Form factor PCIe HHHL PCIe low profile PCIe low profile PCIe HHHL PCIe HHHL PCIe HHHL
Controller chip LSI SAS3408 LSI SAS3108 LSI SAS3108 LSI SAS3508 LSI SAS3516 LSI SAS3508 + LSI SAS35x36R
Broadcom equivalent MegaRAID 9440-8i MegaRAID 9361-8i MegaRAID 9361-8i MegaRAID 9460-8i MegaRAID 9460-16i MegaRAID 9460-24i
Host interface PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8
Port interface 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS
Number of ports 8 8 8 8 16 24
Port connectors 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 4x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 6x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643)
Drive interface SAS, SATA SAS, SATA SAS, SATA SAS, SATA SAS, SATA SAS, SATA
Drive type HDD, SED, SSD HDD, SSD HDD, SED, SSD HDD, SED, SSD HDD, SED, SSD HDD, SED, SSD
Hot-swap drives Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Max devices 8 8 8 8 16 24**
RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60 0, 1, 10, 5, 50, 6, 60
JBOD mode Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cache None 1GB (Standard) 2GB (Standard) 2GB (Standard) 4GB or 8GB (Standard) 4GB (Standard)
CacheVault cache protection No No Yes Yes (Flash) Yes (Flash) Yes (Flash)
Performance Accelerator (FastPath) Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes
SSD Caching (CacheCade Pro 2.0) No No No No No No
SED support† Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes

* Country availability: The RAID 730-8i 1GB Cache adapter is not available in USA and Canada.
† SED support by RAID controllers is provided using the built-in MegaRAID SafeStore functionality of the adapter.
** With the ST550, the RAID 930-24i supports up to 20 drives.

Table 21. Comparison of internal storage controllers - HBAs and NVMe Switch Adapter
Feature Intel RSTe 430-8i 430-16i 1610-4P NVMe
Adapter type Software RAID HBA HBA NVMe switch
Part number None 7Y37A01088 7Y37A01089 7Y37A01081
Form factor Onboard PCIe low profile PCIe low profile PCIe HHHL
Controller chip Intel PCH (RSTe) LSI SAS3408 LSI SAS3416 Broadcom PEX9733
Broadcom equivalent Not applicable HBA 9400-8i HBA 9400-16i P310W-4P
Host interface Not applicable PCIe 3.0 x8 PCIe 3.0 x8 PCIe 3.0 x16
Port interface 6 Gb SATA 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS PCIe
Number of ports Varies 8 16 4
Port connectors Onboard 2x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 4x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643) 4x Mini-SAS HD x4 (SFF-8643)
Drive interface SATA SAS, SATA SAS, SATA PCIe NVMe
Drive type HDD, SSD HDD, SSD, SED** HDD, SSD, SED** SSD
Hot-swap drives No Yes Yes Yes
Max devices Varies 8 16 4
RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 5 No RAID No RAID No RAID
JBOD mode Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cache None No No None
CacheVault cache protection No No No No
Performance Accelerator (FastPath) No No No No
SSD Caching (CacheCade Pro 2.0) No No No No
SED support No Yes** Yes** No

** SED support of the SAS HBAs is by using software on the server (SED commands are passed through the HBA to the drives).

Internal drive options

The following tables list the hard disk drive and solid-state drive options for the internal disk storage of the server.

Tip: The use of M.2 drives requires an additional adapter as described in the M.2 drives subsection.

Table 22. 2.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00024 AULY ThinkSystem 2.5" 300GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00025 AULZ ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00026 AUM0 ThinkSystem 2.5" 900GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00027 AUM1 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.2TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00028 AUM2 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.8TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
7XB7A00069 B0YS ThinkSystem 2.5" 2.4TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 15K
7XB7A00021 AULV ThinkSystem 2.5" 300GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00022 AULW ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00023 AULX ThinkSystem 2.5" 900GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00034 AUM6 ThinkSystem 2.5" 1TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00035 AUM7 ThinkSystem 2.5" 2TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
2.5-inch hot-swap SED HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 10K
7XB7A00030 AUM4 ThinkSystem 2.5" 300GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD SED 20
7XB7A00031 AUM5 ThinkSystem 2.5" 600GB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD SED 20
7XB7A00033 B0YX ThinkSystem 2.5" 1.2TB 10K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD SED 20
Table 23. 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SAS/SATA HDDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 6 Gb NL SATA
7XB7A00036 AUUE ThinkSystem 2.5" 1TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 20
7XB7A00037 AUUJ ThinkSystem 2.5" 2TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 20
Table 24. 2.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17062 B8HU ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645a 800GB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17063 B8J4 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645a 1.6TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17064 B8JD ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645a 3.2TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13653 B4A0 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645 800GB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13654 B4A1 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645 1.6TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13655 B4A2 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1645 3.2TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Entry / Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A38175 B91A ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 960GB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A38176 B91B ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 1.92TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17054 B91C ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 3.84TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17055 B91D ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643a 7.68TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13646 B4A6 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643 7.68TB Capacity SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13645 B4A7 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM1643 3.84TB Capacity SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
Table 25. 2.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SAS/SATA SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17087 B8J1 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17088 B8HY ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17089 B8J6 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17090 B8JE ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17091 B8J7 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13633 B49L ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13634 B49M ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13635 B49N ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13636 B49P ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13637 B49Q ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4610 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10237 B488 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10238 B489 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10239 B48A ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10240 B48B ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10241 B48C ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
7SD7A05761 B110 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5100 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
2.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A17075 B8HV ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17076 B8JM ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17077 B8HP ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17078 B8J5 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17079 B8JP ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A17080 B8J2 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5300 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A38185 B9AC ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD 20
4XB7A38144 B7EW ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD 20
4XB7A38145 B7EX ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD 20
4XB7A38146 B7EY ThinkSystem 2.5" 5210 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap QLC SSD 20
4XB7A10247 B498 ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10248 B499 ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10249 B49A ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13622 B49B ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A13623 B49C ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4510 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10195 B34H ThinkSystem 2.5" PM883 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10196 B34J ThinkSystem 2.5" PM883 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10197 B34K ThinkSystem 2.5" PM883 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10198 B34L ThinkSystem 2.5" PM883 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10199 B34M ThinkSystem 2.5" PM883 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10200 B4D2 ThinkSystem 2.5" PM883 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
7SD7A05742 B0YY ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4500 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
7SD7A05740 B0Z0 ThinkSystem 2.5" Intel S4500 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
7N47A00111 AUUQ ThinkSystem 2.5" PM863a 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10153 B2X2 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10154 B2X3 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10155 B2X4 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10156 B2X5 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A10157 B2X6 ThinkSystem 2.5" 5200 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
4XB7A08505 B10R ThinkSystem 2.5" 5100 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
Table 26. 2.5-inch U.2 NVMe SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
2.5-inch SSDs - NVMe - Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A10202 B58F ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 1.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A10204 B58G ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 2.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A10205 B58H ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4510 4.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A10175 B34N ThinkSystem U.2 PM983 1.92TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A10176 B34P ThinkSystem U.2 PM983 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
7N47A00985 AUUU ThinkSystem U.2 PM963 3.84TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
4XB7A10177 B4D3 ThinkSystem U.2 PM983 7.68TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4
7SD7A05777 B11E ThinkSystem U.2 Intel P4500 4.0TB Entry NVMe PCIe 3.0 x4 Hot Swap SSD 4

Note: NVMe PCIe SSDs support informed hot removal and hot insertion, provided the operating system supports PCIe SSD hot-swap.

Table 27. 3.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS HDDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb SAS 15K
7XB7A00038 AUU2 ThinkSystem 3.5" 300GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00039 AUU3 ThinkSystem 3.5" 600GB 15K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 8
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 12 Gb NL SAS
7XB7A00041 AUU4 ThinkSystem 3.5" 1TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00042 AUU5 ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00043 AUU6 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00044 AUU7 ThinkSystem 3.5" 6TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
7XB7A00045 B0YR ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
7XB7A00046 AUUG ThinkSystem 3.5" 10TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
7XB7A00067 B117 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
4XB7A13906 B496 ThinkSystem 3.5" 14TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
4XB7A13911 B7EZ ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SAS 12Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
Table 28. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SAS/SATA HDDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch hot-swap HDDs - 6 Gb NL SATA
7XB7A00049 AUUF ThinkSystem 3.5" 1TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00050 AUUD ThinkSystem 3.5" 2TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00051 AUU8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 4TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00052 AUUA ThinkSystem 3.5" 6TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
7XB7A00053 AUU9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 8TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
7XB7A00054 AUUB ThinkSystem 3.5" 10TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
7XB7A00068 B118 ThinkSystem 3.5" 12TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
4XB7A13907 B497 ThinkSystem 3.5" 14TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
4XB7A13914 B7F0 ThinkSystem 3.5" 16TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Hot Swap 512e HDD 8
Table 29. 3.5-inch hot-swap 12 Gb SAS SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17066 B8HT ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 800GB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17043 B8JN ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 1.6TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17067 B8JK ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645a 3.2TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13657 B4A3 ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645 800GB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13658 B4A4 ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1645 1.6TB Mainstream SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 12 Gb SAS - Entry / Capacity (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A17058 B91E ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1643a 3.84TB Entry SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13649 B4A8 ThinkSystem 3.5" PM1643 3.84TB Capacity SAS 12Gb Hot Swap SSD 20
Table 30. 3.5-inch hot-swap 6 Gb SAS/SATA SSDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Mainstream (3-5 DWPD)
4XB7A17096 B8JL ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17097 B8JF ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17098 B8J0 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17099 B8HR ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17100 B8HX ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13639 B49R ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4610 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13640 B49S ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4610 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13641 B49T ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4610 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13642 B49U ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4610 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13643 B49V ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4610 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10242 B48D ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 240GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10243 B48E ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 480GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10244 B48F ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 960GB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10245 B48G ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 1.92TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10246 B48H ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
7SD7A05756 B115 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5100 3.84TB Mainstream SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
3.5-inch hot-swap SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Entry (<3 DWPD)
4XB7A17081 B8JB ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17082 B8J9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17083 B8JC ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17084 B8HZ ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17085 B8HQ ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17086 B8J3 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5300 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13625 B49D ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4510 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13626 B49E ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4510 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13627 B49F ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4510 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13628 B49G ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4510 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A13629 B49H ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4510 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17176 B6TM ThinkSystem 3.5" PM883 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17177 B6TN ThinkSystem 3.5" PM883 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17178 B6TP ThinkSystem 3.5" PM883 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17179 B6JY ThinkSystem 3.5" PM883 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A17180 B6JZ ThinkSystem 3.5" PM883 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
7N47A00115 AUUS ThinkSystem 3.5" PM863a 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
7SD7A05737 B0Z3 ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4500 240GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
7SD7A05735 B0Z5 ThinkSystem 3.5" Intel S4500 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10158 B2X7 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 480GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10159 B2X8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 960GB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10160 B2X9 ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 1.92TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10161 B2XA ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A10162 B2XB ThinkSystem 3.5" 5200 7.68TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
4XB7A08509 B10V ThinkSystem 3.5" 5100 3.84TB Entry SATA 6Gb Hot Swap SSD 8
Table 31. 3.5-inch simple-swap 6 Gb SAS/SATA HDDs
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
3.5-inch simple-swap HDDs - 6 Gb NL SATA
7XB7A00055 AUZS ThinkSystem 1TB 7.2K 6Gbps SATA 3.5" Simple Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00056 AUZT ThinkSystem 2TB 7.2K 6Gbps SATA 3.5" Simple Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00057 AUZU ThinkSystem 4TB 7.2K 6Gbps SATA 3.5" Simple Swap 512n HDD 8
7XB7A00058 AXC7 ThinkSystem 6TB 7.2K 6Gbps SATA 3.5" Simple Swap 512e HDD 8
7XB7A00059 AXC6 ThinkSystem 8TB 7.2K 6Gbps SATA 3.5" Simple Swap 512e HDD 8
7XB7A00060 AXC8 ThinkSystem 3.5" 10TB 7.2K SATA 6Gb Simple Swap 512e HDD 8
Table 32. M.2 drives
Part number Feature Description Maximum
supported
M.2 SSDs - 6 Gb SATA - Entry (<3 DWPD)
7N47A00129 AUUL ThinkSystem M.2 32GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
7N47A00130 AUUV ThinkSystem M.2 128GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
4XB7A14049 B5S4 ThinkSystem M.2 5100 240GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
7SD7A05703 B11V ThinkSystem M.2 5100 480GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
4XB7A17071 B8HS ThinkSystem M.2 5300 240GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2
4XB7A17073 B919 ThinkSystem M.2 5300 480GB SATA 6Gbps Non-Hot Swap SSD 2

Internal backup units

The server supports the internal backup unit options that are listed in the following table.

Table 33. Internal backup units
Part number Feature code Description Maximum supported
Drives
4T27A10726 B3YK ThinkSystem Internal Half High LTO Gen6 SAS Tape Drive 1
7T27A01503 AVF5 ThinkSystem Internal Half High LTO Gen7 SAS Tape Drive 1
4T27A10727 B4BM ThinkSystem Internal Half High LTO Gen8 SAS Tape Drive 1
7T27A01501 AVF6 ThinkSystem Internal RDX USB 3.0 Dock 1
LTO Media
7TP7A01604 AVF4 ThinkSystem LTO Gen6 2.5TB Tape Not applicable
7TP7A01606 AVF7 ThinkSystem LTO Gen7 6TB Tape Not applicable
4TP7A09619 B4BN ThinkSystem LTO Gen8 12TB Tape Not applicable
RDX Media
7TP7A01601 AVF8 ThinkSystem RDX 500GB Cartridge Not applicable
7TP7A01602 AVF1 ThinkSystem RDX 1TB Cartridge Not applicable
7TP7A01603 AVF0 ThinkSystem RDX 2TB Cartridge Not applicable
7TP7A04318 AXD1 ThinkSystem RDX 4TB Cartridge Not applicable

The RDX drive is attached via the USB 3.0 port on the system board.

The use of an LTO tape drive requires a SAS HBA, either the 430-8i or 430-16i SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA.

For more information about RDX drive and LTO tape drives, see the Backup Units page on the Lenovo Press site: https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/backup

Optical drives

The ST550 supports the optical drive options listed in the following table.

Table 34. Optical drives
Part number Feature code Description Maximum
supported
Internal optical drives
7XA7A01204* AVEZ ThinkSystem Half High SATA DVD-ROM Optical Disk Drive 2
7XA7A01202 AVEY ThinkSystem Half High SATA DVD-RW Optical Disk Drive 2
External optical drives
7XA7A05926 AVV8 ThinkSystem External USB DVD RW Optical Disk Drive 2

* Lenovo offers two different versions of the DVD-ROM drive, however the differences are only cosmetic. The functions and performance are identical.

The internal optical drives in the table can be installed in any open 5.25-inch drive bay.

The Half High SATA DVD-ROM drive supports the following media and speeds for reading:

  • CD-ROM 48X
  • CD-DA (DAE) 48X
  • CD-R 48X
  • CD-RW 40X
  • DVD-ROM (single layer) 16X
  • DVD-ROM (dual layer) 12X
  • DVD-R (4.7 GB) 16X
  • DVD-R DL 8X
  • DVD+R 16X
  • DVD+R DL 8X
  • DVD-RW (4.7 GB) 8X
  • DVD+RW 8X

The Half High SATA DVD-RW drive supports the same media and speeds for reading as HH DVD-ROM. In addition, this drive supports the following media and speeds for writing:

  • CD-R 24X
  • CD-RW 4X
  • High Speed CD-RW 10X
  • Ultra Speed CD-RW 16X
  • DVD-R 8X
  • DVD-R DL 8X
  • DVD+R 8X
  • DVD+R DL 8X
  • DVD-RW 6X
  • DVD+RW 8X

The ThinkSystem External USB DVD RW Optical Disk Drive is based on the Lenovo Slim DVD Burner DB65 drive and has the following specifications:

  • Read:
    • CD-ROM 24X
    • CD-DA (DAE) 24X
    • CD-R 24X
    • CD-RW 24X
    • DVD-ROM (single layer) 8X
    • DVD-ROM (dual layer) 8X
    • DVD-R (4.7 GB) 8X
    • DVD-R DL 8X
    • DVD+R 8X
    • DVD+R DL 8X
    • DVD-RW (4.7 GB) 8X
    • DVD+RW 8X
  • Write:
    • CD-R 10X (CLV), 24X (PCAV)
    • CD-RW 4X
    • High Speed CD-RW 10X
    • Ultra Speed CD-RW 24X
    • DVD-R 8X
    • DVD-R DL 6X
    • DVD+R 8X
    • DVD+R DL 6X
    • DVD-RW 6X
    • DVD+RW 8X

I/O expansion options

The ST550 server supports up to six PCIe 3.0 slots: Four slots (1, 2, 3 and 6) are supported when only one CPU is installed. Slots 4 and 5 require the second processor. The slot lane widths, available power, and supported adapter height and length are as follows:

  • Slot 1: PCIe 3.0 x8 (25W); full-height, half-length
  • Slot 2: PCIe 3.0 x16 (75W); full-height, half-length
  • Slot 3: PCIe 3.0 x16 (75W); full-height, full-length
  • Slot 4: PCIe 3.0 x16 (x8 wired) (25W); full-height, full-length (requires second processor)
  • Slot 5: PCIe 3.0 x16 (75W); full-height, full-length (requires second processor)
  • Slot 6: PCIe 3.0 x8 (x4 wired) (25W); full-height, full-length

Slots 3 and 5 support double-wide GPUs. When double-wide adapters are used slots 4 and 6 cannot be used.

The following figure shows the locations of the PCIe slots.

ThinkSystem ST550 PCIe slots
Figure 18. ThinkSystem ST550 PCIe slots

Above the PCIe slots is a space for a serial port bracket which is used for making an external serial port available at the rear of the server. The following table lists the ordering information.

Table 35. ThinkSystem COM Port Upgrade Kit ordering information
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Maximum
Supported
7Z17A02577 AUSL ThinkSystem COM Port Upgrade Kit 1

Network adapters

The ST550 has two onboard Gigabit Ethernet ports, connected to the integrated Intel Ethernet Connection X722 controller. 

Note: The onboard Gigabit ports do not support 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps Ethernet connections.

The following table lists other supported network adapters. The maximum supported column indicates which slots each adapter is supported in. For slot locations see the I/O expansion options section.

Table 36. Network adapters
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Slots
supported
Maximum
supported
Gigabit Ethernet
7ZT7A00482 AUZX ThinkSystem Broadcom 5720 1GbE RJ45 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter All slots 6
7ZT7A00484 AUZV ThinkSystem Broadcom 5719 1GbE RJ45 4-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter All slots 6
7ZT7A00533 AUZZ ThinkSystem I350-F1 PCIe 1Gb 1-Port SFP Ethernet Adapter By Intel All slots 6
7ZT7A00534 AUZY ThinkSystem I350-T2 PCIe 1Gb 2-Port RJ45 Ethernet Adapter By Intel All slots 6
7ZT7A00535 AUZW ThinkSystem I350-T4 PCIe 1Gb 4-Port RJ45 Ethernet Adapter By Intel All slots 6
10 Gb Ethernet
00MM850 ATRY Intel X550-T1 Single Port 10GBase-T Adapter All slots 6
00MM860 ATPX Intel X550-T2 Dual Port 10GBase-T Adapter All slots 6
7ZT7A00496 AUKP ThinkSystem Broadcom 57416 10GBASE-T 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter All slots 6
4XC7A08225 B31G ThinkSystem QLogic QL41134 PCIe 10Gb 4-Port Base-T Ethernet Adapter All slots 6
7ZT7A00537 AUKX ThinkSystem X710-DA2 PCIe 10Gb 2-Port SFP+ Ethernet Adapter All slots 6*
00AG580 AT7T Emulex VFA5.2 2x10 GbE SFP+ Adapter and FCoE/iSCSI SW All slots 6*
00AG570 AT7S Emulex VFA5.2 2x10 GbE SFP+ PCIe Adapter All slots 6*
7ZT7A00493 AUKN ThinkSystem Emulex OCe14104B-NX PCIe 10Gb 4-Port SFP+ Ethernet Adapter All slots 6*
25 Gb Ethernet
01GR250 AUAJ Mellanox ConnectX-4 Lx 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter All slots 6*
4XC7A08238 B5T0 ThinkSystem Broadcom 57414 10/25GbE SFP28 2-port PCIe Ethernet Adapter All slots 6*
4XC7A08228 B21R ThinkSystem QLogic QL41262 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter All slots 6*
7XC7A05523 B0WY ThinkSystem Intel XXV710-DA2 10/25GbE SFP28 2-Port PCIe Ethernet Adapter All slots 6*

* Requires SFP+ transceivers or DAC cables that must be purchased separately.

For more information, including the transceivers and cables that each adapter supports, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Ethernet adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ethernet

SAS adapters for external storage

The following table lists the SAS HBAs and RAID adapters suitable for connectivity to external storage.

Table 37. Supported SAS HBAs and RAID adapters
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Slots
supported
Maximum
supported
12 Gb SAS HBA
7Y37A01090 AUNR ThinkSystem 430-8e SAS/SATA 12Gb HBA All slots 6
12 Gb RAID Adapter
7Y37A01087 AUNQ ThinkSystem RAID 930-8e 4GB Flash PCIe 12Gb Adapter All slots 4*

* Limited by the number of supercap mounts in the server

The following table summarizes the features of supported adapters.

Table 38. Comparison of features
Feature 430-8e RAID 930-8e
Adapter type HBA External RAID
Part number 7Y37A01090 7Y37A01087
Controller chip LSI SAS3408 LSI SAS3516
Broadcom equivalent HBA 9400-8e MegaRAID 9480-8e
Host interface PCIe 3.0x8 PCIe 3.0x8
Port interface 12 Gb SAS 12 Gb SAS
Number of ports 8 8
Port connectors 2x Mini-SAS HD SFF8644 2x Mini-SAS HD SFF8644
Drive interface SAS/SATA SAS,SATA
Drive type HDD/SSD/SED* HDD,SED,SSD
Hot-swap drives Yes Yes
Maximum devices 1024 216
RAID levels None 0/1/10/5/50/6/60
JBOD mode Yes Yes
Cache None 4GB (Standard)
CacheVault cache protection None Yes (Flash)
Performance Accelerator (FastPath) No Yes
SSD Caching (CacheCade Pro 2.0) No No
SED support* Yes* Yes

* SED (self-encrypting drive) support of the SAS HBA is by using software on the server (SED commands are passed through the HBA to the drives).

Fibre Channel host bus adapters

The following table lists the Fibre Channel HBAs supported by the server.

Table 39. Fibre Channel adapters
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Slots
supported
Maximum
supported
16 Gb Fibre Channel
01CV840 ATZV Emulex 16Gb Gen6 FC Dual-port HBA All slots 6
01CV830 ATZU Emulex 16Gb Gen6 FC Single-port HBA All slots 6
01CV760 ATZC QLogic 16Gb Enhanced Gen5 FC Dual-port HBA All slots 6
01CV750 ATZB QLogic 16Gb Enhanced Gen5 FC Single-port HBA All slots 6

For more information, see the list of Lenovo Press Product Guides in the Host bus adapters category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/hba

Flash Storage adapters

The server currently does not support Flash Storage adapters.

GPU adapters

The ST550 server supports the graphics processing units (GPUs) listed in the following table. Up to two GPUs are supported when two processors are installed in a server (or one GPU with only one processor).

Table 40. GPU adapters
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Slots
supported
Maximum
supported
4X67A11584 B31D ThinkSystem NVIDIA Quadro P620 2GB PCIe Active GPU 3, 5 2
7C57A02877 AUW6 ThinkSystem NVIDIA Quadro P2000 5GB PCIe Active GPU 3, 5 2
4X67A14935 B7JW ThinkSystem NVIDIA Quadro P2200 5GB PCIe Active GPU 3, 5 2
4V17A10255 B225 ThinkSystem NVIDIA Quadro P4000 3, 5† 2
4X67A14934 B6CG ThinkSystem NVIDIA Quadro RTX 4000 8GB PCIe Active GP 3, 5† 2
7C57A02895 AVRK ThinkSystem NVIDIA Quadro P6000 24GB PCIe Active GPU 3, 5* 2

† The use of the P4000 or RTX 4000 requires that ST550 chassis AVS5 (3.5-inch bays) or AVS6 (2.5-inch bays) be selected. See the P4000 topic below.
* The P6000 is a double-width adapter: When installed in slot 3, slot 4 is no longer available. When installed in slot 5, slot 6 is no longer available.

The following other rules apply:

  • If two GPUs are installed, they must be identical
  • The first GPU is installed in slot 3; the second GPU is installed in slot 5 and requires the second processor to be installed.
  • The number of GPUs that can be installed depends on the type of power supply that is installed and the drive bay configuration selected. For more information, see the Power Supplies section.
  • Cooling requirements and limitations in fan redundancy exist for some configurations as described in the Fans and cooling section
  • The use of a GPU requires that Fan 4 (rear fan) be installed.
  • The P4000 GPU can only be installed as a field-upgrade in ST550 servers with chassis B32J (3.5-inch) or B32J (2.5-inch). Older ST550 chassis do not support the P4000 GPU. See the ST550 Setup Guide for information on how to determine which chassis you have.

Tip: NVIDIA Pxxxx GPUs do not have the 1TB system memory limit that previous NVIDIA adapters had.

Chassis selection for NVIDIA Quadro P4000 and RTX 4000

The NVIDIA Quadro P4000 and RTX 4000 use the NVIDIA Form Factor 3.0. in the ST550, to use either of these GPUs, specific chassis feature codes must be selected when building a configure-to-order configuration.

Table 41. Chassis support for GPUs
Feature code Description GPU support
B32K ThinkSystem ST550 16x2.5" CHAS NV3.0 Supports all GPUs
B32J ThinkSystem ST550 8x3.5" CHAS NV3.0 Supports all GPUs
AVS6 ThinkSystem ST550 16x2.5" Chassis Does not support the NVIDIA Quadro P4000 or RTX 4000
AVS5 ThinkSystem ST550 8x3.5" Chassis Does not support the NVIDIA Quadro P4000 or RTX 4000

Configuration notes:

  • There are no other support differences between the two 16x2.5" chasiss (B32K and AVS6) and the two 8x3.5" chassis (B32J and AVS5) other than the mechanical changes needed to support NVIDIA Form Factor 3.0 GPUs like the Quadro P4000 and RTX 4000.
  • There is no field upgrade available to add support for the P4000 in the AVS6 and AVS5 chassis features. If you require P4000 or RTX 4000 support now or in the future, ensure that either the B32K or B32J chassis is selected.

Fans and cooling

The server can operate in environments up to ASHRAE A4 (45°C and 90% humidity). Details and restrictions are described in the Physical and electrical specifications section.

The server supports up to four simple-swap fans, three in the front of the server, just behind the drive bays and one installed at the rear of the server. See the Inside view in the Components and connectors section for locations.

Use of these fans is as follows:

  • Single processor systems require 2 fans, installed in the area behind drive bays
  • The third fan installed behind the drive bays is required in the following situations:
    • The server has two processors. If the second processor is a field upgrade, then the fan is included with the second processor and does not need to be ordered separately.
    • The server has four 2.5-inch hot-swap drives bays installed in place of the two 5.25-inch media bays converted. If the media bay conversion is a field upgrade (part number 7XH7A05908) and the server only has one processor installed, then order the fan using part number 7XH7A06781.
  • Fan 4 (the fan at the rear of the server) can be installed as an N+1 redundant fan if desired. The part number is 7XH7A05900.
  • If a GPU is installed, Fan 4 is required and is non-redundant in most configurations. The following table indicates the cooling restrictions that apply when supported GPUs are installed:
    • Whether or not Fan 4 is redundant
    • Limits to ambient temperatures
Table 42. Cooling restrictions with GPUs installed
GPU configuration NVIDIA P600 selected NVIDIA P2000 selected NVIDIA P6000 selected
One GPU installed Fan 4 is redundant
System is limited to ASHRAE A2 (35°C)
Fan 4 is redundant
System is limited to ASHRAE A2 (35°C)
Fan 4 is non-redundant
System is limited to ASHRAE A2 (35°C)
Two GPUs installed Fan 4 is redundant
System is limited to ASHRAE A2 (35°C)
Fan 4 is non-redundant
System is limited to ASHRAE A2 (35°C)
Fan 4 is non-redundant
System is limited to 30°C ambient

The table below lists the fan upgrades.

Table 43. Fan upgrades
Part number Feature code Description
7XH7A06781 AVS3 ThinkSystem ST550 Front Mid Fan Module for 4x2.5" ODD conversion
7XH7A05900 AVS4 ThinkSystem ST550 Rear Fan Module

Power supplies

The server supports either a single fixed power supply or one or two hot-swap power supplies. When two hot-swap power supplies are installed, they form a redundant pair. The following table lists the supported power supplies.

Table 44. Power supply options
Part number Feature
code
Description Maximum
supported
110V AC 220V AC 240V DC
China only
None* AVS1 450W (230V/115V) Gold AC Fixed (Cabled) Power Supply 1 Yes Yes No
7N67A00882 AWFT 550W (230V/115V) Platinum Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 Yes Yes Yes
7N67A00883 AWFS 750W (230/115V) Platinum Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 Yes Yes Yes
7N67A00884 AWFR 750W (230V) Titanium Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 No Yes Yes
7N67A00885 AWFQ 1100W (230V/115V) Platinum Hot-Swap Power Supply 2 Yes Yes Yes

* Configure-to-order only

550W, 750W and 1100W Platinum power supplies are auto-sensing and support both 110V AC (100-127V 50/60 Hz) and 220V AC (200-240V 50/60 Hz) power. The 750W Titanium power supply only supports 220V AC power. In China only, all four hot-swap power supplies also support 240V DC.

Power supply options do not include a line cord.

For server configurations, the inclusion of a power supply is model dependent. Configure-to-order models can be configured without a power cord if desired.

Power supply configuration rules

The following table shows the power supplies supported with and without GPUs and with the various supported drive bay configurations.

For further power configuration of the server, use the Lenovo Capacity Planner, available at:
https://datacentersupport.lenovo.com/us/en/products/solutions-and-software/software/lenovo-capacity-planner/solutions/ht504651

Additional rules:

  • 550W, 750W, 1100W power supplies can be used all processors supported by the server
  • 450W power supply can only be used with processors that have a TDP of 85W or lower
  • 1100W power supply supports GPUs, however limitations on cooling fan redundancy exist for some configurations as described in the Fans and cooling section
Table 45. Power supply support for drive and GPU configurations
Power
supply
4x 3.5 SS 8x 3.5 HS 8x 2.5 HS 16x 2.5 HS 8x 2.5 HS
AnyBay
8x 3.5 +
4x 2.5 HS
16x 2.5 HS
AnyBay
20x 2.5 HS
AnyBay
20x 2.5 HS
Without any GPUs
450W Y* Y* Y* N N N N N N
550W Y Y Y N N N N N N
750W Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
1100W Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
With 1 or 2 GPUs**
450W N N N N N N N N N
550W N N N N N N N N N
750W N N N N N N N N N
1100W Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

* Only with processors that have a TDP of 85W or lower
** See the Fans and cooling section for cooling restrictions with GPUs

Power cords

Line cords and rack power cables can be ordered as listed in the following table.

110V customers: If you plan to use the ThinkSystem 1100W power supply with a 110V power source, select a power cable that is rated above 10A. Power cables that are rated at 10A or below are not supported with 110V power.

Table 46. Power cords
Part number Feature code Description
Rack cables
00Y3043 A4VP 1.0m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7937 6201 1.5m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08369 6570 2.0m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08366 6311 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08370 6400 2.8m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
39Y7932 6263 4.3m, 10A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
4L67A08371 6583 4.3m, 13A/100-250V, C13 to C14 Jumper Cord
Line cords
39Y7930 6222 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
81Y2384 6492 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to IRAM 2073 (Argentina) Line Cord
39Y7924 6211 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to AS/NZS 3112 (Australia/NZ) Line Cord
81Y2383 6574 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to AS/NZS 3112 (Australia/NZ) Line Cord
69Y1988 6532 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
81Y2387 6404 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to NBR 14136 (Brazil) Line Cord
39Y7928 6210 2.8m, 10A/220V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
81Y2378 6580 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to GB 2099.1 (China) Line Cord
39Y7918 6213 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
81Y2382 6575 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to DK2-5a (Denmark) Line Cord
39Y7917 6212 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to CEE 7/7 (Europe) Line Cord
81Y2376 6572 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to CEE 7/7 (Europe) Line Cord
39Y7927 6269 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to IS 6538 (India) Line Cord
81Y2386 6567 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to IS 6538 (India) Line Cord
39Y7920 6218 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
81Y2381 6579 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to SI 32 (Israel) Line Cord
39Y7921 6217 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord
81Y2380 6493 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to CEI 23-16 (Italy) Line Cord
4L67A08362 6495 4.3m, 12A/200V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7922 6214 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SABS 164-1 (South Africa) Line Cord
81Y2379 6576 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to SANS 164-1 (South Africa) Line Cord
39Y7926 6335 4.3m, 12A/100V, C13 to JIS C-8303 (Japan) Line Cord
39Y7925 6219 2.8m, 12A/220V, C13 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
81Y2385 6494 4.3m, 12A/250V, C13 to KSC 8305 (S. Korea) Line Cord
39Y7919 6216 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Swiss) Line Cord
81Y2390 6578 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to SEV 1011-S24507 (Swiss) Line Cord
23R7158 6386 2.8m, 10A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2375 6317 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2374 6402 2.8m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
4L67A08363 AX8B 4.3m, 10A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2389 6531 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
81Y2388 6530 4.3m, 13A/125V, C13 to CNS 10917 (Taiwan) Line Cord
39Y7923 6215 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
81Y2377 6577 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to BS 1363/A (UK) Line Cord
90Y3016 6313 2.8M, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
46M2592 A1RF 2.8m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
00WH545 6401 2.8M, 13A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08359 6370 4.3m, 10A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08361 6373 4.3m, 10A/250V, C13 to NEMA 6-15P (US) Line Cord
4L67A08360 AX8A 4.3m, 13A/125V, C13 to NEMA 5-15P (US) Line Cord

The ST550 also supports the following two-up cables.

Table 47. Power cables for ST550
Part number Feature code Description
47C2491 A3SW 1.2m, 10A/100-250V, (2X) C13 to C20 Jumper Cord
47C2492 A3SX 2.5m, 10A/100-250V, (2X) C13 to C20 Jumper Cord
47C2493 A3SY 2.8m, 10A/100-250V, (2X) C13 to C20 Jumper Cord
47C2494 A3SZ 4.1m, 10A/100-250V, (2X) C13 to C20 Jumper Cord

Integrated virtualization

The server supports booting from an operating system or hypervisor installed on an M.2 solid-state drive. See the M.2 drives section for details and the list of available options.

You can download supported VMware vSphere hypervisor images from the following web page and load it on the M.2 drive using the instructions provided:
https://vmware.lenovo.com/content/custom_iso/

Systems management

The server contains an integrated service processor, XClarity Controller (XCC), which provides advanced service-processor control, monitoring, and alerting functions. The XCC is based on the Pilot4 XE401 baseboard management controller (BMC) using a dual-core ARM Cortex A9 service processor.

Local management

The ST550 offers a front operator panel showing key LED status indicators, as shown in the following figure.

ST550 front operator panel
Figure 19. Front operator panel

When you press the ID button on the front panel, the blue system ID LEDs on both the front and rear of the server are lit to help you locate the server among other servers. You also can turn on the system ID LEDs using a remote management program for server presence detection.

System status with XClarity Mobile

The XClarity Mobile app includes a tethering function where you can connect your Android or iOS device to the server via USB to see the status of the server.

The steps to connect the mobile device are as follows:

  1. Enable USB Management on the server, by holding down the ID button for 3 seconds (or pressing the dedicated USB management button if one is present)
  2. Connect the mobile device via a USB cable to the server's USB port with the management symbol USB Management symbol
  3. In iOS or Android settings, enable Personal Hotspot or USB Tethering
  4. Launch the Lenovo XClarity Mobile app

Once connected you can see the following information:

  • Server status including error logs (read only, no login required)
  • Server management functions (XClarity login credentials required)

Remote management

The server offers a dedicated RJ45 port at the rear of the server for remote management via the XClarity Controller management processor. The port supports 10/100/1000 Mbps speeds.

Remote server management is provided through industry-standard interfaces:

  • Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Version 2.0
  • Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Version 3 (no SET commands; no SNMP v1)
  • Common Information Model (CIM-XML)
  • Representational State Transfer (REST) support
  • Redfish support (DMTF compliant)
  • Web browser - HTML 5-based browser interface (Java and ActiveX not required) using a responsive design (content optimized for device being used - laptop, tablet, phone) with NLS support

IPMI via the Ethernet port (IPMI over LAN) is supported, however it is disabled by default. For CTO orders you can specify whether you want to the feature enabled or disabled in the factory, using the feature codes listed in the following table.

Table 48. IPMI-over-LAN settings
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only B7XZ Disable IPMI-over-LAN (default)
CTO only B7Y0 Enable IPMI-over-LAN

There are two XClarity Controller upgrades available for the server, Advanced and Enterprise.

Lenovo XClarity Controller Advanced adds the following remote control functions:

  • Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1600x1200 at 75 Hz with up to 23 bits per pixel, regardless of the system state
  • Remotely accessing the server using the keyboard and mouse from a remote client
  • Capturing blue-screen errors
  • International keyboard mapping support
  • LDAP-based authentication

Lenovo XClarity Controller Enterprise enables the following additional features:

  • Boot Capture
  • Remote mounting of CD-ROM (ISO) and diskette (IMG) files as virtual drives
  • Virtual console collaboration - Ability for up to 6 remote users to be log into the remote session simultaneously
  • Power capping
  • License for XClarity Energy Manager

Preconfigured models come with either XClarity Controller Standard, Advanced or Enterprise, depending on the model. See the Models section for details. The following table shows the field upgrades available for preconfigured models.

Table 49. XClarity Controller field upgrades
Part number Feature code Description
4L47A09132 AVUT ThinkSystem XClarity Controller Standard to Advanced Upgrade
(for servers that have XCC Standard)
4L47A09133 AVUU ThinkSystem XClarity Controller Advanced to Enterprise Upgrade
(for servers that have XCC Advanced)

For configure-to-order (CTO) models, you can elect to have one of the following XCC functionality by selecting the appropriate XCC feature codes as listed in the following table:

  • XCC Standard - select neither feature listed in the table
  • XCC Advanced - select feature AVUT
  • XCC Enterprise - select feature AUPW
Table 50. XClarity Controller Upgrades for configure-to-order
Feature code Description
AVUT ThinkSystem XClarity Controller Standard to Advanced Upgrade
AUPW ThinkSystem XClarity Controller Standard to Enterprise Upgrade

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager

Lenovo XClarity Provisioning Manager (LXPM) is a UEFI-based application embedded in ThinkSystem servers and accessible via the F1 key during system boot.

LXPM provides the following functions:

  • Graphical UEFI Setup
  • System inventory information and VPD update
  • System firmware updates (UEFI and XCC)
  • RAID setup wizard
  • OS installation wizard (including unattended OS installation)
  • Diagnostics functions

Lenovo XClarity Administrator

Lenovo XClarity Administrator is a centralized resource management solution designed to reduce complexity, speed response, and enhance the availability of Lenovo systems and solutions.

Lenovo XClarity Administrator provides agent-free hardware management for ThinkSystem servers, in addition to ThinkServer, System x, and Flex System servers. The administration dashboard is based on HTML 5 and allows fast location of resources so tasks can be run quickly.

Because Lenovo XClarity Administrator does not require any agent software to be installed on the managed endpoints, there are no CPU cycles spent on agent execution, and no memory is used, which means that up to 1GB of RAM and 1 - 2% CPU usage is saved, compared to a typical managed system where an agent is required.

Lenovo XClarity Administrator provides full management function to ThinkSystem servers, including the following:

  • Discovery
  • Inventory
  • Monitoring and alerting
  • Call home
  • Centralized user management
  • Cryptography modes, server certificates, and encapsulation
  • Configuration patterns
  • Operating system deployment
  • Firmware updates

For more information about Lenovo XClarity Administrator, including ordering part numbers, see the Lenovo XClarity Administrator Product Guide: https://lenovopress.com/tips1200-lenovo-xclarity-administrator

Lenovo XClarity Integrators

Lenovo also offers software plug-in modules, Lenovo XClarity Integrators, to manage physical infrastructure from leading external virtualization management software tools including those from Microsoft and VMware.

These integrators are offered at no charge, however if software support is required, a Lenovo XClarity Pro software subscription license should be ordered.

Lenovo XClarity Integrators offer the following additional features:

  • Ability to discover, manage, and monitor Lenovo server hardware from VMware vCenter or Microsoft System Center
  • Deployment of firmware updates and configuration patterns to Lenovo x86 rack servers and Flex System from the virtualization management tool
  • Non-disruptive server maintenance in clustered environments that reduces workload downtime by dynamically migrating workloads from affected hosts during rolling server updates or reboots
  • Greater service level uptime and assurance in clustered environments during unplanned hardware events by dynamically triggering workload migration from impacted hosts when impending hardware failures are predicted

For more information about all the available Lenovo XClarity Integrators, see the Lenovo XClarity Administrator Product Guide: https://lenovopress.com/tips1200-lenovo-xclarity-administrator

Lenovo XClarity Essentials

Lenovo offers the following XClarity Essentials software tools that can help you set up, use, and maintain the server at no additional cost:

  • Lenovo Essentials OneCLI

    OneCLI is a collection of server management tools that uses a command line interface program to manage firmware, hardware, and operating systems. It provides functions to collect full system health information (including health status), configure system settings, and update system firmware and drivers.

  • Lenovo Essentials UpdateXpress

    The UpdateXpress tool is a standalone GUI application for firmware and device driver updates that enables you to maintain your server firmware and device drivers up-to-date and help you avoid unnecessary server outages. The tool acquires and deploys individual updates and UpdateXpress System Packs (UXSPs) which are integration-tested bundles.

  • Lenovo Essentials Bootable Media Creator

    The Bootable Media Creator (BOMC) tool is used to create bootable media for offline firmware update.

For more information and downloads, visit the Lenovo XClarity Essentials web page:
http://support.lenovo.com/us/en/documents/LNVO-center

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager is an agent-free, web-based console that provides power management for ThinkSystem servers as well as System x and ThinkServer systems. It enables server density and data center capacity to be increased through the use of power capping.

Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager is a licensed product. A single-node XClarity Energy Manager license is included with the XClarity Controller Enterprise (XCC Enterprise) upgrade as described in the Remote Management section. If your server does not have the XCC Enterprise upgrade, Energy Manager licenses can be ordered as shown in the following table.

Table 51. Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager
Description Part number
4L40E51621 Lenovo XClarity Energy Manager Node License (1 license needed per server)

Security

The server offers the following security features:

  • Electronic security measures:
    • Administrator and power-on passwords
    • Trusted Platform Module (TPM) supporting both TPM 1.2 and TPM 2.0
    • Optional Trusted Cryptographic Module (TCM), available only in China
    • Self-encrypting drives with support for IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager
  • Mechanical security measures
    • Lockable side cover to help prevent access to internal components
    • Slot at the rear of the server for a Kensington Cable Lock
    • Optional chassis intrusion switch
    • Optional lockable front security door

The TCM module and Nationz TPM module are available only for China customers and are installed in a dedicated socket on the system board, as shown in Figure 4.

The optional lockable front door includes a key that enables you to secure access to the drive bays and system controls, thereby reducing the possibility of unauthorized or accidental access to the server.

The following table lists the security options for the server.

Table 52. Security features
Part number Feature code Description
7XH7A05903 AVRR ThinkSystem ST550 Security Door
None* AVKE ThinkSystem Trusted Cryptographic Module (China customers only)
None* B22N ThinkSystem Nationz Trusted Platform Module v2.0 (China customers only)
None* AVSD ThinkSystem ST550 Intrusion Switch and Cable

* Available via configure-to-order or in preconfigured models only

For SED drives and IBM Security Key Lifecycle Manager support see the SED encryption key management with ISKLM section.

Keyboards and Mice

The following table lists the supported full-sized USB keyboards and mice available for Lenovo ThinkSystem servers.

The keyboards have the following features:

  • Full-sized 104-key keyboard with 3 special Windows keys
  • 3 LEDs for caps lock, scroll lock and num lock
  • Wired USB connection with 1.8m cable
  • Adjustable feet at the rear of the keyboard

Tip: For keyboards that fit in the rack-mounted console kit, see the KVM console options section, or the 1U 18.5-inch Standard Media Console product guide.

Table 53. Lenovo Preferred Pro USB Full-sized keyboards - ThinkSystem
Part number Feature code Description
Mice
7M57A04698 B0LN ThinkSystem Optical Wheel Mouse - USB
Keyboards
7ZB7A05521 AXTM ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Arabic 253 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05520 AXTN ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Arabic French 462 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05519 AXTP ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Belgium/French 120 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05518 AXTQ ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Belgium/UK 120 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05517 AXTR ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Brazil/Portuguese 275 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05515 AXTS ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Bulgarian 442 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05511 AXTU ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Czech RoHS v2
7ZB7A05509 AXTV ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Danish 159 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05508 AXTW ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Dutch 143 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05506 AXTX ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - French 189 roHS v2
7ZB7A05496 AXTZ ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - French Canadian 058 French RoHS v2
7ZB7A05504 AXTY ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - French Canadian 445 Multilingual RoHS v2
7ZB7A05495 AXU0 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - German 129 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05494 AXU1 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Greek 319 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05493 AXU2 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Hebrew RoHS v2
7ZB7A05492 AXU3 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Hungarian 208 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05491 AXU4 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Iceland 197 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05490 AXU5 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Italy 141 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05489 AXU6 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Japanese 194 RoHS
7ZB7A05488 AXU7 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Korean 413 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05487 AXU8 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - LA Spanish 171 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05486 AXU9 ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Norwegian 155 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05485 AXUA ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Polish RoHS v2
7ZB7A05484 AXUB ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Portuguese 163 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05483 AXUC ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Romanian RoHS v2
7ZB7A05482 AXUD ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Russian/Cyrillic 441 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05481 AXUE ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Serbian/Cyrillic RoHS v2
7ZB7A05480 AXUF ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Slovak 245 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05471 AXUQ ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Slovenian 234 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05479 AXUG ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Spanish 172 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05478 AXUH ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Swedish/Finn 153 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05477 AXUJ ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Swiss F/G 150 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05476 AXUK ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Thailand 191 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05513 AXTT ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Trad Chinese/US 467 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05474 AXUM ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Turkish 179 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05475 AXUL ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - Turkish 440 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05473 AXUN ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - UK English 166 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05522 AXTL ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - US English 103P RoHS v2
7ZB7A05472 AXUP ThinkSystem Pref. Pro Keyboard USB - US Euro 103P RoHS v2

Rack installation

The server can be installed in the rack with the Tower to Rack Conversion Kit. The resulting server is a 4U rack-mountable server, as shown in the following figure.

ThinkSystem ST550 Rack Conversion
Figure 20. ThinkSystem ST550 with Rack Conversion Kit installed

The part numbers are summarized in the following table.

Table 54. Rack installation options
Part
number
Feature
code
Description
7XH7A05901 AVRZ ThinkSystem ST550 4U Tower to Rack Conversion Kit
7XH7A05902 AVRX ThinkSystem ST550 CMA Kit

The rail kit has the specifications listed in the following table.

Table 55. Rail kit specifications
Feature ThinkSystem ST550 4U Tower to Rack Conversion Kit
Part number 7XH7A05901
Rail type Full-out slide rail (ball bearing)
Toolless installation Yes
Cable Management Arm (CMA) support Optional (7XH7A05902)
In-rack server maintenance Yes
1U PDU support Yes
0U PDU support Limited*
Rack type Lenovo and IBM 4-post, IEC standard-compliant
Mounting holes Square or round
Mounting flange thickness 2 mm - 3.3 mm (0.08 - 0.13 in.)
Distance between front and rear mounting flanges 537 mm - 810 mm (21.1 - 31.9 in.)
Rail length*** 792 mm (31.2 in.)

 * For 0U PDU support, the rack must be at least 1100 mm (43.31 in.) deep without a CMA, or at least 1200 mm (47.24 in.) deep if a CMA is used.
*** Measured when mounted on the rack, from the front surface of the front mounting flange to the rearmost point of the rail.

Supported rack cabinets are listed in the Rack cabinets section.

Operating system support

The ST550 with second-generation Intel Xeon Scalable processors supports the following operating systems:

  • Microsoft Windows Server 2016
  • Microsoft Windows Server 2019
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.7
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.8
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.1
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Xen SP4
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Xen SP5
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 SP1
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Xen SP1
  • VMware ESXi 6.5 U2
  • VMware ESXi 6.5 U3
  • VMware ESXi 6.7 U1
  • VMware ESXi 6.7 U2
  • VMware ESXi 6.7 U3
  • VMware ESXi 7.0

For a complete list of supported, certified and tested operating systems, plus additional details and links to relevant web sites, see the Operating System Interoperability Guide: https://lenovopress.com/osig#servers=st550-7x09-7x10-sp-gen-2

Virtualization support: The onboard SATA ports of the server can be used with virtualization hypervisors, including VMware ESXi, Linux KVM, Xen, and Microsoft Hyper-V, however support is limited to AHCI (non-RAID) mode. RSTe mode is not supported with virtualization hypervisors.

For configure-to-order configurations, the server can be preloaded with VMware ESXi installed on M.2 cards. Ordering information is listed in the following table.

Table 56. VMware ESXi preload
Part number Feature code Description
CTO only B3VW VMware ESXi 6.5 U2 (Factory Installed)
CTO only B6U0 VMware ESXi 6.5 U3 (factory installed)
CTO only B4XA VMware ESXi 6.7 U1 (Factory Installed)
CTO only B6U1 VMware ESXi 6.7 U2 (factory installed)
CTO only B88T VMware ESXi 6.7 U3 (factory installed)

Physical and electrical specifications

The server features the following dimensions and weight:

  • Tower:
    • Width with stabilizer feet extended: 272 mm (10.7 in)
    • Width with stabilizer feet retracted: 176 mm (6.9 in)
    • Depth: 670 mm (26.4 in)
    • Height: 438 mm (17.2 in)
  • With rack conversion kit:
    • Width: 482 mm (18.97 inches)
    • Depth: 670 mm (26.4 in)
    • Height: 176 mm (6.9 in)

Weight:

  • Fully configured: 36 kg (79.36 lb)

A note about the stabilizer feet: The ST550 includes stabilizer foot stands that are used when the server is in the tower configuration. The stabilizer feet can be installed in a retracted position or in an open position. For safety reasons, it is recommended the feet be used in the open position to help prevent the server from tipping over, however if needed, the feet can be positioned so that they do not extend beyond the width of the server enclosure. When the ST550 is converted to a rack configuration, the feet are removed.

Electrical requirements are as follows:

  • Models with 550 W AC power supplies:
    • 100-127 (nominal) V ac; 50 Hz or 60 Hz; 6.2 A
    • 200 - 240 (nominal) V ac; 50 Hz or 60 Hz; 3.0 A
    • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA) (approximately):
      • Minimum configuration: 0.16 kVA
      • Maximum configuration: 0.722 kVA
  • Models with 750 W Platinum AC power supplies:
    • 100 - 127 (nominal) V ac; 50 Hz or 60 Hz; 8.4 A
    • 200 - 240 (nominal) V ac; 50 Hz or 60 Hz; 4.1 A
    • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA) (approximately):
      • Minimum configuration: 0.15 kVA
      • Maximum configuration: 0.954 kVA
  • Models with 750 W Titanium AC power supplies:
    • 200 - 240 (nominal) V ac; 50 Hz or 60 Hz; 4.1 A
    • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA) (approximately):
      • Minimum configuration: 0.15 kVA
      • Maximum configuration: 0.906 kVA
  • Models with 1100 W Platinum AC power supplies:
    • 100 - 127 (nominal) V ac; 50 Hz or 60 Hz; 12.0 A
    • 200 - 240 (nominal) V ac; 50 Hz or 60 Hz; 6.0 A
    • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA) (approximately):
      • Minimum configuration:  0.12 kVA
      • Maximum configuration: 1.406 kVA

For China customers using 240V DC input power:

  • Models with 550 W 240V DC power supplies:
    • 200 - 240 (nominal) V dc; 2.5 A
    • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA) (approximately):
      • Minimum configuration: 0.16 kVA
      • Maximum configuration: 0.70 kVA
  • Models with 750 W Platinum 240V DC power supplies:
    • 200 - 240 (nominal) V dc; 3.5 A
    • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA) (approximately):
      • Minimum configuration: 0.15 kVA
      • Maximum configuration: 0.958 kVA
  • Models with 750 W Titanium 240V DC power supplies:
    • 200 - 240 (nominal) V dc; 3.5 A
    • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA) (approximately):
      • Minimum configuration: 0.15 kVA
      • Maximum configuration: 0.948 kVA
  • Models with 1100 W Platinum 240V DC power supplies:
    • 200 - 240 (nominal) V dc; 5.1 A
    • Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA) (approximately):
      • Minimum configuration:  0.12 kVA
      • Maximum configuration: 1.408 kVA

Operating environment

The ThinkSystem ST550 server complies with ASHRAE Class A2 specifications, and depending on the hardware configuration, also complies with ASHRAE Class A3 and Class A4 specifications. System performance may be impacted when operating temperature is outside ASHRAE A2 specification.

The following restrictions apply with ASHRAE A4 and A3 support:

  • No support for processors with TDP rating of 125 W or higher
  • Two power supplies must be installed; fixed (cabled) power supply not supported
  • The rear fan must be installed
  • No support for NVMe drives
  • No support for GPUs
  • If the media bay conversion kit is installed (adding 4x 2.5-inch drive bays), those drive bays cannot support SAS drives (HDD or SSD) that are 2TB or larger. SATA drives are fully supported.

In addition, CPU core speed may be reduced depending on the processor selected. 

The server is supported operating in the following environments:

  • ASHRAE A2:
    • Temperature: 10°C to 35°C
    • Humidity: 8% to 80%
    • Altitude 0-3000 m (10,000 ft), derated 1°C per 300 m above 950 m
  • ASHRAE A3:
    • Temperature: 5°C to 40°C
    • Humidity: 8% to 85%
    • Altitude 0-3000 m (10,000 ft), derated 1°C per 175 m above 950 m
  • ASHRAE A4:
    • Temperature: 5°C to 45°C
    • Humidity: 8% to 90%
    • Altitude 0-3000 m (10,000 ft), derated 1°C per 125 m above 950 m

Non-operating environment support:

  • Without packaging:
    • Temperature: -10 °C to 60 °C
    • Humidity: 8 to 90%
  • Storage with packaging:
    • Temperature: -40 °C to 70 °C
    • Humidity: 8 to 90%

Thermal (heat) output:

  • Maximum configuration: 4074 Btu/hr (1194 watts)

Acoustical noise emissions:

  • Sound power levels (bels):
    • Base configuration: 4.0 bels (idle), 4.1 bels (operating)
    • Maximum configuration: 5.3 bels (idle), 5.3 bels (operating)
  • Sound pressure levels (dBA):
    • Base configuration: 33 dBA (idle), 33 dBA (operating)
    • Maximum configuration: 43 dBA (idle), 43 dBA (operating)

The server has the following vibration and shock limits:

  • Vibration:
    • Operating: 0.21 G rms at 5 Hz to 500 Hz for 15 minutes across 3 axes
    • Non-operating: 1.04 G rms at 2 Hz to 200 Hz for 15 minutes across 6 surfaces
  • Shock:
    • Operating: 15 G for 3 milliseconds in each direction (positive and negative X, Y, and Z axes)
    • Non-operating:
      • 12 kg - 22 kg: 50 G for 152 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces
      • 23 kg  - 31 kg: 35 G for 152 in./sec velocity change across 6 surfaces

Warranty and Support

The ST550 has a 1-year or 3-year warranty, based on the machine type of the system:

  • 7X09: 1 year warranty
  • 7X10: 3 year warranty

The standard warranty terms are customer-replaceable unit (CRU) and onsite (for field-replaceable units FRUs only) with standard call center support during normal business hours and 9x5 Next Business Day Parts Delivered.

Lenovo’s additional support services provide a sophisticated, unified support structure for your data center, with an experience consistently ranked number one in customer satisfaction worldwide. Available offerings include:

  • Premier Support

    Premier Support provides a Lenovo-owned customer experience and delivers direct access to technicians skilled in hardware, software, and advanced troubleshooting, in addition to the following:

    • Direct technician-to-technician access through a dedicated phone line
    • 24x7x365 remote support
    • Single point of contact service
    • End to end case management
    • Third-party collaborative software support
    • Online case tools and live chat support
    • On-demand remote system analysis
  • Warranty Upgrade (Preconfigured Support)

    Services are available to meet the on-site response time targets that match the criticality of your systems.

    • 3, 4, or 5 years of service coverage
    • 1-year or 2-year post-warranty extensions
    • Foundation Service: 9x5 service coverage with next business day onsite response. YourDrive YourData is an optional extra (see below).
    • Essential Service: 24x7 service coverage with 4-hour onsite response or 24-hour committed repair (available only in select countries). Bundled with YourDrive YourData.
    • Advanced Service: 24x7 service coverage with 2-hour onsite response or 6-hour committed repair (available only in select countries). Bundled with YourDrive YourData.
  • Managed Services

    Lenovo Managed Services provides continuous 24x7 remote monitoring (plus 24x7 call center availability) and proactive management of a your data center using state of the art tools, systems, and practices by a team of highly skilled and experienced Lenovo services professionals.

    Quarterly reviews check error logs, verify firmware & OS device driver levels, and software as needed. We’ll also maintain records of latest patches, critical updates, and firmware levels, to ensure you systems are providing business value through optimized performance.

  • Technical Account Management (TAM)

    A Lenovo Technical Account Manager helps you optimize the operation of your data center based on a deep understanding of your business. You gain direct access to your Lenovo TAM, who serves as your single point of contact to expedite service requests, provide status updates, and furnish reports to track incidents over time. In addition, your TAM will help proactively make service recommendations and manage your service relationship with Lenovo to make certain your needs are met.

  • Enterprise Server Software Support

    Enterprise Software Support is an additional support service providing customers with software support on Microsoft, Red Hat, SUSE, and VMware applications and systems. Around the clock availability for critical problems plus unlimited calls and incidents helps customers address challenges fast, without incremental costs. Support staff can answer troubleshooting and diagnostic questions, address product comparability and interoperability issues, isolate causes of problems, report defects to software vendors, and more.

  • YourDrive YourData

    Lenovo’s YourDrive YourData is a multi-drive retention offering that ensures your data is always under your control, regardless of the number of drives that are installed in your Lenovo server. In the unlikely event of a drive failure, you retain possession of your drive while Lenovo replaces the failed drive part. Your data stays safely on your premises, in your hands. The YourDrive YourData service can be purchased in convenient bundles, and is optional with Foundation Service. It is bundled with Essential Service and Advanced Service.

  • Health Check

    Having a trusted partner who can perform regular and detailed health checks is central to maintaining efficiency and ensuring that your systems and business are always running at their best. Health Check supports Lenovo-branded server, storage, and networking devices, as well as select Lenovo-supported products from other vendors that are sold by Lenovo or a Lenovo-Authorized Reseller.

Examples of region-specific warranty terms are second or longer business day parts delivery or parts-only base warranty.

If warranty terms and conditions include onsite labor for repair or replacement of parts, Lenovo will dispatch a service technician to the customer site to perform the replacement. Onsite labor under base warranty is limited to labor for replacement of parts that have been determined to be field-replaceable units (FRUs). Parts that are determined to be customer-replaceable units (CRUs) do not include onsite labor under base warranty.

If warranty terms include parts-only base warranty, Lenovo is responsible for delivering only replacement parts that are under base warranty (including FRUs) that will be sent to a requested location for self-service. Parts-only service does not include a service technician being dispatched onsite. Parts must be changed at customer’s own cost and labor and defective parts must be returned following the instructions supplied with the spares parts.

Lenovo Service offerings are region-specific. Not all preconfigured support and upgrade options are available in every region. For information about Lenovo service upgrade offerings that are available in your region, refer to the following resources:

For service definitions, region-specific details, and service limitations, please refer to the following documents:

Services

Lenovo Services is a dedicated partner to your success. Our goal is to reduce your capital outlays, mitigate your IT risks, and accelerate your time to productivity.

Here’s a more in-depth look at what we can do for you:

  • Asset Recovery Services

    Asset Recovery Services (ARS) helps customers recover the maximum value from their end-of-life equipment in a cost-effective and secure way. On top of simplifying the transition from old to new equipment, ARS mitigates environmental and data security risks associated with data center equipment disposal. Lenovo ARS is a cash-back solution for equipment based on its remaining market value, yielding maximum value from aging assets and lowering total cost of ownership for your customers. For more information, see the ARS page, https://lenovopress.com/lp1266-reduce-e-waste-and-grow-your-bottom-line-with-lenovo-ars.

  • Assessment Services

    An Assessment helps solve your IT challenges through an onsite, multi-day session with a Lenovo technology expert. We perform a tools based assessment which provides a comprehensive and thorough review of a company's environment and technology systems. In addition to the technology based functional requirements, the consultant also discusses and records the non-functional business requirements, challenges, and constraints. Assessments help organizations like yours, no matter how large or small, get a better return on your IT investment and overcome challenges in the ever-changing technology landscape.

  • Design Services

    Professional Services consultants perform infrastructure design and implementation planning to support your strategy. The high-level architectures provided by the assessment service are turned into low level designs and wiring diagrams, which are reviewed and approved prior to implementation The implementation plan will demonstrate an outcome-based proposal to provide business capabilities through infrastructure with a risk-mitigated project plan.

  • Basic Hardware Installation

    Lenovo experts can seamlessly manage the physical installation of your server, storage, or networking hardware. Working at a time convenient for you (business hours or off shift), the technician will unpack and inspect the systems on your site, install options, mount in a rack cabinet, connect to power and network, check and update firmware to the latest levels, verify operation, and dispose of the packaging, allowing your team to focus on other priorities.

  • Deployment Services

    When investing in new IT infrastructures, you need to ensure your business will see quick time to value with little to no disruption. Lenovo deployments are designed by development and engineering teams who know our Products & Solutions better than anyone else, and our technicians own the process from delivery to completion. Lenovo will conduct remote preparation and planning, configure & integrate systems, validate systems, verify and update appliance firmware, train on administrative tasks, and provide post-deployment documentation. Customer’s IT teams leverage our skills to enable IT staff to transform with higher level roles and tasks.

  • Integration, Migration, and Expansion Services

    Move existing physical & virtual workloads easily, or determine technical requirements to support increased workloads while maximizing performance. Includes tuning, validation, and documenting ongoing run processes. Leverage migration assessment planning documents to perform necessary migrations.

Some service options may not be available in all countries. For more information, go to https://www.lenovo.com/systems/services. For information about Lenovo service upgrade offerings that are available in your region, contact your local Lenovo sales representative or business partner.

Regulatory compliance

The ST550 server conforms to the following standards:

  • Energy Star 2.1
  • FCC - Verified to comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, Class A
  • Canada ICES-003, issue 6, Class A
  • UL/IEC 60950-1
  • CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
  • IEC 62368-1:2014 (CB Certificate and CB Test Report)
  • NOM-019
  • Argentina IEC60950-1
  • Japan VCCI, Class A
  • Australia/New Zealand AS/NZS CISPR 32, Class A; AS/NZS 60950.1
  • China CCC GB4943.1, GB9254 Class A, GB17625.1
  • Taiwan BSMI CNS13438, Class A; CNS14336-1; CNS15663
  • Korea KN32, Class A; KN35
  • Russia, Belorussia and Kazakhstan, TR CU 020/2011 (for EMC) and TR CU 004/2011 (for safety)
  • IEC 60950-1 (CB Certificate and CB Test Report)
  • CE Mark (EN55032 Class A, EN60950-1, EN55024, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3)
  • CISPR 32, Class A
  • TUV-GS (EN60950-1 /IEC60950-1,EK1-ITB2000)
  • RoHS Directive
  • ErP lot3
  • JESL

External drive enclosures

The server supports attachment to external drive enclosures using a RAID controller with external ports or a SAS host bus adapter. Adapters supported by the server are listed in the SAS adapters for external storage section.

Note: Information provided in this section is for ordering reference purposes only. For the operating system and adapter support details, refer to the interoperability matrix for a particular storage enclosure that can be found on the Lenovo Data Center Support web site:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com

Table 57. External drive enclosures
Description Part number
Worldwide Japan PRC
Lenovo Storage D1212 LFF Disk Expansion with Dual SAS IO Modules 4587A11 4587A1J 4587A1C
Lenovo Storage D1224 SFF Disk Expansion with Dual SAS IO Modules 4587A31 4587A3J 4587A3C
Lenovo Storage D3284 4TB x 84 HD Expansion Enclosure 641311F
Lenovo Storage D3284 6TB x 84 HD Expansion Enclosure 641312F
Lenovo Storage D3284 8TB x 84 HD Expansion Enclosure 641313F
Lenovo Storage D3284 10TB x 84 HD Expansion Enclosure 641314F

For details about supported drives, adapters, and cables, see the following Lenovo Press Product Guides:

External storage systems

The following table lists the external storage systems that are currently offered by Lenovo.

Note: Information provided in this section is for ordering reference purposes only. End-to-end storage configuration support must be verified through the interoperability matrix for a particular storage system that can be found on the Lenovo Data Center Support web site:
http://datacentersupport.lenovo.com

Table 58. External storage systems: DE Series
Description Part number
Worldwide Japan
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE Series Storage (SAS connectivity)
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y70A000WW 7Y701003JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y71A000WW 7Y711003JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (16 GB cache) 7Y77A002WW 7Y771000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y74A000WW 7Y74A000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y75A000WW 7Y75A000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F SAS All Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y76A000WW 7Y76A000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F SAS All Flash Array SFF (64 GB cache) 7Y76A005WW 7Y76A008JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (32 GB cache) 7Y80A000WW 7Y801002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H SAS Hybrid Flash Array SFF (32 GB cache) 7Y78A000WW 7Y781002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000F SAS All Flash Array SFF (128 GB cache) 7Y79A000WW 7Y79A000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE Series Storage (iSCSI connectivity)
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H 10GBASE-T Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y70A003WW 7Y701001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H 10GBASE-T Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y71A002WW 7Y711005JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y70A004WW 7Y701000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y71A003WW 7Y711006JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (16 GB cache) 7Y77A000WW 7Y771002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y74A002WW 7Y74A002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y75A001WW 7Y75A001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F iSCSI All Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y76A002WW 7Y76A002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F iSCSI All Flash Array SFF (64 GB cache) 7Y76A007WW 7Y76A00AJP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (32 GB cache) 7Y80A002WW 7Y801000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H iSCSI Hybrid Flash Array SFF (32 GB cache) 7Y78A002WW 7Y781000JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000F iSCSI All Flash Array SFF (128 GB cache) 7Y79A002WW 7Y79A002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE Series Storage (FC connectivity)
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H FC Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y70A002WW 7Y701002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE2000H FC Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y71A001WW 7Y711004JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H FC Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (16 GB cache) 7Y77A001WW 7Y771001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H FC Hybrid Flash Array LFF (16 GB cache) 7Y74A001WW 7Y74A001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000H FC Hybrid Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y75A002WW 7Y75A002JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F FC All Flash Array SFF (16 GB cache) 7Y76A001WW 7Y76A001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE4000F FC All Flash Array SFF (64 GB cache) 7Y76A006WW 7Y76A009JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H FC Hybrid Flash Array 4U60 (32 GB cache) 7Y80A001WW 7Y801001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000H FC Hybrid Flash Array SFF (32 GB cache) 7Y78A001WW 7Y781001JP
Lenovo ThinkSystem DE6000F FC All Flash Array SFF (128 GB cache) 7Y79A001WW 7Y79A001JP
Table 59. External storage systems: DM Series
Description Part number
Lenovo ThinkSystem DM Series Storage (NAS or iSCSI connectivity)
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421003EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y421007EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 96TB (12x 8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421005EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 96TB (12x 8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y421001EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571004EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100LEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 14.4TB (12x 1.2TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100CEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 21.6TB (12x 1.8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100GEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571006EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100NEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 28.8TB (24x 1.2TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100EEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 28.8TB (24x 1.2TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100VEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100JEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y571002EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571008EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100QEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100AEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100REA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411002EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411004EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411006EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 10GBASE-T, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411007EA*
Lenovo ThinkSystem DM Series Storage (NAS, iSCSI, or FC connectivity)
ThinkSystem DM3000H Hybrid Storage Array (2U12 LFF, CTO only) 7Y42CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421009NA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421002EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 48TB (12x 4TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y421006EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 96TB (12x 8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y421004EA*
ThinkSystem DM3000H, 96TB (12x 8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y421008EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H Hybrid Storage Array (2U24 SFF, CTO only) 7Y57CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571011NA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571003EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100KEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 14.4TB (12x 1.2TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100BEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 21.6TB (12x 1.8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100FEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571005EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100MEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 28.8TB (24x 1.2TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100DEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571010NA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y57100HEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 43.2TB (24x 1.8TB HDDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100ZEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571007EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H,  46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100PEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 Fundamentals 7Y571009EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000H, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y57100SEA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F Flash Storage Array (2U24 SFF, CTO only) 7Y41CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 11.5TB (12x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411001EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 23TB (24x 960GB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411003EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 46TB (12x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411005EA*
ThinkSystem DM5000F, 92TB (24x 3.84TB SSDs), 16Gb FC / 10GbE SFP+, ONTAP 9.5 7Y411000EA*
ThinkSystem DM7000H Hybrid Storage Array (3U, CTO only) 7Y56CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM7000F Flash Storage Array (3U, CTO only) 7Y40CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM7100H Hybrid Storage Array (4U, CTO only) 7D26CTO1WW
ThinkSystem DM7100F Flash Storage Array (4U, CTO only) 7D25CTO1WW

* Preconfigured models that are available only in North America (part numbers that have NA at the end) or EMEA (part numbers that have EA at the end) and require Preconfigured support to be purchased with the storage system (See the respective product guide for details).

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Lenovo Storage category:
http://lenovopress.com/storage/san/lenovo#rt=product-guide

External backup units

The following table lists the available external SAS tape backup options.

Tip: Verify the end-to-end support of an IBM tape backup solution through the IBM System Storage Interoperation Center (SSIC): http://www.ibm.com/systems/support/storage/ssic

Table 60. External SAS backup options
Part number Description
External SAS tape backup drives
6160S6E IBM TS2260 Tape Drive Model H6S
6160S7E IBM TS2270 Tape Drive Model H7S
6160S8E IBM TS2280 Tape Drive Model H8S
External SAS tape backup autoloaders
6171S6R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO6 HH SAS
6171S7R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO7 HH SAS
6171S8R IBM TS2900 Tape Autoloader w/LTO8 HH SAS
External tape backup libraries
6741A1F IBM TS4300 3U Tape Library-Base Unit
SAS backup drives for TS4300 Tape Library
01KP934 LTO 6 HH SAS Drive
01KP937 LTO 7 HH SAS Drive
01KP953 LTO 8 HH SAS Drive

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Backup units category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/backup

Top-of-rack Ethernet switches

The following table lists the Ethernet LAN switches that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 61. Ethernet LAN switches
Part number Description
1 Gb Ethernet Rack switches
7Y810011WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE0152T RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z320O11WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE0152TO RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
7159BAX Lenovo RackSwitch G7028 (Rear to Front)
7159CAX Lenovo RackSwitch G7052 (Rear to Front)
7159G52 Lenovo RackSwitch G8052 (Rear to Front)
7165H1X Juniper EX2300-C PoE Switch
7165H2X Juniper EX2300-24p PoE Switch
1 Gb Ethernet Campus switches
7Z340011WW Lenovo CE0128TB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z360011WW Lenovo CE0128TB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
7Z340012WW Lenovo CE0128PB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z360012WW Lenovo CE0128PB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
7Z350021WW Lenovo CE0152TB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z370021WW Lenovo CE0152TB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
7Z350022WW Lenovo CE0152PB Switch (3-Year Warranty)
7Z370022WW Lenovo CE0152PB Switch (Limited Lifetime Warranty)
10 Gb Ethernet switches
7159A1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1032 RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7159B1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1032T RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z330O11WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1064TO RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
7159C1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE1072T RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7159CRW Lenovo RackSwitch G8272 (Rear to Front)
7159GR6 Lenovo RackSwitch G8296 (Rear to Front)
25 Gb Ethernet switches
7159E1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2572 RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z210O21WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2572O RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
7Z330O21WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE2580O RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)
100 Gb Ethernet switches
7159D1X Lenovo ThinkSystem NE10032 RackSwitch (Rear to Front)
7Z210O11WW Lenovo ThinkSystem NE10032O RackSwitch (Rear to Front, ONIE)

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the following switch categories:

Fibre Channel SAN switches

The following table lists the Fibre Channel SAN switches that are offered by Lenovo and can be used with this system.

Table 62. Fibre Channel SAN switches
Description Part number
8 Gb FC
Lenovo B300, E_Port License, 8 ports licensed, 8x 8Gb SWL SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 3873AR6
16 Gb FC
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB610S, 8 ports licensed, 8x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6559F2A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB610S, ENT., 24 ports licensed, 24x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6559F1A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB620S, 24 ports licensed, 24x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6415J1A
Lenovo B6505, 12 ports licensed, 12x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 3873ER1
Lenovo B6510, 24 ports licensed, 24x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 3873IR1
Lenovo B6510, 24 ports licensed, 24x 16Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 3Yr FW 3873BR3
32 Gb FC
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB610S, 8 ports licensed, No SFPs, 1 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6559F3A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB620S, 24 ports licensed, No SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6415G3A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB620S, 24 ports licensed, 24x 32Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6415H11
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB620S, ENT., 48 ports licensed, 48x 32Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 6415H2A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB630S, 48 ports licensed, No SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 7D1SA001WW
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB630S, 48 ports licensed, 48x 32Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 7D1SA002WW
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB630S, ENT., 96 ports licensed, 96x 32Gb SWL SFPs, 2 PS, Rail Kit, 1Yr FW 7D1SA003WW
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB400D 32Gb FC Director, ENT., 4 Blade slots, 8U, 1Yr FW 6684D2A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB400D 32Gb FC Director, ENT., 4 Blade slots, 8U, 3Yr FW 6684B2A
Lenovo ThinkSystem DB800D 32Gb FC Director, ENT., 8 Blade slots, 14U, 1Yr FW 6682D1A

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Rack SAN Switches category:
http://lenovopress.com/storage/switches/rack#rt=product-guide

Uninterruptible power supply units

The server supports attachments to the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) units that are listed in the following table.

Table 63. Uninterruptible power supply units
Part number Description
Tower UPS units
55951AX T1kVA Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55951KX T1kVA Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55952AX T1.5kVA Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55952KX T1.5kVA Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
Rack-mounted or tower UPS units
55941AX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55941KX RT1.5kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55942AX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55942KX RT2.2kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55943AX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (100-125VAC)
55943KX RT3kVA 2U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55945KX RT5kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55946KX RT6kVA 3U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55948KX RT8kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55949KX RT11kVA 6U Rack or Tower UPS (200-240VAC)
55948PX RT8kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)
55949PX RT11kVA 6U 3:1 Phase Rack or Tower UPS (380-415VAC)
Rack-mounted UPS units
55943KT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Standard UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55943LT† ThinkSystem RT3kVA 2U Long Backup UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A, 2x GB 10A, 1x C19 16A outlets)
55946KT† ThinkSystem RT6kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)
5594XKT† ThinkSystem RT10kVA 5U UPS (200-230VAC) (2x C13 10A outlets, 1x Terminal Block output)

† Only available in China and countries in the Asia Pacific region.

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the UPS category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/ups

Power distribution units

The following table lists the power distribution units (PDUs) that are offered by Lenovo.

Table 64. Power distribution units
Part number Description
0U Basic PDUs
00YJ776 0U 36 C13/6 C19 24A/200-240V 1 Phase PDU with NEMA L6-30P line cord
00YJ777 0U 36 C13/6 C19 32A/200-240V 1 Phase PDU with IEC60309 332P6 line cord
00YJ778 0U 21 C13/12 C19 32A/200-240V/346-415V 3 Phase PDU with IEC60309 532P6 line cord
00YJ779 0U 21 C13/12 C19 48A/200-240V 3 Phase PDU with IEC60309 460P9 line cord
Switched and Monitored PDUs
00YJ780 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A/200-240V/1Ph PDU w/ IEC60309 332P6 line cord
00YJ781 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 24A/200-240V/1Ph PDU w/ NEMA L6-30P line cord
00YJ782 0U 18 C13/6 C19 Switched / Monitored 32A/200-240V/346-415V/3Ph PDU w/ IEC60309 532P6 cord
00YJ783 0U 12 C13/12 C19 Switched and Monitored 48A/200-240V/3Ph PDU w/ IEC60309 460P9 line cord
46M4002* 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU (without line cord)
46M4003* 1U 9 C19/3 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU with IEC 309 3P+Gnd line cord
46M4004* 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored DPI PDU (without line cord)
46M4005* 1U 12 C13 Switched and Monitored 60A 3 Phase PDU with IEC 309 3P+Gnd line cord
Ultra Density Enterprise PDUs (9x IEC 320 C13 + 3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
71762NX Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU Module (without line cord)
71763NU Ultra Density Enterprise C19/C13 PDU 60A/208V/3ph with IEC 309 3P+Gnd line cord
C13 Enterprise PDUs (12x IEC 320 C13 outlets)
39M2816 DPI C13 Enterprise PDU+ (without line cord)
39Y8941 DPI Single Phase C13 Enterprise PDU (without line cord)
C19 Enterprise PDUs (6x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y8948 DPI Single Phase C19 Enterprise PDU (without line cord)
39Y8923 DPI 60A 3 Phase C19 Enterprise PDU with IEC 309 3P+G (208 V) fixed line cord
Front-end PDUs (3x IEC 320 C19 outlets)
39Y8938 DPI 30amp/125V Front-end PDU with NEMA L5-30P line cord
39Y8939 DPI 30amp/250V Front-end PDU with NEMA L6-30P line cord
39Y8934 DPI 32amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd line cord
39Y8940 DPI 60amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd line cord
39Y8935 DPI 63amp/250V Front-end PDU with IEC 309 2P+Gnd line cord
NEMA PDUs (6x NEMA 5-15R outlets)
39Y8905 DPI 100-127V PDU with Fixed NEMA L5-15P line cord
Line cords for PDUs that ship without a line cord
40K9611 DPI 32a Line Cord (IEC 309 3P+N+G)
40K9612 DPI 32a Line Cord (IEC 309 P+N+G)
40K9613 DPI 63a Cord (IEC 309 P+N+G)
40K9614 DPI 30a Line Cord (NEMA L6-30P)
40K9615 DPI 60a Cord (IEC 309 2P+G)
40K9617 DPI Australian/NZ 3112 Line Cord
40K9618 DPI  Korean 8305 Line Cord

* Not available in USA and Canada

For more information, see the Lenovo Press documents in the PDU category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/pdu

Rack cabinets

Rack installation kits are described in the Rack installation section.

The following table lists the supported rack cabinets.

Table 65. Rack cabinets
Part number Description
7D2B0001WW / 7D2N0001WW 12U 1200mm Deep Micro Datacenter Rack
7D2C0001WW / 7D2P0001WW 18U 1200mm Deep Micro Datacenter Rack
93072RX 25U Standard Rack
93072PX 25U Static S2 Standard Rack
93634PX 42U 1100mm Dynamic Rack
93634EX 42U 1100mm Dynamic Expansion Rack
93604PX 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Rack
93614PX 42U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
93084EX 42U Enterprise Expansion Rack
93084PX 42U Enterprise Rack
93074RX 42U Standard Rack
Withdrawn rack cabinets
201886X* 11U Office Enablement Kit
93604EX* 42U 1200mm Deep Dynamic Expansion Rack
93614EX* 42U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack
93074XX* 42U Standard Rack Extension
93624PX* 47U 1200mm Deep Static Rack
93624EX* 47U 1200mm Deep Static Expansion Rack
93634BX* PureFlex System 42U Expansion Rack
93634DX* PureFlex System 42U Expansion Rack
93634AX* PureFlex System 42U Rack
93634CX* PureFlex System 42U Rack

* Withdrawn from marketing

For specifications about these racks, see the Lenovo Rack Cabinet Reference, available from:
https://lenovopress.com/lp1287-lenovo-rack-cabinet-reference

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the Rack cabinets category:
https://lenovopress.com/servers/options/racks

KVM console options

The following table lists the supported KVM consoles, keyboards, and KVM switches.

Table 66. Console keyboards
Part number Description
Consoles
17238BX 1U 18.5" Standard Console (without keyboard)
Console keyboards
7ZB7A05469 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Arabic 253 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05468 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Belg/UK 120 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05206 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Czech 489 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05207 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Danish 159 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05208 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Dutch 143 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05210 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Fr/Canada 445 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05209 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - French 189 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05211 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - German 129 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05212 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Greek 219 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05213 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hebrew 212 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05214 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Hungarian 208 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05215 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Italian 141 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05216 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Japanese 194 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05217 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Korean 413 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05218 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - LA Span 171 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05219 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Norwegian 155 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05220 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Polish 214 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05221 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Portuguese 163 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05222 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Russian 441 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05223 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovak 245 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05231 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Slovenian 234 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05224 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Spanish 172 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05225 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swed/Finn 153 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05226 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Swiss F/G 150 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05227 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Thai 191 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05467 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Trad Chinese/US 467 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05228 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - Turkish 179 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05229 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - UK Eng 166 RoHS v2
7ZB7A05470 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Eng 103P RoHS v2
7ZB7A05230 ThinkSystem Keyboard w/ Int. Pointing Device USB - US Euro 103P RoHS v2
ThinkSystem Digital and Analog KVM Console switches and cables
1754D1T ThinkSystem Digital 2x1x16 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
1754A1T ThinkSystem Analog 1x8 KVM Switch (DVI video output port)
4X97A11108 ThinkSystem VGA to DVI Conversion Cable
4X97A11109 ThinkSystem Single-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11107 ThinkSystem Dual-USB Conversion Cable for Digital KVM
4X97A11106 ThinkSystem USB Conversion Cable for Analog KVM
GCM and LCM Console switches and cables
1754D2X Global 4x2x32 Console Manager (GCM32)
1754D1X Global 2x2x16 Console Manager (GCM16)
1754A2X Local 2x16 Console Manager (LCM16)
1754A1X Local 1x8 Console Manager (LCM8)
43V6147 Single Cable USB Conversion Option (UCO)
39M2895 USB Conversion Option (4 Pack UCO)
46M5383 Virtual Media Conversion Option Gen2 (VCO2)
46M5382 Serial Conversion Option (SCO)

For more information, see the list of Product Guides in the KVM Switches and Consoles category:
http://lenovopress.com/servers/options/kvm

Lenovo Financial Services

Lenovo Financial Services reinforces Lenovo’s commitment to deliver pioneering products and services that are recognized for their quality, excellence, and trustworthiness. Lenovo Financial Services offers financing solutions and services that complement your technology solution anywhere in the world.

We are dedicated to delivering a positive finance experience for customers like you who want to maximize your purchase power by obtaining the technology you need today, protect against technology obsolescence, and preserve your capital for other uses.

We work with businesses, non-profit organizations, governments and educational institutions to finance their entire technology solution. We focus on making it easy to do business with us. Our highly experienced team of finance professionals operates in a work culture that emphasizes the importance of providing outstanding customer service. Our systems, processes and flexible policies support our goal of providing customers with a positive experience.

We finance your entire solution. Unlike others, we allow you to bundle everything you need from hardware and software to service contracts, installation costs, training fees, and sales tax. If you decide weeks or months later to add to your solution, we can consolidate everything into a single invoice.

Our Premier Client services provide large accounts with special handling services to ensure these complex transactions are serviced properly. As a premier client, you have a dedicated finance specialist who manages your account through its life, from first invoice through asset return or purchase. This specialist develops an in-depth understanding of your invoice and payment requirements. For you, this dedication provides a high-quality, easy, and positive financing experience.

For your region specific offers please ask your Lenovo sales representative or your technology provider about the use of Lenovo Financial Services. For more information, see the following Lenovo website:

https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/landingpage/lenovo-financial-services/

Related product families

Product families related to this document are the following:

Trademarks

 

Lenovo and the Lenovo logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both. A current list of Lenovo trademarks is available on the Web at https://www.lenovo.com/us/en/legal/copytrade/.

The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries, or both:
AnyBay®
Bootable Media Creator
Flex System
Lenovo Services
Lenovo®
RackSwitch
ServerProven®
System x®
ThinkServer®
ThinkSystem
TopSeller
TruDDR4
UpdateXpress System Packs
XClarity®

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

Intel®, Optane™, and Xeon® are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries.

Linux® is the trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.

ActiveX®, Hyper-V®, Microsoft®, Windows Server®, and Windows® are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.

 

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others

The Lenovo Server Operating System Interoperability Guide (OSIG) is a comprehensive source of information about operating system compatibility with Lenovo servers. It includes servers in the ThinkSystem, ThinkAgile, System x, ThinkServer, NeXtScale, Flex System and BladeCenter product families and covers servers that are currently supported by Lenovo under warranty.

Learn about the OSIG web interface: view the introductory video and read the article.

To begin: Enter a search term or select entries from the pull-down menus.

 

Abstract

The Lenovo zero-U (0U) Switched and Monitored power distribution units (PDUs) are the ideal solutions when you need flexible, reliable, easy-to-deploy power distribution with branch circuit protection to minimize downtime. These rack-dense units distribute power to up to 42 outlets. The 0U PDUs are designed to be installed vertically in the rear channel or side pockets of a Lenovo rack, thereby not consuming any horizontal rack space.

This product guide provides essential presales information to understand the 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs and their key features, specifications, and compatibility. This guide is intended for technical specialists, sales specialists, sales engineers, IT architects, and other IT professionals who want to learn more about the Switched and Monitored PDUs and consider their use in IT solutions.

Change History

Changes in the April 2 update:

Introduction

The Lenovo zero-U (0U) Switched and Monitored power distribution units (PDUs) are the ideal solutions when you need flexible, reliable, easy-to-deploy power distribution with branch circuit protection to minimize downtime. These rack-dense units distribute power to up to 42 outlets. 0U PDUs are designed to be installed vertically in the rear channel or side pockets of a Lenovo rack, thereby not consuming any horizontal rack space that otherwise be used by servers, storage and network switches (hence the term 0U).

The following figure displays the 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs.

Lenovo 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs
Figure 1. Lenovo 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs

Did you know?

With ever growing power densities in today’s rack environments, it is all too easy to add load in the wrong place and trigger an overload event. The 0U Switched and Monitored PDU offerings can minimize this impact, providing the ability to quickly recover with resettable circuit breakers for each designated bank of receptacles, referred to as load groups. Breakers are color coded to the receptacles in a particular load group to aid in configuration, installation, and maintenance. Furthermore, these PDUs also offer individual outlet remote monitoring and switching (on/off), which allows for remote power sequencing and further helping to prevent unintended PDU overloading.

Introduction to PDUs

A power distribution unit (PDU) is a highly reliable, multiple outlet power strip designed to consolidate line cords within the rack and distribute conditioned power from an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) or utility power to servers and other IT equipment. The PDU efficiently distributes power within the rack and provides fault-tolerant power redundancy for high availability requirements.

There are three types of PDUs available from Lenovo: basic, monitored, and switched & monitored. The PDUs covered in this document are of the switched & monitored type.

Part number information

The following table provides the ordering part numbers and feature codes for the 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs.

Table 1. Ordering part numbers and feature codes
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Region
availability*
00YJ780 AU01 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 1 Phase PDU International
00YJ781 AU03 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 24A 1 Phase PDU (30A derated) North America
00YJ782 AU02 0U 18 C13/6 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 3 Phase PDU International
00YJ783 AU04 0U 12 C13/12 C19 Switched and Monitored 48A 3 Phase PDU (60A derated) North America
46M4113 6146 Enviromental Monitoring Probe All countries

* See region availability below

Region availability

PDUs indicated in Table 1 as available for North America are available in the following countries:

  • United States
  • Canada
  • Mexico
  • Saudi Arabia
  • Japan
  • Philippines
  • Some of Brazil

PDUs indicated in Table 1 as available Internationally are available in these regions:

  • Europe
  • Africa
  • Most of the Middle East
  • Most of Asia
  • Australia/New Zealand
  • Most of South America

Included with the PDUs

The PDUs include the following items:

Features and specifications

The 0U Basic PDUs have the following common features:

The following table compares the technical and environmental specifications of the 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs.

Table 2. PDU specifications
Feature 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 1 Phase PDU 0U 20 C13/4 C19 Switched and Monitored 24A 1 Phase PDU 0U 18 C13/6 C19 Switched and Monitored 32A 3 Phase PDU 0U 12 C13/12 C19 Switched and Monitored 48A 3 Phase PDU
Part Number 00YJ780 00YJ781 00YJ782 00YJ783
Feature Code AU01 AU03 AU02 AU04
Region International North America International North America
Input power
Number of phases Single phase input Three phase input
Line cord Attached line cord, 3 m length (9-ft, 10-in)
Line cord connector 332P6, W+N+PE 1ph NEMA L6-30P 532P6, WYE, 3W+N+PE 3Ph HBL460P9, Delta 3W+PE 3ph
Plug design
Input voltage 200-240V 200-240V 200-240V /
350-415V
200-240V
Input current 32A 24A (derated from 30A) 32A 48A (derated from 60A)
Maximum power rating 7680 VA 5760 VA 23,040 VA 20,736 VA
Output power
Number of C13 outlets 20 20 18 12
Number of C19 outlets 4 4 6 15
Output voltage rating at 50/60Hz 200-240V 200-240V 200-240V 200-240V
Output current rating Each C13 outlet: 10 amps; Each C19 outlet: 16 amps
Circuit breakers Two double-pole branch rated circuit breakers rated at 16A Six double-pole branch rated circuit breakers rated at 16A
Number of load groups 2 (A, B) 2 (A, B) 6 (A-F) 6 (A-F)
Number of outlets per load group A = 10x C13, 2x C19
B = 10x C13, 2x C19
A = 10x C13, 2x C19
B = 10x C13, 2x C19
A = 3x C13, 1x C19
B = 3x C13, 1x C19
C = 3x C13, 1x C19
D = 3x C13, 1x C19
E = 3x C13, 1x C19
F = 3x C13, 1x C19
A = 2x C13, 2x C19
B = 2x C13, 2x C19
C = 2x C13, 2x C19
D = 2x C13, 2x C19
E = 2x C13, 2x C19
F = 2x C13, 2x C19
Capacity per load group (Amps) A = 16 A
B = 16 A
A = 20 A
B = 20 A
A = 20 A
B = 20 A
C = 20 A
D = 16 A
E = 16 A
F = 16 A
A = 20 A
B = 20 A
C = 20 A
D = 20 A
E = 20 A
F = 20 A
Capacity per phase (Amps) Not applicable Not applicable 32 A 32 A
Capacity per PDU (Amps) 32 A 24 A 96 A 86 A
Mechanical and environmental
Physical dimensions (DxWxH) 2.5 x 2.0 x 66.4 in
66 x 52 x 1689 mm
2.5 x 2.0 x 66.4 in
66 x 52 x 1689 mm
3.9 x 2.0 x 66.4 in
100 x 52 x 1689 mm
5.1 x 2.0 x 66.4 in
131 x 52 x 1689 mm
Weight 5 kg / 11 lb 5.1 kg / 11.2 lb 6.9 kg / 15.2 lb 10.5 kg / 23.1 lb
Operating temperature 10° C to 60° C
50° F to 140° F
10° C to 55° C
50° F - 122° F
10° C to 60° C
50° F to 140° F
10° C to 55° C
50° F - 122° F
Operating humidity 5% to 95% without condensation

Connectors and load groups

The 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs with 20 C13 connectors and 4 C19 connectors (part numbers
00YJ780 and 00YJ781) have the components and controls as shown in the following figure.

Load groups for 00YJ780 and 00YJ781
Figure 2. Load groups for part numbers 00YJ780 and 00YJ781

The 0U Switched and Monitored PDU with 18 C13 connectors and 6 C19 connectors (part number 00YJ782) has the components and controls as shown in the following figure.

Load groups for part number 00YJ782
Figure 3. Load groups for part number 00YJ782

The 0U Switched and Monitored PDU with 12 C13 connectors and 12 C19 connectors (part number
00YJ783) has the components and controls as shown in the following figure.

Load groups for part number 00YJ783
Figure 4. Load groups for part number 00YJ783

Management interface

The switched and managed PDUs include Network Management Module (NMM) that provides the interface and connectors to manage the PDU. The following figure shows the LCD screen and the ports of the NMM. The LCD interface provides information about the load status, events, measurements, identification, and settings.

NMC connectors
Figure 5. Interface of the Network Management Module

The components of the NMM are as follows:

Daisy chain example
Figure 6. Daisy chaining example

Environmental Monitoring Probe

The Environmental Monitoring Probe (EMP), part number 46M4113, is an optional device used to report local temperature and humidity values at its installed location and make that information available to the web interface of the PDU. The EMP connects to the PDU via the EMP/Serial port of the NMM that is installed in the PDU. The following figure displays the EMP.

Environmental Monitoring Probe (EMP)
Figure 7. Environmental Monitoring Probe

The Environmental Monitoring Probe has the following features:

Browser interface

The PDU provides a graphical user interface that you can view from a web browser. Using a web browser, you can access and monitor the PDU power outlets and output devices remotely from a computer.

The following tasks can be performed though browser interface:

Selecting the right PDU

To avoid over sizing or under sizing power, it is important to understand the power requirements of the hardware that will be powered by the PDU(s). To understand this, use the Power Configurator tool to determine the hardware’s overall power usage. Download the Power Configurator from http://support.lenovo.com/au/en/documents/LNVO-PWRCONF.

Likewise, to avoid over sizing or under sizing PDUs it is also important to understand the PDU capabilities and capacities.

Consider the following for capabilities:

Consider the following for capacities:

For additional information on selecting the right PDU, load groups, phases, outlets, line cords, plugs and specifications, see the Lenovo PDU Technical Reference (International or North American version), available from: http://support.lenovo.com/documents/lnvo-powinf

Supported rack cabinets

The 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs can be installed in the following racks:

Each PDU has a universal mounting bracket that enables the PDU to be mounted in a variety of different racks that are outside of the Lenovo portfolio.

The PDU is designed to be mounted without the use of tools. Mounting buttons are pre-installed on the rear of the PDU at the factory. The mounting buttons allow for three mounting methods for installing the 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs vertically in a rack.

For additional information on racking the 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs, refer to User’s Guide for the PDUs.

Warranty

The 0U Switched and Monitored PDUs are offered with a three-year limited warranty. At Lenovo discretion this warranty will be either CRU service (customer replaceable unit) or a Lenovo employee, subcontractor or reseller will be assigned to repair the failing item. Proof and date of purchase is required for warranty claims.

Agency approvals

The PDUs conform to the following standards:

Abstract

The Lenovo zero-U (0U) Basic power distribution units (PDUs) are the ideal solutions when you need flexible, reliable, easy-to-deploy power distribution with branch circuit protection to minimize downtime. These rack-dense units distribute power to up to 42 outlets. The 0U PDUs are designed to be installed vertically in the rear channel or side pockets of a Lenovo rack, thereby not consuming any horizontal rack space.

This product guide provides essential presales information to understand the 0U Basic PDUs and their key features, specifications, and compatibility. This guide is intended for technical specialists, sales specialists, sales engineers, IT architects, and other IT professionals who want to learn more about 0U Basic PDUs and consider their use in IT solutions.

Change History

Changes in the April 2 update:

Introduction

The Lenovo zero-U (0U) Basic power distribution units (PDUs) are the ideal solutions when you need flexible, reliable, easy-to-deploy power distribution with branch circuit protection to minimize downtime. These rack-dense units distribute power to up to 42 outlets. The 0U PDUs are designed to be installed vertically in the rear channel or side pockets of a Lenovo rack, thereby not consuming any horizontal rack space that otherwise be used by servers, storage and network switches (hence the term 0U).

The following figure displays the 0U Basic PDUs.

Lenovo 0U Basic PDUs
Figure 1. Lenovo 0U Basic PDUs

Did you know?

With ever growing power densities in today’s rack environments, it is all too easy to add load in the wrong place and trigger an overload event. The 0U Basic PDU offerings can minimize this impact, providing the ability to quickly recover with resettable circuit breakers for each designated bank of receptacles, referred to as load groups. Breakers are color coded to the receptacles in a particular load group to aid in configuration, installation, and maintenance.

Introduction to PDUs

A power distribution unit (PDU) is a highly reliable, multiple outlet power strip designed to consolidate line cords within the rack and distribute conditioned power from an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) or utility power to servers and other IT equipment. The PDU efficiently distributes power within the rack and provides fault-tolerant power redundancy for high availability requirements.

There are three types of PDUs available from Lenovo: basic, monitored, and switched & monitored. The PDUs covered in this document are of the basic type.

Part number information

The following table provides the ordering part numbers and feature codes for the 0U Basic PDUs.

Table 1. Ordering part numbers and feature codes
Part
number
Feature
code
Description Region
availability*
00YJ776 ATZY 0U 36 C13/6 C19 24A 1 Phase PDU (30A derated) North America
00YJ777 ATZZ 0U 36 C13/6 C19 32A 1 Phase PDU International
00YJ778 AU00 0U 21 C13/12 C19 32A 3 Phase PDU International
00YJ779 ATZX 0U 21 C13/12 C19 48A 3 Phase PDU (60A derated) North America

* See region availability below

Region availability

PDUs indicated in Table 1 as available for North America are available in the following countries:

PDUs indicated in Table 1 as available Internationally are available in these regions:

Included with the PDUs

The PDUs include the following items:

Features and specifications

The 0U Basic PDUs have the following common features:

The following table compares the technical and environmental specifications of the 0U Basic PDUs.

Table 2. PDU specifications
Feature 0U 36 C13/6 C19 30A 1 Phase PDU 0U 36 C13/6 C19 32A 1 Phase PDU 0U 21 C13/12 C19 32A 3 Phase PDU 0U 21 C13/12 C19 60A 3 Phase PDU
Part Number 00YJ776 00YJ777 00YJ778 00YJ779
Feature Code ATZY ATZZ AU00 ATZX
Region North America International International North America
Input power
Number of phases Single phase input Three phase input
Line cord Attached line cord, 3 m length (9-ft, 10-in)
Line cord connector NEMA L6-30P 332P6, W+N+PE 1ph 532P6, WYE, 3W+N+PE 3Ph HBL460P9, Delta 3W+PE 3ph
Plug design
Input voltage 200-240V 200-240V 200-240V / 350-415V 200-240V
Input current 24A (derated from 30A) 32A 32A 48A (derated from 60A)
Maximum power rating 5760 VA 7680 VA 23,040 VA 20,736 VA
Output power
Number of C13 outlets 36 36 21 21
Number of C19 outlets 6 6 12 12
Output voltage rating at 50/60Hz 200-240V 200-240V 200-240V 200-240V
Output current rating Each C13 outlet: 10 amps; Each C19 outlet: 16 amps
Circuit breakers Two double-pole branch rated circuit breakers rated at 16A Six double-pole branch rated circuit breakers rated at 16A
Number of load groups 2 (A, B) 2 (A, B) 6 (A-F) 6 (A-F)
Number of outlets per load group A = 18x C13, 3x C19
B = 18x C13, 3x C19
A = 18x C13, 3x C19
B = 18x C13, 3x C19
A = 4x C13, 2x C19
B = 4x C13, 2x C19
C = 4x C13, 2x C19
D = 3x C13, 2x C19
E = 3x C13, 2x C19
F = 3x C13, 2x C19
A = 4x C13, 2x C19
B = 4x C13, 2x C19
C = 4x C13, 2x C19
D = 3x C13, 2x C19
E = 3x C13, 2x C19
F = 3x C13, 2x C19
Capacity per load group (Amps) A = 20 A
B = 20 A
A = 16 A
B = 16 A
A = 20 A
B = 20 A
C = 20 A
D = 16 A
E = 16 A
F = 16 A
A = 20 A
B = 20 A
C = 20 A
D = 20 A
E = 20 A
F = 20 A
Capacity per phase (Amps) Not applicable Not applicable Phase 1:
A + D = 32 A
Phase 2:
B + E = 32 A
Phase 3:
C + F = 32 A
Phase 1:
A + D = 32 A
Phase 2:
B + E = 32 A
Phase 3:
C + F = 32 A
Capacity per PDU (Amps) 24 A 32 A 96 A 86 A
Mechanical and environmental
Physical dimensions (DxWxH) 2.5 x 2.0 x 66.4 in
66 x 52 x 1689 mm
2.5 x 2.0 x 66.4 in
66 x 52 x 1689 mm
3.0 x 2.0 x 66.4 in
77 x 52 x 1689 mm
3.8 x 2.0 x 66.4 in
99 x 52 x 1689 mm
Weight 4 kg / 8.8 lb. 4 kg / 8.8 lb. 5.3 kg / 11.6 lb. 8.7 kg / 19.1 lb.
Operating temperature 10° C to 55° C
50° F - 122° F
10° C to 60° C
50° F to 140° F
10° C to 60° C
50° F to 140° F
10° C to 55° C
50° F - 122° F
Operating humidity 5% to 95% without condensation

Connectors and load groups

The 0U Basic PDUs with 36 C13 connectors and 6 C19 connectors (part numbers 00YJ776 and
00YJ777) have the components and controls as shown in the following figure.

Load groups for 00YJ776 and 00YJ777
Figure 2. Load groups for part numbers 00YJ776 and 00YJ777

The 0U Basic PDUs with 21 C13 connectors and 12 C19 connectors (part numbers 00YJ778 and 00YJ779) have the components and controls as shown in the following figure.

Load groups for part numbers 00YJ778 and 00YJ779
Figure 3. Load groups for part numbers 00YJ778 and 00YJ779

Selecting the right PDU

To avoid over sizing or under sizing power, it is important to understand the power requirements of the hardware that will be powered by the PDU(s). To understand this, use the Power Configurator tool to determine the hardware’s overall power usage. Download the Power Configurator from the following link: http://support.lenovo.com/au/en/documents/LNVO-PWRCONF

Likewise, to avoid over sizing or under sizing PDUs it is also important to understand the PDU capabilities and capacities.

Consider the following for capabilities:

Consider the following for capacities:

For additional information on selecting the right PDU, load groups, phases, outlets, line cords, plugs and specifications, see the Lenovo PDU Technical Reference (International or North American version), available from: http://support.lenovo.com/documents/lnvo-powinf

Supported rack cabinets

The 0U Basic PDUs can be installed in the following racks:

Each PDU has a universal mounting bracket that enables the PDU to be mounted in a variety of different racks that are outside of the Lenovo portfolio.

The PDU is designed to be mounted without the use of tools. Mounting buttons are pre-installed on the rear of the PDU at the factory. The mounting buttons allow for three mounting methods for installing the 0U Basic PDUs vertically in a rack.

For additional information on racking the 0U Basic PDUs, refer to User’s Guide for the PDUs.

Warranty

The 0U Basic PDUs are offered with a three-year limited warranty. At Lenovo discretion this warranty will be either CRU service (customer replaceable unit) or a Lenovo employee, subcontractor or reseller will be assigned to repair the failing item. Proof and date of purchase is required for warranty claims.

Agency approvals

The PDUs conform to the following standards:

Related product families

Product families related to this document are the following: